So far, only hashes made out of ipv6 addresses could be dissected. This
patch introduces support for dissection of full ipv6 addresses.
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@resnulli.us>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Introduce dissector infrastructure which allows user to specify which
parts of skb he wants to dissect.
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@resnulli.us>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Since the definition of the function is in flow_dissector.c, it makes
sense to have the declaration in flow_dissector.h
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@resnulli.us>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Since these functions are defined in flow_dissector.c, move header
declarations from skbuff.h into flow_dissector.h
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@resnulli.us>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
commit 56193d1bce ("net: Add function for parsing the header length out
of linear ethernet frames") added this function declaration but it is
defined nowhere.
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@resnulli.us>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Seems all we want here is to avoid endless 'goto reclassify' loop.
tc_classify_compat even resets this counter when something other
than TC_ACT_RECLASSIFY is returned, so this skb-counter doesn't
break hypothetical loops induced by something other than perpetual
TC_ACT_RECLASSIFY return values.
skb_act_clone is now identical to skb_clone, so just use that.
Tested with following (bogus) filter:
tc filter add dev eth0 parent ffff: \
protocol ip u32 match u32 0 0 police rate 10Kbit burst \
64000 mtu 1500 action reclassify
Acked-by: Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net>
Signed-off-by: Florian Westphal <fw@strlen.de>
Acked-by: Alexei Starovoitov <ast@plumgrid.com>
Acked-by: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Four minor merge conflicts:
1) qca_spi.c renamed the local variable used for the SPI device
from spi_device to spi, meanwhile the spi_set_drvdata() call
got moved further up in the probe function.
2) Two changes were both adding new members to codel params
structure, and thus we had overlapping changes to the
initializer function.
3) 'net' was making a fix to sk_release_kernel() which is
completely removed in 'net-next'.
4) In net_namespace.c, the rtnl_net_fill() call for GET operations
had the command value fixed, meanwhile 'net-next' adjusted the
argument signature a bit.
This also matches example merge resolutions posted by Stephen
Rothwell over the past two days.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Older gcc versions (e.g. gcc version 4.4.6) don't like anonymous unions
which was causing build issues on the newly added switchdev attr/obj
structs. Fix this by using named union on structs.
Signed-off-by: Scott Feldman <sfeldma@gmail.com>
Reported-by: Or Gerlitz <ogerlitz@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
As xfrm_output_one() is the only caller of skb_dst_pop(), we should
make skb_dst_pop() localized.
Signed-off-by: Ying Xue <ying.xue@windriver.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The IPv4 FIB ops convert nicely to the switchdev objs and we're left with
only four switchdev ops: port get/set and port add/del. Other objs will
follow, such as FDB. So go ahead and convert IPv4 FIB over to switchdev
obj for consistency, anticipating more objs to come.
Signed-off-by: Scott Feldman <sfeldma@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@resnulli.us>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Like bridge_setlink, add switchdev wrapper to handle bridge_getlink and
call into port driver to get port attrs. For now, only BR_LEARNING and
BR_LEARNING_SYNC are returned. To add more, we'll probably want to break
away from ndo_dflt_bridge_getlink() and build the netlink skb directly in
the switchdev code.
Signed-off-by: Scott Feldman <sfeldma@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@resnulli.us>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Now we can remove old wrappers for dellink.
Signed-off-by: Scott Feldman <sfeldma@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@resnulli.us>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Same change as setlink. Provide the wrapper op for SELF ndo_bridge_dellink
and call into the switchdev driver to delete afspec VLANs.
Signed-off-by: Scott Feldman <sfeldma@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@resnulli.us>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
New attr-based bridge_setlink can recurse lower devs and recover on err, so
remove old wrapper (including ndo_dflt_switchdev_port_bridge_setlink).
Signed-off-by: Scott Feldman <sfeldma@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@resnulli.us>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
rocker: use switchdev get/set attr for bridge port flags
Signed-off-by: Scott Feldman <sfeldma@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@resnulli.us>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
VLAN obj has flags (PVID and untagged) as well as start and end vid ranges.
The switchdev driver can optimize programing the device using the ranges.
Signed-off-by: Scott Feldman <sfeldma@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@resnulli.us>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Like switchdev attr get/set, add new switchdev obj add/del. switchdev objs
will be things like VLANs or FIB entries, so add/del fits better for
objects than get/set used for attributes.
Use same two-phase prepare-commit transaction model as in attr set.
Signed-off-by: Scott Feldman <sfeldma@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Sridhar Samudrala <sridhar.samudrala@intel.com>
Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@resnulli.us>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
STP update is just a settable port attribute, so convert
switchdev_port_stp_update to an attr set.
For DSA, the prepare phase is skipped and STP updates are only done in the
commit phase. This is because currently the DSA drivers don't need to
allocate any memory for STP updates and the STP update will not fail to HW
(unless something horrible goes wrong on the MDIO bus, in which case the
prepare phase wouldn't have been able to predict anyway).
Signed-off-by: Scott Feldman <sfeldma@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@resnulli.us>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Switch ID is just a gettable port attribute. Convert switchdev op
switchdev_parent_id_get to a switchdev attr.
Note: for sysfs and netlink interfaces, SWITCHDEV_ATTR_PORT_PARENT_ID is
called with SWITCHDEV_F_NO_RECUSE to limit switch ID user-visiblity to only
port netdevs. So when a port is stacked under bond/bridge, the user can
only query switch id via the switch ports, but not via the upper devices
Signed-off-by: Scott Feldman <sfeldma@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@resnulli.us>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add two new swdev ops for get/set switch port attributes. Most swdev
interactions on a port are gets or sets on port attributes, so rather than
adding ops for each attribute, let's define clean get/set ops for all
attributes, and then we can have clear, consistent rules on how attributes
propagate on stacked devs.
Add the basic algorithms for get/set attr ops. Use the same recusive algo
to walk lower devs we've used for STP updates, for example. For get,
compare attr value for each lower dev and only return success if attr
values match across all lower devs. For sets, set the same attr value for
all lower devs. We'll use a two-phase prepare-commit transaction model for
sets. In the first phase, the driver(s) are asked if attr set is OK. If
all OK, the commit attr set in second phase. A driver would NACK the
prepare phase if it can't set the attr due to lack of resources or support,
within it's control. RTNL lock must be held across both phases because
we'll recurse all lower devs first in prepare phase, and then recurse all
lower devs again in commit phase. If any lower dev fails the prepare
phase, we need to abort the transaction for all lower devs.
If lower dev recusion isn't desired, allow a flag SWITCHDEV_F_NO_RECURSE to
indicate get/set only work on port (lowest) device.
Signed-off-by: Scott Feldman <sfeldma@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@resnulli.us>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Turned out that "switchdev" sticks. So just unify all related terms to use
this prefix.
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@resnulli.us>
Signed-off-by: Scott Feldman <sfeldma@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Roopa Prabhu <roopa@cumulusnetworks.com>
Acked-by: Andy Gospodarek <gospo@cumulusnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Turned out that "switchdev" sticks. So just unify all related terms to use
this prefix.
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@resnulli.us>
Signed-off-by: Scott Feldman <sfeldma@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Roopa Prabhu <roopa@cumulusnetworks.com>
Acked-by: Andy Gospodarek <gospo@cumulusnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Only left enqueue_root() user is netem, and it looks not necessary :
qdisc_skb_cb(skb)->pkt_len is preserved after one skb_clone()
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The port key has three components - user-key, speed-part, and duplex-part.
The LSBit is for the duplex-part, next 5 bits are for the speed while the
remaining 10 bits are the user defined key bits. Get these 10 bits
from the user-space (through the SysFs interface) and use it to form the
admin port-key. Allowed range for the user-key is 0 - 1023 (10 bits). If
it is not provided then use zero for the user-key-bits (default).
It can set using following example code -
# modprobe bonding mode=4
# usr_port_key=$(( RANDOM & 0x3FF ))
# echo $usr_port_key > /sys/class/net/bond0/bonding/ad_user_port_key
# echo +eth1 > /sys/class/net/bond0/bonding/slaves
...
# ip link set bond0 up
Signed-off-by: Mahesh Bandewar <maheshb@google.com>
Reviewed-by: Nikolay Aleksandrov <nikolay@redhat.com>
[jt: * fixed up style issues reported by checkpatch
* fixed up context from change in ad_actor_sys_prio patch]
Signed-off-by: Jonathan Toppins <jtoppins@cumulusnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In an AD system, the communication between actor and partner is the
business between these two entities. In the current setup anyone on the
same L2 can "guess" the LACPDU contents and then possibly send the
spoofed LACPDUs and trick the partner causing connectivity issues for
the AD system. This patch allows to use a random mac-address obscuring
it's identity making it harder for someone in the L2 is do the same thing.
This patch allows user-space to choose the mac-address for the AD-system.
This mac-address can not be NULL or a Multicast. If the mac-address is set
from user-space; kernel will honor it and will not overwrite it. In the
absence (value from user space); the logic will default to using the
masters' mac as the mac-address for the AD-system.
It can be set using example code below -
# modprobe bonding mode=4
# sys_mac_addr=$(printf '%02x:%02x:%02x:%02x:%02x:%02x' \
$(( (RANDOM & 0xFE) | 0x02 )) \
$(( RANDOM & 0xFF )) \
$(( RANDOM & 0xFF )) \
$(( RANDOM & 0xFF )) \
$(( RANDOM & 0xFF )) \
$(( RANDOM & 0xFF )))
# echo $sys_mac_addr > /sys/class/net/bond0/bonding/ad_actor_system
# echo +eth1 > /sys/class/net/bond0/bonding/slaves
...
# ip link set bond0 up
Signed-off-by: Mahesh Bandewar <maheshb@google.com>
Reviewed-by: Nikolay Aleksandrov <nikolay@redhat.com>
[jt: fixed up style issues reported by checkpatch]
Signed-off-by: Jonathan Toppins <jtoppins@cumulusnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch allows user to randomize the system-priority in an ad-system.
The allowed range is 1 - 0xFFFF while default value is 0xFFFF. If user
does not specify this value, the system defaults to 0xFFFF, which is
what it was before this patch.
Following example code could set the value -
# modprobe bonding mode=4
# sys_prio=$(( 1 + RANDOM + RANDOM ))
# echo $sys_prio > /sys/class/net/bond0/bonding/ad_actor_sys_prio
# echo +eth1 > /sys/class/net/bond0/bonding/slaves
...
# ip link set bond0 up
Signed-off-by: Mahesh Bandewar <maheshb@google.com>
Reviewed-by: Nikolay Aleksandrov <nikolay@redhat.com>
[jt: * fixed up style issues reported by checkpatch
* changed how the default value is set in bond_check_params(), this
makes the default consistent between what gets set for a new bond
and what the default is claimed to be in the bonding options.]
Signed-off-by: Jonathan Toppins <jtoppins@cumulusnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
These functions are no longer needed and no longer used kill them.
Signed-off-by: "Eric W. Biederman" <ebiederm@xmission.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Now that sk_alloc knows when a kernel socket is being allocated modify
it to not reference count the network namespace of kernel sockets.
Keep track of if a socket needs reference counting by adding a flag to
struct sock called sk_net_refcnt.
Update all of the callers of sock_create_kern to stop using
sk_change_net and sk_release_kernel as those hacks are no longer
needed, to avoid reference counting a kernel socket.
Signed-off-by: "Eric W. Biederman" <ebiederm@xmission.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In preparation for changing how struct net is refcounted
on kernel sockets pass the knowledge that we are creating
a kernel socket from sock_create_kern through to sk_alloc.
Signed-off-by: "Eric W. Biederman" <ebiederm@xmission.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
For DCTCP or similar ECN based deployments on fabrics with shallow
buffers, hosts are responsible for a good part of the buffering.
This patch adds an optional ce_threshold to codel & fq_codel qdiscs,
so that DCTCP can have feedback from queuing in the host.
A DCTCP enabled egress port simply have a queue occupancy threshold
above which ECT packets get CE mark.
In codel language this translates to a sojourn time, so that one doesn't
have to worry about bytes or bandwidth but delays.
This makes the host an active participant in the health of the whole
network.
This also helps experimenting DCTCP in a setup without DCTCP compliant
fabric.
On following example, ce_threshold is set to 1ms, and we can see from
'ldelay xxx us' that TCP is not trying to go around the 5ms codel
target.
Queue has more capacity to absorb inelastic bursts (say from UDP
traffic), as queues are maintained to an optimal level.
lpaa23:~# ./tc -s -d qd sh dev eth1
qdisc mq 1: dev eth1 root
Sent 87910654696 bytes 58065331 pkt (dropped 0, overlimits 0 requeues 42961)
backlog 3108242b 364p requeues 42961
qdisc codel 8063: dev eth1 parent 1:1 limit 1000p target 5.0ms ce_threshold 1.0ms interval 100.0ms
Sent 7363778701 bytes 4863809 pkt (dropped 0, overlimits 0 requeues 5503)
rate 2348Mbit 193919pps backlog 255866b 46p requeues 5503
count 0 lastcount 0 ldelay 1.0ms drop_next 0us
maxpacket 68130 ecn_mark 0 drop_overlimit 0 ce_mark 72384
qdisc codel 8064: dev eth1 parent 1:2 limit 1000p target 5.0ms ce_threshold 1.0ms interval 100.0ms
Sent 7636486190 bytes 5043942 pkt (dropped 0, overlimits 0 requeues 5186)
rate 2319Mbit 191538pps backlog 207418b 64p requeues 5186
count 0 lastcount 0 ldelay 694us drop_next 0us
maxpacket 68130 ecn_mark 0 drop_overlimit 0 ce_mark 69873
qdisc codel 8065: dev eth1 parent 1:3 limit 1000p target 5.0ms ce_threshold 1.0ms interval 100.0ms
Sent 11569360142 bytes 7641602 pkt (dropped 0, overlimits 0 requeues 5554)
rate 3041Mbit 251096pps backlog 210446b 59p requeues 5554
count 0 lastcount 0 ldelay 889us drop_next 0us
maxpacket 68130 ecn_mark 0 drop_overlimit 0 ce_mark 37780
...
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Cc: Florian Westphal <fw@strlen.de>
Cc: Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net>
Cc: Glenn Judd <glenn.judd@morganstanley.com>
Cc: Nandita Dukkipati <nanditad@google.com>
Cc: Neal Cardwell <ncardwell@google.com>
Cc: Yuchung Cheng <ycheng@google.com>
Acked-by: Neal Cardwell <ncardwell@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
More accurately, listen all netns that have a nsid assigned into the netns
where the netlink socket is opened.
For this purpose, a netlink socket option is added:
NETLINK_LISTEN_ALL_NSID. When this option is set on a netlink socket, this
socket will receive netlink notifications from all netns that have a nsid
assigned into the netns where the socket has been opened. The nsid is sent
to userland via an anscillary data.
With this patch, a daemon needs only one socket to listen many netns. This
is useful when the number of netns is high.
Because 0 is a valid value for a nsid, the field nsid_is_set indicates if
the field nsid is valid or not. skb->cb is initialized to 0 on skb
allocation, thus we are sure that we will never send a nsid 0 by error to
the userland.
Signed-off-by: Nicolas Dichtel <nicolas.dichtel@6wind.com>
Acked-by: Thomas Graf <tgraf@suug.ch>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In a following commit, a new function will be introduced to only lookup for
a nsid (no allocation if the nsid doesn't exist). To avoid confusion, the
existing function is renamed.
Signed-off-by: Nicolas Dichtel <nicolas.dichtel@6wind.com>
Acked-by: Thomas Graf <tgraf@suug.ch>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
a lot of small fixes and cleanups, the bigger items are:
* proper mac80211 rate control locking, to fix some random crashes
(this required changing other locking as well)
* mac80211 "fast-xmit", a mechanism to reduce, in most cases, the
amount of code we execute while going from ndo_start_xmit() to
the driver
* this also clears the way for properly supporting S/G and checksum
and segmentation offloads
-----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----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=oUlh
-----END PGP SIGNATURE-----
Merge tag 'mac80211-next-for-davem-2015-05-06' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/jberg/mac80211-next
Johannes Berg says:
====================
Lots of updates for net-next for this cycle. As usual, we have
a lot of small fixes and cleanups, the bigger items are:
* proper mac80211 rate control locking, to fix some random crashes
(this required changing other locking as well)
* mac80211 "fast-xmit", a mechanism to reduce, in most cases, the
amount of code we execute while going from ndo_start_xmit() to
the driver
* this also clears the way for properly supporting S/G and checksum
and segmentation offloads
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Diagnosing problems related to Window Probes has been hard because
we lack a counter.
TCPWinProbe counts the number of ACK packets a sender has to send
at regular intervals to make sure a reverse ACK packet opening back
a window had not been lost.
TCPKeepAlive counts the number of ACK packets sent to keep TCP
flows alive (SO_KEEPALIVE)
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Yuchung Cheng <ycheng@google.com>
Acked-by: Neal Cardwell <ncardwell@google.com>
Acked-by: Nandita Dukkipati <nanditad@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
With the advent of small rto timers in datacenter TCP,
(ip route ... rto_min x), the following can happen :
1) Qdisc is full, transmit fails.
TCP sets a timer based on icsk_rto to retry the transmit, without
exponential backoff.
With low icsk_rto, and lot of sockets, all cpus are servicing timer
interrupts like crazy.
Intent of the code was to retry with a timer between 200 (TCP_RTO_MIN)
and 500ms (TCP_RESOURCE_PROBE_INTERVAL)
2) Receivers can send zero windows if they don't drain their receive queue.
TCP sends zero window probes, based on icsk_rto current value, with
exponential backoff.
With /proc/sys/net/ipv4/tcp_retries2 being 15 (or even smaller in
some cases), sender can abort in less than one or two minutes !
If receiver stops the sender, it obviously doesn't care of very tight
rto. Probability of dropping the ACK reopening the window is not
worth the risk.
Lets change the base timer to be at least 200ms (TCP_RTO_MIN) for these
events (but not normal RTO based retransmits)
A followup patch adds a new SNMP counter, as it would have helped a lot
diagnosing this issue.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Yuchung Cheng <ycheng@google.com>
Acked-by: Neal Cardwell <ncardwell@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The GO_CONCURRENT regulatory definition can be extended to station
interfaces requesting to IR as part of TDLS off-channel operations.
Rename the GO_CONCURRENT flag to IR_CONCURRENT and allow the added
use-case.
Change internal users of GO_CONCURRENT to use the new definition.
Signed-off-by: Arik Nemtsov <arikx.nemtsov@intel.com>
Reviewed-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
For ciphers not supported by mac80211, the function currently
doesn't return any PN data. Fix this by extending the driver's
get_key_seq() a little more to allow moving arbitrary PN data.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Extend the function to read the TKIP IV32/IV16 to read the IV/PN for
all ciphers in order to allow drivers with full hardware crypto to
properly support this.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
This patch allows a server application to get the TCP SYN headers for
its passive connections. This is useful if the server is doing
fingerprinting of clients based on SYN packet contents.
Two socket options are added: TCP_SAVE_SYN and TCP_SAVED_SYN.
The first is used on a socket to enable saving the SYN headers
for child connections. This can be set before or after the listen()
call.
The latter is used to retrieve the SYN headers for passive connections,
if the parent listener has enabled TCP_SAVE_SYN.
TCP_SAVED_SYN is read once, it frees the saved SYN headers.
The data returned in TCP_SAVED_SYN are network (IPv4/IPv6) and TCP
headers.
Original patch was written by Tom Herbert, I changed it to not hold
a full skb (and associated dst and conntracking reference).
We have used such patch for about 3 years at Google.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Acked-by: Neal Cardwell <ncardwell@google.com>
Tested-by: Neal Cardwell <ncardwell@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This is just a code cleanup, make the LED trigger names const
as they're not expected to be modified by drivers.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
* a fix for an issue with hash collision handling in the
rhashtable conversion
* a merge issue - rhashtable removed default shrinking
just before mac80211 was converted, so enable it now
* remove an invalid WARN that can trigger with legitimate
userspace behaviour
* add a struct member missing from kernel-doc that caused
a lot of warnings
-----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----
iQIcBAABCAAGBQJVR1FIAAoJEDBSmw7B7bqrbkQP/RPleNMLHNOLRoJva6vNVers
hiyLwG+lpV9yHCUX1I7TsvyTHddjW3ANNC1LvlKyUiNzBBsr/Yg/Qe1RVGkRTK7E
ZPTU7xutk2nSLjvbVLjTQtIAynKZM6W9vM3X16WtsZ9+25z4e8jN8BjhzP99Vs7X
IkwL7Qe2q1O/ta+/ByVR4dFWtGyJDxRjXkFs4cQ/VdL/fJalKxIa9YJrmUwIBMOU
UIuJ1lh7kkNFGky+4Y3dBA/2L+O/iS64dxe+ygLMJGf9xdGGHwyuM6oe6OKEKPi1
pF0NIWgHRGOUEJNyUKZTOwCyk1PeOr9aFFDHN4GJyE463KzZqVYdA4ajI6udwL2h
I/AjsBnM0zQcoBD8HUeJK2ZgndPxOrMZGVjs0/M3K9lFocYBALoLkt5YPD1PXOZs
9EQ8mhej3/xbwyEaaAp+HJPOr/wLZ//juxsPP8HSR1BDm8cR40rd9rETEGWnmrxt
5vpmb2vNpKekw+pKf2vwuEH6BwH02nuz4YPudTswiEzObEQAuGx+rpopQVI9bdgE
V/r3WY0cl+bDMrcSpoZ7v6FDoHHA/zPq9aAAV0JsMyYApY0nMdqwShBJq5cTSoK9
rK5I6oIbqChskpoWULUVbbjb1fLsNVI4C89KjxW8xziTEY1d2fEeeJ2tR0lYBX/5
/KOygSze3Qi0MjrdE9D2
=sf/A
-----END PGP SIGNATURE-----
Merge tag 'mac80211-for-davem-2015-05-04' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/jberg/mac80211
Johannes Berg says:
====================
We have only a few fixes right now:
* a fix for an issue with hash collision handling in the
rhashtable conversion
* a merge issue - rhashtable removed default shrinking
just before mac80211 was converted, so enable it now
* remove an invalid WARN that can trigger with legitimate
userspace behaviour
* add a struct member missing from kernel-doc that caused
a lot of warnings
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Johan Hedberg says:
====================
pull request: bluetooth-next 2015-05-04
Here's the first bluetooth-next pull request for 4.2:
- Various fixes for at86rf230 driver
- ieee802154: trace events support for rdev->ops
- HCI UART driver refactoring
- New Realtek IDs added to btusb driver
- Off-by-one fix for rtl8723b in btusb driver
- Refactoring of btbcm driver for both UART & USB use
Please let me know if there are any issues pulling. Thanks.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
With this patch, the IGMP and MLD message validation functions are moved
from the bridge code to IPv4/IPv6 multicast files. Some small
refactoring was done to enhance readibility and to iron out some
differences in behaviour between the IGMP and MLD parsing code (e.g. the
skb-cloning of MLD messages is now only done if necessary, just like the
IGMP part always did).
Finally, these IGMP and MLD message validation functions are exported so
that not only the bridge can use it but batman-adv later, too.
Signed-off-by: Linus Lüssing <linus.luessing@c0d3.blue>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Eliminate 90 of these warnings:
Warning(..//include/net/mac80211.h:1682): No description found for parameter 'drv_priv[0]'
Signed-off-by: Randy Dunlap <rdunlap@infradead.org>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Some users of flow keys (well just sch_choke now) need to pass
flow_keys in skbuff cb, and use them for exact comparisons of flows
so that skb->hash is not sufficient. In order to increase size of
the flow_keys structure, we introduce another structure for
the purpose of passing flow keys in skbuff cb. We limit this structure
to sixteen bytes, and we will technically treat this as a digest of
flow_keys struct hence its name flow_keys_digest. In the first
incaranation we just copy the flow_keys structure up to 16 bytes--
this is the same information previously passed in the cb. In the
future, we'll adapt this for larger flow_keys and could use something
like SHA-1 over the whole flow_keys to improve the quality of the
digest.
Signed-off-by: Tom Herbert <tom@herbertland.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Under presence of TSO/GSO/GRO packets, codel at low rates can be quite
useless. In following example, not a single packet was ever dropped,
while average delay in codel queue is ~100 ms !
qdisc codel 0: parent 1:12 limit 16000p target 5.0ms interval 100.0ms
Sent 134376498 bytes 88797 pkt (dropped 0, overlimits 0 requeues 0)
backlog 13626b 3p requeues 0
count 0 lastcount 0 ldelay 96.9ms drop_next 0us
maxpacket 9084 ecn_mark 0 drop_overlimit 0
This comes from a confusion of what should be the minimal backlog. It is
pretty clear it is not 64KB or whatever max GSO packet ever reached the
qdisc.
codel intent was to use MTU of the device.
After the fix, we finally drop some packets, and rtt/cwnd of my single
TCP flow are meeting our expectations.
qdisc codel 0: parent 1:12 limit 16000p target 5.0ms interval 100.0ms
Sent 102798497 bytes 67912 pkt (dropped 1365, overlimits 0 requeues 0)
backlog 6056b 3p requeues 0
count 1 lastcount 1 ldelay 36.3ms drop_next 0us
maxpacket 10598 ecn_mark 0 drop_overlimit 0
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Cc: Kathleen Nichols <nichols@pollere.com>
Cc: Dave Taht <dave.taht@gmail.com>
Cc: Van Jacobson <vanj@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch divides the IPv6 flow label space into two ranges:
0-7ffff is reserved for flow label manager, 80000-fffff will be
used for creating auto flow labels (per RFC6438). This only affects how
labels are set on transmit, it does not affect receive. This range split
can be disbaled by systcl.
Background:
IPv6 flow labels have been an unmitigated disappointment thus far
in the lifetime of IPv6. Support in HW devices to use them for ECMP
is lacking, and OSes don't turn them on by default. If we had these
we could get much better hashing in IPv6 networks without resorting
to DPI, possibly eliminating some of the motivations to to define new
encaps in UDP just for getting ECMP.
Unfortunately, the initial specfications of IPv6 did not clarify
how they are to be used. There has always been a vague concept that
these can be used for ECMP, flow hashing, etc. and we do now have a
good standard how to this in RFC6438. The problem is that flow labels
can be either stateful or stateless (as in RFC6438), and we are
presented with the possibility that a stateless label may collide
with a stateful one. Attempts to split the flow label space were
rejected in IETF. When we added support in Linux for RFC6438, we
could not turn on flow labels by default due to this conflict.
This patch splits the flow label space and should give us
a path to enabling auto flow labels by default for all IPv6 packets.
This is an API change so we need to consider compatibility with
existing deployment. The stateful range is chosen to be the lower
values in hopes that most uses would have chosen small numbers.
Once we resolve the stateless/stateful issue, we can proceed to
look at enabling RFC6438 flow labels by default (starting with
scaled testing).
Signed-off-by: Tom Herbert <tom@herbertland.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Not used.
pedit sets TC_MUNGED when packet content was altered, but all the core
does is unset MUNGED again and then set OK2MUNGE.
And the latter isn't tested anywhere. So lets remove both
TC_MUNGED and TC_OK2MUNGE.
Signed-off-by: Florian Westphal <fw@strlen.de>
Acked-by: Alexei Starovoitov <ast@plumgrid.com>
Acked-by: Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net>
Acked-by: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
_rt6i_peer is no longer needed after the last patch,
'ipv6: Stop rt6_info from using inet_peer's metrics'.
DST_METRICS_FORCE_OVERWRITE is added by
commit e5fd387ad5 ("ipv6: do not overwrite inetpeer metrics prematurely").
Since inetpeer is no longer used for metrics, this bit is also not needed.
Signed-off-by: Martin KaFai Lau <kafai@fb.com>
Reviewed-by: Hannes Frederic Sowa <hannes@stressinduktion.org>
Cc: Michal Kubeček <mkubecek@suse.cz>
Cc: Steffen Klassert <steffen.klassert@secunet.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
inet_peer is indexed by the dst address alone. However, the fib6 tree
could have multiple routing entries (rt6_info) for the same dst. For
example,
1. A /128 dst via multiple gateways.
2. A RTF_CACHE route cloned from a /128 route.
In the above cases, all of them will share the same metrics and
step on each other.
This patch will steer away from inet_peer's metrics and use
dst_cow_metrics_generic() for everything.
Change Highlights:
1. Remove rt6_cow_metrics() which currently acquires metrics from
inet_peer for DST_HOST route (i.e. /128 route).
2. Add rt6i_pmtu to take care of the pmtu update to avoid creating a
full size metrics just to override the RTAX_MTU.
3. After (2), the RTF_CACHE route can also share the metrics with its
dst.from route, by:
dst_init_metrics(&cache_rt->dst, dst_metrics_ptr(cache_rt->dst.from), true);
4. Stop creating RTF_CACHE route by cloning another RTF_CACHE route. Instead,
directly clone from rt->dst.
[ Currently, cloning from another RTF_CACHE is only possible during
rt6_do_redirect(). Also, the old clone is removed from the tree
immediately after the new clone is added. ]
In case of cloning from an older redirect RTF_CACHE, it should work as
before.
In case of cloning from an older pmtu RTF_CACHE, this patch will forget
the pmtu and re-learn it (if there is any) from the redirected route.
The _rt6i_peer and DST_METRICS_FORCE_OVERWRITE will be removed
in the next cleanup patch.
Signed-off-by: Martin KaFai Lau <kafai@fb.com>
Reviewed-by: Hannes Frederic Sowa <hannes@stressinduktion.org>
Cc: Steffen Klassert <steffen.klassert@secunet.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This code is based on commit 6bab2e19c5
("cfg80211: pass name_assign_type to rdev_add_virtual_intf()")
This will expose in sysfs whether the ifname of a IEEE-802.15.4
device is set by userspace or generated by the kernel.
We are using two types of name_assign_types
o NET_NAME_ENUM: Default interface name provided by kernel
o NET_NAME_USER: Interface name provided by user.
Signed-off-by: Varka Bhadram <varkab@cdac.in>
Signed-off-by: Alexander Aring <alex.aring@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
This patch adds the proper description to the mac802154 core APIs.
Signed-off-by: Varka Bhadram <varkab@cdac.in>
Acked-by: Alexander Aring <alex.aring@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Alexander Aring <alex.aring@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
We would like that optional info provided by Congestion Control
modules using netlink can also be read using getsockopt()
This patch changes get_info() to put this information in a buffer,
instead of skb, like tcp_get_info(), so that following patch
can reuse this common infrastructure.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Cc: Yuchung Cheng <ycheng@google.com>
Cc: Neal Cardwell <ncardwell@google.com>
Acked-by: Neal Cardwell <ncardwell@google.com>
Acked-by: Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net>
Acked-by: Yuchung Cheng <ycheng@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch tracks total number of bytes acked for a TCP socket.
This is the sum of all changes done to tp->snd_una, and allows
for precise tracking of delivered data.
RFC4898 named this : tcpEStatsAppHCThruOctetsAcked
This is a 64bit field, and can be fetched both from TCP_INFO
getsockopt() if one has a handle on a TCP socket, or from inet_diag
netlink facility (iproute2/ss patch will follow)
Note that tp->bytes_acked was placed near tp->snd_una for
best data locality and minimal performance impact.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Acked-by: Yuchung Cheng <ycheng@google.com>
Cc: Matt Mathis <mattmathis@google.com>
Cc: Eric Salo <salo@google.com>
Cc: Martin Lau <kafai@fb.com>
Cc: Chris Rapier <rapier@psc.edu>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The bonding modules currently defines four macros with
general names that pollute the global namespace:
DRV_VERSION
DRV_RELDATE
DRV_NAME
DRV_DESCRIPTION
Fixing that by defining a private bonding_priv.h
header files which includes those defines.
Signed-off-by: Matan Barak <matanb@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Or Gerlitz <ogerlitz@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
[ 3897.923145] BUG: unable to handle kernel NULL pointer dereference at
0000000000000080
[ 3897.931025] IP: [<ffffffffa9f27686>] reqsk_timer_handler+0x1a6/0x243
There is a race when reqsk_timer_handler() and tcp_check_req() call
inet_csk_reqsk_queue_unlink() on the same req at the same time.
Before commit fa76ce7328 ("inet: get rid of central tcp/dccp listener
timer"), listener spinlock was held and race could not happen.
To solve this bug, we change reqsk_queue_unlink() to not assume req
must be found, and we return a status, to conditionally release a
refcount on the request sock.
This also means tcp_check_req() in non fastopen case might or not
consume req refcount, so tcp_v6_hnd_req() & tcp_v4_hnd_req() have
to properly handle this.
(Same remark for dccp_check_req() and its callers)
inet_csk_reqsk_queue_drop() is now too big to be inlined, as it is
called 4 times in tcp and 3 times in dccp.
Fixes: fa76ce7328 ("inet: get rid of central tcp/dccp listener timer")
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Reported-by: Yuchung Cheng <ycheng@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When frames time out in the reordering buffer, it is a
good indication that something went wrong and the driver
may want to know about that to take action or trigger
debug flows.
It is pointless to notify the driver about each frame that
is released. Notify each time the timer fires.
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
When we receive a BAR, this typically means that our peer
doesn't hear our Block-Acks or that we can't hear its
frames. Either way, it is a good indication that the link
is in a bad condition. This is why it can serve as a probe
to the driver.
Use the event_callback callback for this.
Since more events with the same data will be added in the
feature, the structure that describes the data attached to
the event is called in a generic name: ieee80211_ba_event.
This also means that from now on, the event_callback can't
sleep.
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
This support is essentially useless as typically networks are encrypted,
frames will be filtered by hardware, and rate scaling will be done with
the intended recipient in mind. For real monitoring of the network, the
monitor mode support should be used instead.
Removing it removes a lot of corner cases.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
If drivers want to support S/G (really just gather DMA on TX) then
we can now easily support this on the fast-xmit path since it just
needs to write to the ethernet header (and already has a check for
that being possible.)
However, disallow this on the regular TX path (which has to handle
fragmentation, software crypto, etc.) by calling skb_linearize().
Also allow the related HIGHDMA since that's not interesting to the
code in mac80211 at all anyway.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
In order to speed up mac80211's TX path, add the "fast-xmit" cache
that will cache the data frame 802.11 header and other data to be
able to build the frame more quickly. This cache is rebuilt when
external triggers imply changes, but a lot of the checks done per
packet today are simplified away to the check for the cache.
There's also a more detailed description in the code.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
A couple of enums in mac80211.h became structures recently, but the
comments didn't follow suit, leading to errors like:
Error(.//include/net/mac80211.h:367): Cannot parse enum!
Documentation/DocBook/Makefile:93: recipe for target 'Documentation/DocBook/80211.xml' failed
make[1]: *** [Documentation/DocBook/80211.xml] Error 1
Makefile:1361: recipe for target 'mandocs' failed
make: *** [mandocs] Error 2
Fix the comments comments accordingly. Added a couple of other small
comment fixes while I was there to silence other recently-added docbook
warnings.
Reported-by: Jim Davis <jim.epost@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Jonathan Corbet <corbet@lwn.net>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Pull networking fixes from David Miller:
1) Fix verifier memory corruption and other bugs in BPF layer, from
Alexei Starovoitov.
2) Add a conservative fix for doing BPF properly in the BPF classifier
of the packet scheduler on ingress. Also from Alexei.
3) The SKB scrubber should not clear out the packet MARK and security
label, from Herbert Xu.
4) Fix oops on rmmod in stmmac driver, from Bryan O'Donoghue.
5) Pause handling is not correct in the stmmac driver because it
doesn't take into consideration the RX and TX fifo sizes. From
Vince Bridgers.
6) Failure path missing unlock in FOU driver, from Wang Cong.
* git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/davem/net: (44 commits)
net: dsa: use DEVICE_ATTR_RW to declare temp1_max
netns: remove BUG_ONs from net_generic()
IB/ipoib: Fix ndo_get_iflink
sfc: Fix memcpy() with const destination compiler warning.
altera tse: Fix network-delays and -retransmissions after high throughput.
net: remove unused 'dev' argument from netif_needs_gso()
act_mirred: Fix bogus header when redirecting from VLAN
inet_diag: fix access to tcp cc information
tcp: tcp_get_info() should fetch socket fields once
net: dsa: mv88e6xxx: Add missing initialization in mv88e6xxx_set_port_state()
skbuff: Do not scrub skb mark within the same name space
Revert "net: Reset secmark when scrubbing packet"
bpf: fix two bugs in verification logic when accessing 'ctx' pointer
bpf: fix bpf helpers to use skb->mac_header relative offsets
stmmac: Configure Flow Control to work correctly based on rxfifo size
stmmac: Enable unicast pause frame detect in GMAC Register 6
stmmac: Read tx-fifo-depth and rx-fifo-depth from the devicetree
stmmac: Add defines and documentation for enabling flow control
stmmac: Add properties for transmit and receive fifo sizes
stmmac: fix oops on rmmod after assigning ip addr
...
This inline has ~500 callsites.
On 04/14/2015 08:37 PM, David Miller wrote:
> That BUG_ON() was added 7 years ago, and I don't remember it ever
> triggering or helping us diagnose something, so just remove it and
> keep the function inlined.
On x86 allyesconfig build:
text data bss dec hex filename
82447071 22255384 20627456 125329911 77861f7 vmlinux4
82441375 22255384 20627456 125324215 7784bb7 vmlinux5prime
Signed-off-by: Denys Vlasenko <dvlasenk@redhat.com>
CC: Eric W. Biederman <ebiederm@xmission.com>
CC: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
CC: Jan Engelhardt <jengelh@medozas.de>
CC: Jiri Pirko <jpirko@redhat.com>
CC: linux-kernel@vger.kernel.org
CC: netdev@vger.kernel.org
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Two different problems are fixed here :
1) inet_sk_diag_fill() might be called without socket lock held.
icsk->icsk_ca_ops can change under us and module be unloaded.
-> Access to freed memory.
Fix this using rcu_read_lock() to prevent module unload.
2) Some TCP Congestion Control modules provide information
but again this is not safe against icsk->icsk_ca_ops
change and nla_put() errors were ignored. Some sockets
could not get the additional info if skb was almost full.
Fix this by returning a status from get_info() handlers and
using rcu protection as well.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Acked-by: Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Pull second vfs update from Al Viro:
"Now that net-next went in... Here's the next big chunk - killing
->aio_read() and ->aio_write().
There'll be one more pile today (direct_IO changes and
generic_write_checks() cleanups/fixes), but I'd prefer to keep that
one separate"
* 'for-linus-2' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/viro/vfs: (37 commits)
->aio_read and ->aio_write removed
pcm: another weird API abuse
infinibad: weird APIs switched to ->write_iter()
kill do_sync_read/do_sync_write
fuse: use iov_iter_get_pages() for non-splice path
fuse: switch to ->read_iter/->write_iter
switch drivers/char/mem.c to ->read_iter/->write_iter
make new_sync_{read,write}() static
coredump: accept any write method
switch /dev/loop to vfs_iter_write()
serial2002: switch to __vfs_read/__vfs_write
ashmem: use __vfs_read()
export __vfs_read()
autofs: switch to __vfs_write()
new helper: __vfs_write()
switch hugetlbfs to ->read_iter()
coda: switch to ->read_iter/->write_iter
ncpfs: switch to ->read_iter/->write_iter
net/9p: remove (now-)unused helpers
p9_client_attach(): set fid->uid correctly
...
Pablo Neira Ayuso says:
====================
Netfilter updates for net-next
A final pull request, I know it's very late but this time I think it's worth a
bit of rush.
The following patchset contains Netfilter/nf_tables updates for net-next, more
specifically concatenation support and dynamic stateful expression
instantiation.
This also comes with a couple of small patches. One to fix the ebtables.h
userspace header and another to get rid of an obsolete example file in tree
that describes a nf_tables expression.
This time, I decided to paste the original descriptions. This will result in a
rather large commit description, but I think these bytes to keep.
Patrick McHardy says:
====================
netfilter: nf_tables: concatenation support
The following patches add support for concatenations, which allow multi
dimensional exact matches in O(1).
The basic idea is to split the data registers, currently consisting of
4 registers of 16 bytes each, into smaller units, 16 registers of 4
bytes each, and making sure each register store always leaves the
full 32 bit in a well defined state, meaning smaller stores will
zero the remaining bits.
Based on that, we can load multiple adjacent registers with different
values, thereby building a concatenated bigger value, and use that
value for set lookups.
Sets are changed to use variable sized extensions for their key and
data values, removing the fixed limit of 16 bytes while saving memory
if less space is needed.
As a side effect, these patches will allow some nice optimizations in
the future, like using jhash2 in nft_hash, removing the masking in
nft_cmp_fast, optimized data comparison using 32 bit word size etc.
These are not done so far however.
The patches are split up as follows:
* the first five patches add length validation to register loads and
stores to make sure we stay within bounds and prepare the validation
functions for the new addressing mode
* the next patches prepare for changing to 32 bit addressing by
introducing a struct nft_regs, which holds the verdict register as
well as the data registers. The verdict members are moved to a new
struct nft_verdict to allow to pull struct nft_data out of the stack.
* the next patches contain preparatory conversions of expressions and
sets to use 32 bit addressing
* the next patch introduces so far unused register conversion helpers
for parsing and dumping register numbers over netlink
* following is the real conversion to 32 bit addressing, consisting of
replacing struct nft_data in struct nft_regs by an array of u32s and
actually translating and validating the new register numbers.
* the final two patches add support for variable sized data items and
variable sized keys / data in set elements
The patches have been verified to work correctly with nft binaries using
both old and new addressing.
====================
Patrick McHardy says:
====================
netfilter: nf_tables: dynamic stateful expression instantiation
The following patches are the grand finale of my nf_tables set work,
using all the building blocks put in place by the previous patches
to support something like iptables hashlimit, but a lot more powerful.
Sets are extended to allow attaching expressions to set elements.
The dynset expression dynamically instantiates these expressions
based on a template when creating new set elements and evaluates
them for all new or updated set members.
In combination with concatenations this effectively creates state
tables for arbitrary combinations of keys, using the existing
expression types to maintain that state. Regular set GC takes care
of purging expired states.
We currently support two different stateful expressions, counter
and limit. Using limit as a template we can express the functionality
of hashlimit, but completely unrestricted in the combination of keys.
Using counter we can perform accounting for arbitrary flows.
The following examples from patch 5/5 show some possibilities.
Userspace syntax is still WIP, especially the listing of state
tables will most likely be seperated from normal set listings
and use a more structured format:
1. Limit the rate of new SSH connections per host, similar to iptables
hashlimit:
flow ip saddr timeout 60s \
limit 10/second \
accept
2. Account network traffic between each set of /24 networks:
flow ip saddr & 255.255.255.0 . ip daddr & 255.255.255.0 \
counter
3. Account traffic to each host per user:
flow skuid . ip daddr \
counter
4. Account traffic for each combination of source address and TCP flags:
flow ip saddr . tcp flags \
counter
The resulting set content after a Xmas-scan look like this:
{
192.168.122.1 . fin | psh | urg : counter packets 1001 bytes 40040,
192.168.122.1 . ack : counter packets 74 bytes 3848,
192.168.122.1 . psh | ack : counter packets 35 bytes 3144
}
In the future the "expressions attached to elements" will be extended
to also support user created non-stateful expressions to allow to
efficiently select beween a set of parameter sets, f.i. a set of log
statements with different prefixes based on the interface, which currently
require one rule each. This will most likely have to wait until the next
kernel version though.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Al Viro says:
====================
netdev-related stuff in vfs.git
There are several commits sitting in vfs.git that probably ought to go in
via net-next.git. First of all, there's merge with vfs.git#iocb - that's
Christoph's aio rework, which has triggered conflicts with the ->sendmsg()
and ->recvmsg() patches a while ago. It's not so much Christoph's stuff
that ought to be in net-next, as (pretty simple) conflict resolution on merge.
The next chunk is switch to {compat_,}import_iovec/import_single_range - new
safer primitives for initializing iov_iter. The primitives themselves come
from vfs/git#iov_iter (and they are used quite a lot in vfs part of queue),
conversion of net/socket.c syscalls belongs in net-next, IMO. Next there's
afs and rxrpc stuff from dhowells. And then there's sanitizing kernel_sendmsg
et.al. + missing inlined helper for "how much data is left in msg->msg_iter" -
this stuff is used in e.g. cifs stuff, but it belongs in net-next.
That pile is pullable from
git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/viro/vfs.git for-davem
I'll post the individual patches in there in followups; could you take a look
and tell if everything in there is OK with you?
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Using a timer wheel for timewait sockets was nice ~15 years ago when
memory was expensive and machines had a single processor.
This does not scale, code is ugly and source of huge latencies
(Typically 30 ms have been seen, cpus spinning on death_lock spinlock.)
We can afford to use an extra 64 bytes per timewait sock and spread
timewait load to all cpus to have better behavior.
Tested:
On following test, /proc/sys/net/ipv4/tcp_tw_recycle is set to 1
on the target (lpaa24)
Before patch :
lpaa23:~# ./super_netperf 200 -H lpaa24 -t TCP_CC -l 60 -- -p0,0
419594
lpaa23:~# ./super_netperf 200 -H lpaa24 -t TCP_CC -l 60 -- -p0,0
437171
While test is running, we can observe 25 or even 33 ms latencies.
lpaa24:~# ping -c 1000 -i 0.02 -qn lpaa23
...
1000 packets transmitted, 1000 received, 0% packet loss, time 20601ms
rtt min/avg/max/mdev = 0.020/0.217/25.771/1.535 ms, pipe 2
lpaa24:~# ping -c 1000 -i 0.02 -qn lpaa23
...
1000 packets transmitted, 1000 received, 0% packet loss, time 20702ms
rtt min/avg/max/mdev = 0.019/0.183/33.761/1.441 ms, pipe 2
After patch :
About 90% increase of throughput :
lpaa23:~# ./super_netperf 200 -H lpaa24 -t TCP_CC -l 60 -- -p0,0
810442
lpaa23:~# ./super_netperf 200 -H lpaa24 -t TCP_CC -l 60 -- -p0,0
800992
And latencies are kept to minimal values during this load, even
if network utilization is 90% higher :
lpaa24:~# ping -c 1000 -i 0.02 -qn lpaa23
...
1000 packets transmitted, 1000 received, 0% packet loss, time 19991ms
rtt min/avg/max/mdev = 0.023/0.064/0.360/0.042 ms
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add a flag to mark stateful expressions.
This is used for dynamic expression instanstiation to limit the usable
expressions. Strictly speaking only the dynset expression can not be
used in order to avoid recursion, but since dynamically instantiating
non-stateful expressions will simply create an identical copy, which
behaves no differently than the original, this limits to expressions
where it actually makes sense to dynamically instantiate them.
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
Preparation to attach expressions to set elements: add a set extension
type to hold an expression and dump the expression information with the
set element.
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
Add helper functions for initializing, cloning, dumping and destroying
a single expression that is not part of a rule.
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
This patch changes sets to support variable sized set element keys / data
up to 64 bytes each by using variable sized set extensions. This allows
to use concatenations with bigger data items suchs as IPv6 addresses.
As a side effect, small keys/data now don't require the full 16 bytes
of struct nft_data anymore but just the space they need.
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
Add a size argument to nft_data_init() and pass in the available space.
This will be used by the following patches to support variable sized
set element data.
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
Switch the nf_tables registers from 128 bit addressing to 32 bit
addressing to support so called concatenations, where multiple values
can be concatenated over multiple registers for O(1) exact matches of
multiple dimensions using sets.
The old register values are mapped to areas of 128 bits for compatibility.
When dumping register numbers, values are expressed using the old values
if they refer to the beginning of a 128 bit area for compatibility.
To support concatenations, register loads of less than a full 32 bit
value need to be padded. This mainly affects the payload and exthdr
expressions, which both unconditionally zero the last word before
copying the data.
Userspace fully passes the testsuite using both old and new register
addressing.
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
Add helper functions to parse and dump register values in netlink attributes.
These helpers will later be changed to take care of translation between the
old 128 bit and the new 32 bit register numbers.
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
Simple conversion to use u32 pointers to the beginning of the data
area to keep follow up patches smaller.
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
Only needlessly complicates things due to requiring specific argument
types. Use memcmp directly.
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
Replace the array of registers passed to expressions by a struct nft_regs,
containing the verdict as a seperate member, which aliases to the
NFT_REG_VERDICT register.
This is needed to seperate the verdict from the data registers completely,
so their size can be changed.
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
Change nft_validate_input_register() to not only validate the input
register number, but also the length of the load, and rename it to
nft_validate_register_load() to reflect that change.
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
All users of nft_validate_register_store() first invoke
nft_validate_output_register(). There is in fact no use for using it
on its own, so simplify the code by folding the functionality into
nft_validate_register_store() and kill it.
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
The existing name is ambiguous, data is loaded as well when we read from
a register. Rename to nft_validate_register_store() for clarity and
consistency with the upcoming patch to introduce its counterpart,
nft_validate_register_load().
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
For values spanning multiple registers, we need to validate that enough
space is available from the destination register onwards. Add a len
argument to nft_validate_data_load() and consolidate the existing length
validations in preparation of that.
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
* new mac80211 internal software queue to allow drivers to have
shorter hardware queues and pull on-demand
* use rhashtable for mac80211 station table
* minstrel rate control debug improvements and some refactoring
* fix noisy message about TX power reduction
* fix continuous message printing and activity if CRDA doesn't respond
* fix VHT-related capabilities with "iw connect" or "iwconfig ..."
* fix Kconfig for cfg80211 wireless extensions compatibility
-----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----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=mtuo
-----END PGP SIGNATURE-----
Merge tag 'mac80211-next-for-davem-2015-04-10' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/jberg/mac80211-next
Johannes Berg says:
====================
There isn't much left, but we have
* new mac80211 internal software queue to allow drivers to have
shorter hardware queues and pull on-demand
* use rhashtable for mac80211 station table
* minstrel rate control debug improvements and some refactoring
* fix noisy message about TX power reduction
* fix continuous message printing and activity if CRDA doesn't respond
* fix VHT-related capabilities with "iw connect" or "iwconfig ..."
* fix Kconfig for cfg80211 wireless extensions compatibility
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Johan Hedberg says:
====================
pull request: bluetooth-next 2015-04-09
We've had enough new patches during the past week (especially from
Marcel) that it'd be good to still get these queued for 4.1.
The majority of the changes are from Marcel with lots of cleanup &
refactoring patches for the HCI UART driver. Marcel also split out some
Broadcom & Intel vendor specific functionality into two new btintel &
btbcm modules.
In addition to the HCI driver changes there's the completion of our
local OOB data interface for pairing, added support for requesting
remote LE features when connecting, as well as a couple of minor fixes
for mac802154.
Please let me know if there are any issues pulling. Thanks.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Pablo Neira Ayuso says:
====================
Netfilter updates for net-next
The following patchset contains Netfilter updates for your net-next tree.
They are:
* nf_tables set timeout infrastructure from Patrick Mchardy.
1) Add support for set timeout support.
2) Add support for set element timeouts using the new set extension
infrastructure.
4) Add garbage collection helper functions to get rid of stale elements.
Elements are accumulated in a batch that are asynchronously released
via RCU when the batch is full.
5) Add garbage collection synchronization helpers. This introduces a new
element busy bit to address concurrent access from the netlink API and the
garbage collector.
5) Add timeout support for the nft_hash set implementation. The garbage
collector peridically checks for stale elements from the workqueue.
* iptables/nftables cgroup fixes:
6) Ignore non full-socket objects from the input path, otherwise cgroup
match may crash, from Daniel Borkmann.
7) Fix cgroup in nf_tables.
8) Save some cycles from xt_socket by skipping packet header parsing when
skb->sk is already set because of early demux. Also from Daniel.
* br_netfilter updates from Florian Westphal.
9) Save frag_max_size and restore it from the forward path too.
10) Use a per-cpu area to restore the original source MAC address when traffic
is DNAT'ed.
11) Add helper functions to access physical devices.
12) Use these new physdev helper function from xt_physdev.
13) Add another nf_bridge_info_get() helper function to fetch the br_netfilter
state information.
14) Annotate original layer 2 protocol number in nf_bridge info, instead of
using kludgy flags.
15) Also annotate the pkttype mangling when the packet travels back and forth
from the IP to the bridge layer, instead of using a flag.
* More nf_tables set enhancement from Patrick:
16) Fix possible usage of set variant that doesn't support timeouts.
17) Avoid spurious "set is full" errors from Netlink API when there are pending
stale elements scheduled to be released.
18) Restrict loop checks to set maps.
19) Add support for dynamic set updates from the packet path.
20) Add support to store optional user data (eg. comments) per set element.
BTW, I have also pulled net-next into nf-next to anticipate the conflict
resolution between your okfn() signature changes and Florian's br_netfilter
updates.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Netlink attribute for the power is s8. But for the driver level
operations we are collection power level value into integer.
It has to be change to s8 from int.
Signed-off-by: Varka Bhadram <varkab@cdac.in>
Acked-by: Alexander Aring <alex.aring@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
When establishing a Bluetooth LE connection, read the remote used
features mask to determine which features are supported. This was
not really needed with Bluetooth 4.0, but since Bluetooth 4.1 and
also 4.2 have introduced new optional features, this becomes more
important.
This works the same as with BR/EDR where the connection enters the
BT_CONFIG stage and hci_connect_cfm call is delayed until the remote
features have been retrieved. Only after successfully receiving the
remote features, the connection enters the BT_CONNECTED state.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
trivial conflict in net/socket.c and non-trivial one in crypto -
that one had evaded aio_complete() removal.
Signed-off-by: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk>
This is the NFC pull request for 4.1.
This is a shorter one than usual, as the Intel Field Peak NFC
driver could not make it in time.
We have:
- A new driver for NXP NCI based chipsets, like e.g. the NPC100 or
the PN7150. It currently only supports an i2c physical layer, but
could easily be extended to work on top of e.g. SPI.
This driver also includes support for user space triggered firmware
updates.
- A few minor st21nfc[ab] fixes, cleanups, and comments improvements.
- A pn533 error return fix.
- A few NFC related logs formatting cleanups.
-----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----
Version: GnuPG v1
iQIcBAABAgAGBQJVJV81AAoJEIqAPN1PVmxKM3sP/R6fKXMxtVxXsiPzBMk+SpBI
onNXbCx27rp1lHTFznE16JAaaSfcQEwSQmYx7xa6KXqRYVlDfRfC+5R+rPGrCjfH
kV/eLBNnYpmPw0ViVT7dsWK0b4me0k5pr9ki9mze3YxvuMbA5vdv0tvuRFz5IRF/
hl+WI5pntGuRtnIyBKIauAMylylUYVvCBGhmHnveiX0Dp8noJLBSV0wvdzujm51S
+Uio/jHlUEV2lotrQBOfWNtEkwonXSwzZWSzimBCyEGLAwTx4lGXHmQftOtPd3zE
sOT7Gw77ZCsulHoHiJyC0KpDSDS0NYVrtTI5BiuGgAivGi0YZw2XD3CYRIdy0m2Z
lMoodYdiCgsxmrU6I6Rd/7DQBxD0Vhc+CGAyk41f7AwU4Fwq105kpSLupTtU+NzT
ZpdvSXeirU8sxt+3WDOgv8esyYGZVVD8GuBbofMZQZ0vLq+FcDpYAW4w3LKvvi6X
C+WN8f7SCI0kqpd4leyl6EG3SoQKFyPWobu0IlV520R9b76iBcyqooTIpvVa4Yk7
az6fKhi9gK/T6FHW78y6fnkczd47JKrC924m+g6P/hhTD5zQ956ferp0uFTjkPtF
8kNgRT7OIRi1JO783cnQx1uA61axC3GX1HFzsD9paVkTwRNtJ3eFsxtcYt7Nfv8D
WGNWRQp5LmBsD/SqFBfk
=MzOJ
-----END PGP SIGNATURE-----
Merge tag 'nfc-next-4.1-1' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/sameo/nfc-next
Samuel Ortiz says:
====================
NFC: 4.1 pull request
This is the NFC pull request for 4.1.
This is a shorter one than usual, as the Intel Field Peak NFC
driver could not make it in time.
We have:
- A new driver for NXP NCI based chipsets, like e.g. the NPC100 or
the PN7150. It currently only supports an i2c physical layer, but
could easily be extended to work on top of e.g. SPI.
This driver also includes support for user space triggered firmware
updates.
- A few minor st21nfc[ab] fixes, cleanups, and comments improvements.
- A pn533 error return fix.
- A few NFC related logs formatting cleanups.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add an userdata set extension and allow the user to attach arbitrary
data to set elements. This is intended to hold TLV encoded data like
comments or DNS annotations that have no meaning to the kernel.
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
Add a new "dynset" expression for dynamic set updates.
A new set op ->update() is added which, for non existant elements,
invokes an initialization callback and inserts the new element.
For both new or existing elements the extenstion pointer is returned
to the caller to optionally perform timer updates or other actions.
Element removal is not supported so far, however that seems to be a
rather exotic need and can be added later on.
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
Currently a set binding is assumed to be related to a lookup and, in
case of maps, a data load.
In order to use bindings for set updates, the loop detection checks
must be restricted to map operations only. Add a flags member to the
binding struct to hold the set "action" flags such as NFT_SET_MAP,
and perform loop detection based on these.
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
Use atomic operations for the element count to avoid races with async
updates.
To properly handle the transactional semantics during netlink updates,
deleted but not yet committed elements are accounted for seperately and
are treated as being already removed. This means for the duration of
a netlink transaction, the limit might be exceeded by the amount of
elements deleted. Set implementations must be prepared to handle this.
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
Fast Open has been using an experimental option with a magic number
(RFC6994). This patch makes the client by default use the RFC7413
option (34) to get and send Fast Open cookies. This patch makes
the client solicit cookies from a given server first with the
RFC7413 option. If that fails to elicit a cookie, then it tries
the RFC6994 experimental option. If that also fails, it uses the
RFC7413 option on all subsequent connect attempts. If the server
returns a Fast Open cookie then the client caches the form of the
option that successfully elicited a cookie, and uses that form on
later connects when it presents that cookie.
The idea is to gradually obsolete the use of experimental options as
the servers and clients upgrade, while keeping the interoperability
meanwhile.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Lee <Longinus00@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Yuchung Cheng <ycheng@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Neal Cardwell <ncardwell@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Fast Open has been using the experimental option with a magic number
(RFC6994) to request and grant Fast Open cookies. This patch enables
the server to support the official IANA option 34 in RFC7413 in
addition.
The change has passed all existing Fast Open tests with both
old and new options at Google.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Lee <Longinus00@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Yuchung Cheng <ycheng@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Neal Cardwell <ncardwell@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Since Bluetooth 4.1 there are two additional values for SSP OOB data,
namely C-256 and R-256. This patch updates the EIR definitions to take
into account both the 192 and 256 bit variants of C and R.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
That was we can make sure the output path of ipv4/ipv6 operate on
the UDP socket rather than whatever random thing happens to be in
skb->sk.
Based upon a patch by Jiri Pirko.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Acked-by: Hannes Frederic Sowa <hannes@stressinduktion.org>
On the output paths in particular, we have to sometimes deal with two
socket contexts. First, and usually skb->sk, is the local socket that
generated the frame.
And second, is potentially the socket used to control a tunneling
socket, such as one the encapsulates using UDP.
We do not want to disassociate skb->sk when encapsulating in order
to fix this, because that would break socket memory accounting.
The most extreme case where this can cause huge problems is an
AF_PACKET socket transmitting over a vxlan device. We hit code
paths doing checks that assume they are dealing with an ipv4
socket, but are actually operating upon the AF_PACKET one.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The hci_recv_stream_fragment function should have never been introduced
in the first place. The Bluetooth core does not need to know anything
about the HCI transport protocol.
With all transport protocol specific detailed moved back into the
drivers where they belong (mainly generic USB and UART drivers), this
function can now be removed.
This reduces the size of hci_dev structure and also removes an exported
symbol from the Bluetooth core module.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
The data pointer provided to hci_recv_stream_fragment function should
have been marked const. The function has no business in modifying the
original data. So fix this now.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Johan Hedberg says:
====================
pull request: bluetooth-next 2015-04-04
Here's what's probably the last bluetooth-next pull request for 4.1:
- Fixes for LE advertising data & advertising parameters
- Fix for race condition with HCI_RESET flag
- New BNEPGETSUPPFEAT ioctl, needed for certification
- New HCI request callback type to get the resulting skb
- Cleanups to use BIT() macro wherever possible
- Consolidate Broadcom device entries in the btusb HCI driver
- Check for valid flags in CMTP, HIDP & BNEP
- Disallow local privacy & OOB data combo to prevent a potential race
- Expose SMP & ECDH selftest results through debugfs
- Expose current Device ID info through debugfs
Please let me know if there are any issues pulling. Thanks.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
As the next patch will require the IE splitting utility functions
in cfg80211, move them there from mac80211.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Conflicts:
drivers/net/ethernet/mellanox/mlx4/cmd.c
net/core/fib_rules.c
net/ipv4/fib_frontend.c
The fib_rules.c and fib_frontend.c conflicts were locking adjustments
in 'net' overlapping addition and removal of code in 'net-next'.
The mlx4 conflict was a bug fix in 'net' happening in the same
place a constant was being replaced with a more suitable macro.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
We should not consult skb->sk for output decisions in xmit recursion
levels > 0 in the stack. Otherwise local socket settings could influence
the result of e.g. tunnel encapsulation process.
ipv6 does not conform with this in three places:
1) ip6_fragment: we do consult ipv6_npinfo for frag_size
2) sk_mc_loop in ipv6 uses skb->sk and checks if we should
loop the packet back to the local socket
3) ip6_skb_dst_mtu could query the settings from the user socket and
force a wrong MTU
Furthermore:
In sk_mc_loop we could potentially land in WARN_ON(1) if we use a
PF_PACKET socket ontop of an IPv6-backed vxlan device.
Reuse xmit_recursion as we are currently only interested in protecting
tunnel devices.
Cc: Jiri Pirko <jiri@resnulli.us>
Signed-off-by: Hannes Frederic Sowa <hannes@stressinduktion.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
According to specification etsi 102 622 chapter 4.4 pipes
identifier is 7 bits long giving a 127 possible pipes value.
Reported-by: Dan Carpenter <dan.carpenter@oracle.com>
Signed-off-by: Christophe Ricard <christophe-h.ricard@st.com>
Signed-off-by: Samuel Ortiz <sameo@linux.intel.com>
According to etsi 102 622 chapter 11.2.2.4 EVT_TRANSACTION,
the nfc_evt_transaction parameters can be 0 up to 255 byte long.
Signed-off-by: Christophe Ricard <christophe-h.ricard@st.com>
Signed-off-by: Samuel Ortiz <sameo@linux.intel.com>
According to specification etsi 102 622 chapter 4.4 pipes identifier
is 7 bits long giving a 127 possible pipes value.
Reported-by: Dan Carpenter <dan.carpenter@oracle.com>
Signed-off-by: Christophe Ricard <christophe-h.ricard@st.com>
Signed-off-by: Samuel Ortiz <sameo@linux.intel.com>
That way we don't have to reinstantiate another nf_hook_state
on the stack of the nf_reinject() path.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Don't use dev->iflink anymore.
CC: Steffen Klassert <steffen.klassert@secunet.com>
Signed-off-by: Nicolas Dichtel <nicolas.dichtel@6wind.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Don't use dev->iflink anymore.
CC: Steffen Klassert <steffen.klassert@secunet.com>
Signed-off-by: Nicolas Dichtel <nicolas.dichtel@6wind.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Now that there's a HCI request API available where the callback receives
the resulting skb, we can convert the local OOB data reading to use this
new API. This patch does the necessary update in mgmt.c (which also
requires moving the callback higher up since it's now a static function)
and removes the custom calls from hci_event.c that are no-longer
necessary.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
The hci_req_pending() function has no users anymore, so simply remove
it.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Now that the synchronous HCI requests use the new API and a new private
variable the recv_evt member of hci_dev is no-longer needed. This patch
removes it.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Now that there's an API in place that allows passing the resulting skb
to the request callback we can conveniently convert the hci_req_sync and
related functions to use it. Since we still need to get the skb from the
async callback into the sleeping _sync() function the patch adds another
req_skb variable to hci_dev where the sync request state is tracked.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
This patch adds a second possible callback for HCI requests where the
callback will receive the full skb of the last successfully completed
HCI command. This API is useful for cases where we want to use a request
to read some data and the existing hci_event.c handlers do not store it
e.g. in the hci_dev struct.
The reason the patch is a bit bigger than just adding the new API is
because the hci_req_cmd_complete() functions required some refactoring
to enable it: now hci_req_cmd_complete() is simply used to request the
callback pointers if any, and the actual calling of them happens from a
single place at the end of hci_event_packet(). The reason for this is
that we need to pass the original skb (without any skb_pull, etc
modifications done to it) and it's simplest to keep track of it within
the hci_event_packet() function.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
This allows drivers to request per-vif and per-sta-tid queues from which
they can pull frames. This makes it easier to keep the hardware queues
short, and to improve fairness between clients and vifs.
The task of scheduling packet transmission is left up to the driver -
queueing is controlled by mac80211. Drivers can only dequeue packets by
calling ieee80211_tx_dequeue. This makes it possible to add active queue
management later without changing drivers using this code.
This can also be used as a starting point to implement A-MSDU
aggregation in a way that does not add artificially induced latency.
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org>
[resolved minor context conflict, minor changes, endian annotations]
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Add support for element timeouts to nft_hash. The lookup and walking
functions are changed to ignore timed out elements, a periodic garbage
collection task cleans out expired entries.
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
GC is expected to happen asynchrously to the netlink interface. In the
netlink path, both insertion and removal of elements consist of two
steps, insertion followed by activation or deactivation followed by
removal, during which the element must not be freed by GC.
The synchronization helpers use an unused bit in the genmask field to
atomically mark an element as "busy", meaning it is either currently
being handled through the netlink API or by GC.
Elements being processed by GC will never survive, netlink will simply
ignore them. Elements being currently processed through netlink will be
skipped by GC and reprocessed during the next run.
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
Add helpers for GC batch destruction: since element destruction needs
a RCU grace period for all set implementations, add some helper functions
for asynchronous batch destruction. Elements are collected in a batch
structure, which is asynchronously released using RCU once its full.
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
Add API support for set element timeouts. Elements can have a individual
timeout value specified, overriding the sets' default.
Two new extension types are used for timeouts - the timeout value and
the expiration time. The timeout value only exists if it differs from
the default value.
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
Add set timeout support to the netlink API. Sets with timeout support
enabled can have a default timeout value and garbage collection interval
specified.
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
of small fixes, cleanups and internal features we have:
* VHT support for TDLS and IBSS (conditional on drivers though)
* first TX performance improvements (the biggest will come later)
* many suspend/resume (race) fixes
* name_assign_type support from Tom Gundersen
-----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----
iQIcBAABCAAGBQJVGWlNAAoJEDBSmw7B7bqr5s8P/R9+Q6y4Ixice9dDOJYynl/d
dMEUEfCBWUyDaQD1bNQIED2mc0sM5+Ax8OVIVx9fdrLGPxaISBqDJKE1USoTNZzm
q+U3dM4Q45SfQSsgaY4FtxTlPWPtUKsNMXY/CxLR+IqVeA3+30rX+hv1f3SAqBj0
68IwW/uUIHb71IZ+hz2Mwudt4JVW8KRg9VlZ0UY6EEvC4m5QD2YkwQQo/hJ2WF+/
wAJbku02L/Vy4J7E6hNcKYWXokht4fVYphjl/1ZDd/+8L8SUv9mC88n1Jzxa428p
1PmbtwzbpOrtTcC2BCPDA04IyfMc7k9DlLKw/h2KLPbHZXheD9eVmo/Am5vz+uH6
926f+FK339SzoJnZ5wBBDiZ8W8TLYNc8ImxtcxjnrtGfr1CKiuh23P1CWyOlKJCO
BYFJqkCOqWOHYnN0embaj7JqM/LmQI5ZoBZHZhD2KQXIXpTsjjIMPfJvip5D+tsV
+iXIlQwdeK6rbjxdonBgn7n57XIeSVMAYeyDCbzIShfibjHbUZPn+RsZCtv8RWv8
EaZu8PerU5ZDKwdX940+lWrtf/TMDJBYQpAIBRuiZK4DTNWCt3BrDlvb1FXGgA+X
vQJnr32vjJ/pLDxNLHQlkKWC4I/CYtG47OgcJN9AQXrig1zApd+C29zy3aqch3ea
wxV9dFfheTqZFjtZfSsH
=O/cf
-----END PGP SIGNATURE-----
Merge tag 'mac80211-next-for-davem-2015-03-30' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/jberg/mac80211-next
Johannes Berg says:
====================
Lots of updates for net-next; along with the usual flurry
of small fixes, cleanups and internal features we have:
* VHT support for TDLS and IBSS (conditional on drivers though)
* first TX performance improvements (the biggest will come later)
* many suspend/resume (race) fixes
* name_assign_type support from Tom Gundersen
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Those are counterparts to nla_put_in_addr and nla_put_in6_addr.
Signed-off-by: Jiri Benc <jbenc@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
IP addresses are often stored in netlink attributes. Add generic functions
to do that.
For nla_put_in_addr, it would be nicer to pass struct in_addr but this is
not used universally throughout the kernel, in way too many places __be32 is
used to store IPv4 address.
Signed-off-by: Jiri Benc <jbenc@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In many places, the a6 field is typecasted to struct in6_addr. As the
fields are in union anyway, just add in6_addr type to the union and
get rid of the typecasting.
Modifying the uapi header is okay, the union has still the same size.
Signed-off-by: Jiri Benc <jbenc@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In many places, the a6 field is typecasted to struct in6_addr. As the
fields are in union anyway, just add in6_addr type to the union and get rid
of the typecasting.
Signed-off-by: Jiri Benc <jbenc@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Johan Hedberg says:
====================
pull request: bluetooth-next 2015-03-27
Here's another set of Bluetooth & 802.15.4 patches for 4.1:
- New API to control LE advertising data (i.e. peripheral role)
- mac802154 & at86rf230 cleanups
- Support for toggling quirks from debugfs (useful for testing)
- Memory leak fix for LE scanning
- Extra version info reading support for Broadcom controllers
Please let me know if there are any issues pulling. Thanks.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In order to shrink the size of bt_skb_cb, this patch moves the HCI
request related variables into their own req_ctrl struct. Additionall
the L2CAP and HCI request structs are placed inside the same union since
they will never be used at the same time for the same skb.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
We're getting very close to the maximum possible size of bt_skb_cb. To
prepare to shrink the struct with the help of a union this patch moves
all L2CAP related variables into the l2cap_ctrl struct. To later add
other 'ctrl' structs the L2CAP one is renamed simple 'l2cap' instead
of 'control'.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Indicating just the peer's capability is fairly pointless
if the local device doesn't support it. Make the variable
track both combined, and remove the 'local support' check
in the TX path.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
This will expose in /sys whether the ifname of a device is set by
userspace or generated by the kernel. The latter kind (wlanX, etc)
is not deterministic, so userspace needs to rename these devices
to names that are guaranteed to stay the same between reboots. The
former, however should never be renamed, so userspace needs to be
able to reliably tell the difference.
Similar functionality was introduced for the rtnetlink core in
commit 5517750f05 ("net: rtnetlink - make create_link take name_assign_type")
Signed-off-by: Tom Gundersen <teg@jklm.no>
Cc: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
Cc: Brett Rudley <brudley@broadcom.com>
Cc: Arend van Spriel <arend@broadcom.com>
Cc: Franky (Zhenhui) Lin <frankyl@broadcom.com>
Cc: Hante Meuleman <meuleman@broadcom.com>
Cc: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
[reformat changelog to fit 72 cols]
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Seems Broadcom TDLS peers (Nexus 5, Xperia Z3) refuse to allow TDLS
connection when channel-switching is supported but the regulatory
classes IE is missing from the setup request.
Add a chandef to reg-class translation function to cfg80211 and use it
to add the required IE during setup. For now add only the current
regulatory class as supported - it is enough to resolve the
compatibility issue.
Signed-off-by: Arik Nemtsov <arikx.nemtsov@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
This can allow the driver to take action based on the reason
of the deauth.
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
This can allow the driver to take action based on the
success / failure of the association.
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
This can allow the driver to take action based on the
success / failure of the authentication.
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
We will be able to add more events, such as MLME events and
others. The low level driver may be interested in knowing
about these events to dump firmware data upon failures, or
to change parameters in case connection attempts fail etc...
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Provide callbacks for ndo_fdb_add, ndo_fdb_del, and ndo_fdb_dump.
Reviewed-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Tested-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Signed-off-by: Guenter Roeck <linux@roeck-us.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Pablo Neira Ayuso says:
====================
Netfilter updates for net-next
The following patchset contains Netfilter updates for your net-next tree.
Basically, nf_tables updates to add the set extension infrastructure and finish
the transaction for sets from Patrick McHardy. More specifically, they are:
1) Move netns to basechain and use recently added possible_net_t, from
Patrick McHardy.
2) Use LOGLEVEL_<FOO> from nf_log infrastructure, from Joe Perches.
3) Restore nf_log_trace that was accidentally removed during conflict
resolution.
4) nft_queue does not depend on NETFILTER_XTABLES, starting from here
all patches from Patrick McHardy.
5) Use raw_smp_processor_id() in nft_meta.
Then, several patches to prepare ground for the new set extension
infrastructure:
6) Pass object length to the hash callback in rhashtable as needed by
the new set extension infrastructure.
7) Cleanup patch to restore struct nft_hash as wrapper for struct
rhashtable
8) Another small source code readability cleanup for nft_hash.
9) Convert nft_hash to rhashtable callbacks.
And finally...
10) Add the new set extension infrastructure.
11) Convert the nft_hash and nft_rbtree sets to use it.
12) Batch set element release to avoid several RCU grace period in a row
and add new function nft_set_elem_destroy() to consolidate set element
release.
13) Return the set extension data area from nft_lookup.
14) Refactor existing transaction code to add some helper functions
and document it.
15) Complete the set transaction support, using similar approach to what we
already use, to activate/deactivate elements in an atomic fashion.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
After commit 1fb6f159fd ("tcp: add tcp_conn_request"),
tcp_syn_flood_action() is no longer used from IPv6.
We can make it static, by moving it above tcp_conn_request()
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Reviewed-by: Octavian Purdila <octavian.purdila@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Set elements are the last object type not supporting transaction support.
Implement similar to the existing rule transactions:
The global transaction counter keeps track of two generations, current
and next. Each element contains a bitmask specifying in which generations
it is inactive.
New elements start out as inactive in the current generation and active
in the next. On commit, the previous next generation becomes the current
generation and the element becomes active. The bitmask is then cleared
to indicate that the element is active in all future generations. If the
transaction is aborted, the element is removed from the set before it
becomes active.
When removing an element, it gets marked as inactive in the next generation.
On commit the next generation becomes active and the therefor the element
inactive. It is then taken out of then set and released. On abort, the
element is marked as active for the next generation again.
Lookups ignore elements not active in the current generation.
The current set types (hash/rbtree) both use a field in the extension area
to store the generation mask. This (currently) does not require any
additional memory since we have some free space in there.
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
Add some helper functions for building the genmask as preparation for
set transactions.
Also add a little documentation how this stuff actually works.
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
Return the extension area from the ->lookup() function to allow to
consolidate common actions.
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
With the conversion to set extensions, it is now possible to consolidate
the different set element destruction functions.
The set implementations' ->remove() functions are changed to only take
the element out of their internal data structures. Elements will be freed
in a batched fashion after the global transaction's completion RCU grace
period.
This reduces the amount of grace periods required for nft_hash from N
to zero additional ones, additionally this guarantees that the set
elements' extensions of all implementations can be used under RCU
protection.
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
A simple forward for firmware download (i.e. sending a new firmware
to the NFC adapter) from the NFC subsystem to the drivers.
This feature is required to update the firmware of NXP-NCI NFC
controllers but can be used by any NCI driver.
This feature has been present in the HCI subsystem since 9a695d.
Signed-off-by: Clément Perrochaud <clement.perrochaud@effinnov.com>
Signed-off-by: Samuel Ortiz <sameo@linux.intel.com>
This patch adds macro definitions for possible advertising instance
flags that can be passed to the "Add Advertising" command.
Signed-off-by: Arman Uguray <armansito@chromium.org>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
struct kiocb now is a generic I/O container, so move it to fs.h.
Also do a #include diet for aio.h while we're at it.
Signed-off-by: Christoph Hellwig <hch@lst.de>
Signed-off-by: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk>
As namespaces are sometimes used with overlapping ip address ranges,
we should also use the namespace as input to the hash to select the ip
fragmentation counter bucket.
Cc: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Cc: Flavio Leitner <fbl@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Hannes Frederic Sowa <hannes@stressinduktion.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
As namespaces are sometimes used with overlapping ip address ranges,
we should also use the namespace as input to the hash to select the ip
fragmentation counter bucket.
Cc: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Cc: Flavio Leitner <fbl@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Hannes Frederic Sowa <hannes@stressinduktion.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The set implementations' private struct will only contain the elements
needed to maintain the search structure, all other elements are moved
to the set extensions.
Element allocation and initialization is performed centrally by
nf_tables_api instead of by the different set implementations'
->insert() functions. A new "elemsize" member in the set ops specifies
the amount of memory to reserve for internal usage. Destruction
will also be moved out of the set implementations by a following patch.
Except for element allocation, the patch is a simple conversion to
using data from the extension area.
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
Add simple set extension infrastructure for maintaining variable sized
and optional per element data.
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
Move the declaration for external variables to sctp.h file avoiding
to repeatedly declare them with extern keyword.
Signed-off-by: Ying Xue <ying.xue@windriver.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The network namespace is only needed for base chains to get at the
gencursor. Also convert to possible_net_t.
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
With request socks convergence, we no longer need
different lookup methods. A request socket can
use generic lookup function.
Add const qualifier to 2nd tcp_v[46]_md5_lookup() parameter.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Since request and established sockets now have same base,
there is no need to pass two pointers to tcp_v4_md5_hash_skb()
or tcp_v6_md5_hash_skb()
Also add a const qualifier to their struct tcp_md5sig_key argument.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Conflicts:
net/netfilter/nf_tables_core.c
The nf_tables_core.c conflict was resolved using a conflict resolution
from Stephen Rothwell as a guide.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This is specified by RFC 7217.
Cc: Erik Kline <ek@google.com>
Cc: Fernando Gont <fgont@si6networks.com>
Cc: Lorenzo Colitti <lorenzo@google.com>
Cc: YOSHIFUJI Hideaki/吉藤英明 <hideaki.yoshifuji@miraclelinux.com>
Signed-off-by: Hannes Frederic Sowa <hannes@stressinduktion.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
If a DAD conflict is detected, we want to retry privacy stable address
generation up to idgen_retries (= 3) times with a delay of idgen_delay
(= 1 second). Add the logic to addrconf_dad_failure.
By design, we don't clean up dad failed permanent addresses.
Cc: Erik Kline <ek@google.com>
Cc: Fernando Gont <fgont@si6networks.com>
Cc: Lorenzo Colitti <lorenzo@google.com>
Cc: YOSHIFUJI Hideaki/吉藤英明 <hideaki.yoshifuji@miraclelinux.com>
Signed-off-by: Hannes Frederic Sowa <hannes@stressinduktion.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Cc: Erik Kline <ek@google.com>
Cc: Fernando Gont <fgont@si6networks.com>
Cc: Lorenzo Colitti <lorenzo@google.com>
Cc: YOSHIFUJI Hideaki/吉藤英明 <hideaki.yoshifuji@miraclelinux.com>
Signed-off-by: Hannes Frederic Sowa <hannes@stressinduktion.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch implements support for the timeout parameter of the
Add Advertising command.
Signed-off-by: Arman Uguray <armansito@chromium.org>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
This patch introduces a new data structure to represent advertising
instances that were added using the "Add Advertising" mgmt command.
Initially an hci_dev structure will support only one of these instances
at a time, so the current instance is simply stored as a direct member
of hci_dev.
Signed-off-by: Arman Uguray <armansito@chromium.org>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
This patch introduces the HCI_ADVERTISING_INSTANCE setting, which is set
when an at least one advertising instance has been added using the
"Add Advertising" mgmt command. This patch also adds a macro definition
for the EIR_APPEARANCE field type.
Signed-off-by: Arman Uguray <armansito@chromium.org>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
This patch adds definitions for the Add Advertising and Remove
Advertising MGMT commands and events.
Signed-off-by: Arman Uguray <armansito@chromium.org>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
tcp_v4_err() can restrict lookups to ehash table, and not to listeners.
Note this patch creates the infrastructure, but this means that ICMP
messages for request sockets are ignored until complete conversion.
New tcp_req_err() helper is exported so that we can use it in IPv6
in following patch.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This is a low hanging fruit, as we'll get rid of syn_wait_lock eventually.
We hold syn_wait_lock for such small sections, that it makes no sense to use
a read/write lock. A spin lock is simply faster.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
It is not needed, and req->sk_listener points to the listener anyway.
request_sock argument can be const.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Pablo Neira Ayuso says:
====================
Netfilter fixes for net
The following patchset contains Netfilter fixes for your net tree,
they are:
1) Fix missing initialization of tuple structure in nfnetlink_cthelper
to avoid mismatches when looking up to attach userspace helpers to
flows, from Ian Wilson.
2) Fix potential crash in nft_hash when we hit -EAGAIN in
nft_hash_walk(), from Herbert Xu.
3) We don't need to indicate the hook information to update the
basechain default policy in nf_tables.
4) Restore tracing over nfnetlink_log due to recent rework to
accomodate logging infrastructure into nf_tables.
5) Fix wrong IP6T_INV_PROTO check in xt_TPROXY.
6) Set IP6T_F_PROTO flag in nft_compat so we can use SYNPROXY6 and
REJECT6 from xt over nftables.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
We send unicast neighbor (ARP or NDP) solicitations ucast_probes
times in PROBE state. Zhu Yanjun reported that some implementation
does not reply against them and the entry will become FAILED, which
is undesirable.
We had been dealt with such nodes by sending multicast probes mcast_
solicit times after unicast probes in PROBE state. In 2003, I made
a change not to send them to improve compatibility with IPv6 NDP.
Let's introduce per-protocol per-interface sysctl knob "mcast_
reprobe" to configure the number of multicast (re)solicitation for
reconfirmation in PROBE state. The default is 0, since we have
been doing so for 10+ years.
Reported-by: Zhu Yanjun <Yanjun.Zhu@windriver.com>
CC: Ulf Samuelsson <ulf.samuelsson@ericsson.com>
Signed-off-by: YOSHIFUJI Hideaki <hideaki.yoshifuji@miraclelinux.com>
Signed-off-by: YOSHIFUJI Hideaki <yoshfuji@linux-ipv6.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Suggested-by: Ben Hutchings <ben@decadent.org.uk>
Signed-off-by: Scott Feldman <sfeldma@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This work extends the "classic" BPF programmable tc action by extending
its scope also to native eBPF code!
Together with commit e2e9b6541d ("cls_bpf: add initial eBPF support
for programmable classifiers") this adds the facility to implement fully
flexible classifier and actions for tc that can be implemented in a C
subset in user space, "safely" loaded into the kernel, and being run in
native speed when JITed.
Also, since eBPF maps can be shared between eBPF programs, it offers the
possibility that cls_bpf and act_bpf can share data 1) between themselves
and 2) between user space applications. That means that, f.e. customized
runtime statistics can be collected in user space, but also more importantly
classifier and action behaviour could be altered based on map input from
the user space application.
For the remaining details on the workflow and integration, see the cls_bpf
commit e2e9b6541d. Preliminary iproute2 part can be found under [1].
[1] http://git.breakpoint.cc/cgit/dborkman/iproute2.git/log/?h=ebpf-act
Signed-off-by: Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net>
Cc: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Cc: Jiri Pirko <jiri@resnulli.us>
Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@resnulli.us>
Acked-by: Alexei Starovoitov <ast@plumgrid.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Conflicts:
drivers/net/ethernet/emulex/benet/be_main.c
net/core/sysctl_net_core.c
net/ipv4/inet_diag.c
The be_main.c conflict resolution was really tricky. The conflict
hunks generated by GIT were very unhelpful, to say the least. It
split functions in half and moved them around, when the real actual
conflict only existed solely inside of one function, that being
be_map_pci_bars().
So instead, to resolve this, I checked out be_main.c from the top
of net-next, then I applied the be_main.c changes from 'net' since
the last time I merged. And this worked beautifully.
The inet_diag.c and sysctl_net_core.c conflicts were simple
overlapping changes, and were easily to resolve.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
sk_ack_backlog & sk_max_ack_backlog were 16bit fields, meaning
listen() backlog was limited to 65535.
It is time to increase the width to allow much bigger backlog,
if admins change /proc/sys/net/core/somaxconn &
/proc/sys/net/ipv4/tcp_max_syn_backlog default values.
Tested:
echo 5000000 >/proc/sys/net/core/somaxconn
echo 5000000 >/proc/sys/net/ipv4/tcp_max_syn_backlog
Ran a SYNFLOOD test against a listener using listen(fd, 5000000)
myhost~# grep request_sock_TCP /proc/slabinfo
request_sock_TCP 4185642 4411940 304 13 1 : tunables 54 27 8 : slabdata 339380 339380 0
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
One of the major issue for TCP is the SYNACK rtx handling,
done by inet_csk_reqsk_queue_prune(), fired by the keepalive
timer of a TCP_LISTEN socket.
This function runs for awful long times, with socket lock held,
meaning that other cpus needing this lock have to spin for hundred of ms.
SYNACK are sent in huge bursts, likely to cause severe drops anyway.
This model was OK 15 years ago when memory was very tight.
We now can afford to have a timer per request sock.
Timer invocations no longer need to lock the listener,
and can be run from all cpus in parallel.
With following patch increasing somaxconn width to 32 bits,
I tested a listener with more than 4 million active request sockets,
and a steady SYNFLOOD of ~200,000 SYN per second.
Host was sending ~830,000 SYNACK per second.
This is ~100 times more what we could achieve before this patch.
Later, we will get rid of the listener hash and use ehash instead.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When request sock are put in ehash table, the whole notion
of having a previous request to update dl_next is pointless.
Also, following patch will get rid of big purge timer,
so we want to delete a request sock without holding listener lock.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Johan Hedberg says:
====================
pull request: bluetooth-next 2015-03-19
This wont the last 4.1 bluetooth-next pull request, but we've piled up
enough patches in less than a week that I wanted to save you from a
single huge "last-minute" pull somewhere closer to the merge window.
The main changes are:
- Simultaneous LE & BR/EDR discovery support for HW that can do it
- Complete LE OOB pairing support
- More fine-grained mgmt-command access control (normal user can now do
harmless read-only operations).
- Added RF power amplifier support in cc2520 ieee802154 driver
- Some cleanups/fixes in ieee802154 code
Please let me know if there are any issues pulling. Thanks.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Since fab4085 ("netfilter: log: nf_log_packet() as real unified
interface"), the loginfo structure that is passed to nf_log_packet() is
used to explicitly indicate the logger type you want to use.
This is a problem for people tracing rules through nfnetlink_log since
packets are always routed to the NF_LOG_TYPE logger after the
aforementioned patch.
We can fix this by removing the trace loginfo structures, but that still
changes the log level from 4 to 5 for tracing messages and there may be
someone relying on this outthere. So let's just introduce a new
nf_log_trace() function that restores the former behaviour.
Reported-by: Markus Kötter <koetter@rrzn.uni-hannover.de>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
in favor of their inner __ ones, which doesn't grab rtnl.
As these functions need to operate on a locked socket, we can't be
grabbing rtnl by then. It's too late and doing so causes reversed
locking.
So this patch:
- move rtnl handling to callers instead while already fixing some
reversed locking situations, like on vxlan and ipvs code.
- renames __ ones to not have the __ mark:
__ip_mc_{join,leave}_group -> ip_mc_{join,leave}_group
__ipv6_sock_mc_{join,drop} -> ipv6_sock_mc_{join,drop}
Signed-off-by: Marcelo Ricardo Leitner <marcelo.leitner@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Hannes Frederic Sowa <hannes@stressinduktion.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In order to be able to use sk_ehashfn() for request socks,
we need to initialize their IPv6/IPv4 addresses.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
We now always call __inet_hash_nolisten(), no need to pass it
as an argument.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
We can now use inet_hash() and __inet_hash() instead of private
functions.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Intent is to converge IPv4 & IPv6 inet_hash functions to
factorize code.
IPv4 sockets initialize sk_rcv_saddr and sk_v6_daddr
in this patch, thanks to new sk_daddr_set() and sk_rcv_saddr_set()
helpers.
__inet6_hash can now use sk_ehashfn() instead of a private
inet6_sk_ehashfn() and will simply use __inet_hash() in a
following patch.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Goal is to unify IPv4/IPv6 inet_hash handling, and use common helpers
for all kind of sockets (full sockets, timewait and request sockets)
inet_sk_ehashfn() becomes sk_ehashfn() but still only copes with IPv4
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
const qualifiers ease code review by making clear
which objects are not written in a function.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
While testing last patch series, I found req sock refcounting was wrong.
We must set skc_refcnt to 1 for all request socks added in hashes,
but also on request sockets created by FastOpen or syncookies.
It is tricky because we need to defer this initialization so that
future RCU lookups do not try to take a refcount on a not yet
fully initialized request socket.
Also get rid of ireq_refcnt alias.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Fixes: 13854e5a60 ("inet: add proper refcounting to request sock")
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Once we'll be able to lookup request sockets in ehash table,
we'll need to get access to listener which created this request.
This avoid doing a lookup to find the listener, which benefits
for a more solid SO_REUSEPORT, and is needed once we no
longer queue request sock into a listener private queue.
Note that 'struct tcp_request_sock'->listener could be reduced
to a single bit, as TFO listener should match req->rsk_listener.
TFO will no longer need to hold a reference on the listener.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
inet_reqsk_alloc() is becoming fat and should not be inlined.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
listener socket can be used to set net pointer, and will
be later used to hold a reference on listener.
Add a const qualifier to first argument (struct request_sock_ops *),
and factorize all write_pnet(&ireq->ireq_net, sock_net(sk));
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
tcp_oow_rate_limited() is hardly used in fast path, there is
no point inlining it.
Signed-of-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This big helper is called once from tcp_conn_request(), there is no
point having it in an include. Compiler will inline it anyway.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
On 64bit arches, we can save 8 bytes in inet_request_sock
by moving ir_mark to fill a hole.
While we are at it, inet_request_mark() can get a const qualifier
for listener socket.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The mgmt.c file should be reserved purely for HCI_CHANNEL_CONTROL. The
mgmt_control() function in it is already completely generic and has a
single user in hci_sock.c. This patch moves the function there and
renames it a bit more appropriately to hci_mgmt_cmd() (as it's a command
dispatcher).
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
In order to make the mgmt command handling more generic we can't have a
direct call to mgmt_init_hdev() from mgmt_control(). This patch adds a
new callback to struct hci_mgmt_chan. And sets it to point to the
mgmt_init_hdev() function for the HCI_CHANNEL_CONTROL instance.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
We'll need to have access to which HCI channel a socket is bound to, in
order to manage pending mgmt commands in clean way. This patch adds a
helper for the purpose.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Some controllers allow both LE scan and BR/EDR inquiry to run at
the same time, while others allow only one, LE SCAN or BR/EDR
inquiry at given time.
Since this is specific to each controller, add a new quirk setting
that allows drivers to tell the core wether given controller can
do both LE scan and BR/EDR inquiry at same time.
Signed-off-by: Jakub Pawlowski <jpawlowski@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
When a different user requests a new set of local out-of-band data, then
inform all previous users that the data has been updated. To limit the
scope of users, the updates are limited to previous users. If a user has
never requested out-of-band data, it will also not see the update.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Steffen Klassert says:
====================
pull request (net): ipsec 2015-03-16
1) Fix the network header offset in _decode_session6
when multiple IPv6 extension headers are present.
From Hajime Tazaki.
2) Fix an interfamily tunnel crash. We set outer mode
protocol too early and may dispatch to the wrong
address family. Move the setting of the outer mode
protocol behind the last accessing of the inner mode
to fix the crash.
3) Most callers of xfrm_lookup() expect that dst_orig
is released on error. But xfrm_lookup_route() may
need dst_orig to handle certain error cases. So
introduce a flag that tells what should be done in
case of error. From Huaibin Wang.
Please pull or let me know if there are problems.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
reqsk_put() is the generic function that should be used
to release a refcount (and automatically call reqsk_free())
reqsk_free() might be called if refcount is known to be 0
or undefined.
refcnt is set to one in inet_csk_reqsk_queue_add()
As request socks are not yet in global ehash table,
I added temporary debugging checks in reqsk_put() and reqsk_free()
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
We have many places where we want to check if a socket is
not a timewait or request socket. Use a helper to avoid
hard coding this.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The LE Secure Connections Confirmation Value and LE Secure Connections
Random Value contants are required for the out-of-band data and so
just define them.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
This will allow mac80211 drivers to call cfg80211 APIs with
the right handle.
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
The HCI_CONN_REMOTE_OOB connection flag is used to indicate if the
pairing initiator has provided out-of-band data. However since that
value is no longer used in any decision making, just remove it.
It is actually unclear what purpose the OOB data present field from
the HCI IO Capability Response event serves in the first place. If
either side provided out-of-band data, then that data will be used
for pairing.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
As discussed at netconf, introduce swdev_ops as first step to move switchdev
ops from ndo to swdev. This will keep switchdev from cluttering up ndo ops
space.
Signed-off-by: Scott Feldman <sfeldma@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This adds support for the simplest possible version of Read Local OOB
Extended Data management command. It includes all mandatory fields,
but none of the actual pairing related ones.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
The OOB data requires to include LE Bluetooth Device Address and LE Role
and so add the type constants for these fields.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
This adds support for the simplest possible version of Read Advertising
Features management command. It allows basic testing of the interface.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
The flags for the management command table used manual encoding of
bits in the form of (1 << n). It is however preferred to use BIT(n)
macro instead.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Changes to the global configuration updates like settings, class of
device, name etc. can be received by every user. They are allowed to
read them in the first place so provide the updates via events as
well. Otherwise untrusted users start polling for updates and that
is not a desired behavior.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Check the required trust level of each management command with the trust
level of the management socket. If it does not match up, then return the
newly introduced permission denied error.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Some management commands are safe to be accessed from any user without
special permissions. First step for allowing access to any of these
commands from untrusted application is to mark them accordingly.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
The management interface will need access to the socket flags and so
provide a helper function for checking them.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
With the introduction of trusted socket flag for control and monitor
channels, it is now possible to use a single function for sending
packets to these sockets. And with that consolidate the handling.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Providing a global trusted flag for management control sockets provides
an easy way for identifying sockets and imposing restriction on it. For
now all management sockets are trusted since they require CAP_NET_ADMIN.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
The Read Extended Contoller Index List command can be used for
retrieving the complete list of local available controllers. This
included configured, unconfigured and also AMP controllers.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
This introduces support for using Extended Index Added and Extended
Index Removed events. These events contain the controller type and
also the hardware bus information from the driver.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
For sending Index Added, Index Removed, Unconfigured Index Added and
Unconfigured Index Removed managment events the new helper functions
allows taking into account if these events are enabled for a certain
management socket or not.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
The hci_send_to_flagged_channel helper function can be used to send
packets to all channels that have a certain HCI socket flag set.
This is especially useful for managment events that are limited to
sockets that have first enabled certain functionality. This allows
for filtering of events without confusing existing users.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
To filter out certain actions for certain HCI sockets introcuce a flags
field that allows to configure specific settings on individual sockets.
Since the hci_pinfo structure is private in hci_sock.c, provide helper
functions for setting and clearing a given flag.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Johan Hedberg says:
====================
Here's another set of Bluetooth & ieee802154 patches intended for 4.1:
- Added support for QCA ROME chipset family in the btusb driver
- at86rf230 driver fixes & cleanups
- ieee802154 cleanups
- Refactoring of Bluetooth mgmt API to allow new users
- New setting for static Bluetooth address exposed to user space
- Refactoring of hci_dev flags to remove limit of 32
- Remove unnecessary fast-connectable setting usage restrictions
- Fix behavior to be consistent when trying to pair already paired device
- Service discovery corner-case fixes
Please let me know if there are any issues pulling. Thanks.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
With the extension of hdev->dev_flags utilizing a bitmap now, the space
is no longer restricted. Merge the hdev->dbg_flags into hdev->dev_flags
to save space on 64-bit architectures. On 32-bit architectures no size
reduction happens.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
commit dfd8645ea1 wrongly assumes that VXLAN_VDI_MASK includes
eight lower order reserved bits of VNI field that are using for remote
checksum offload.
Right now, when VNI number greater then 0xffff, vxlan_udp_encap_recv()
will always return with 'bad_flag' error, reducing the usable vni range
from 0..16777215 to 0..65535. Also, it doesn't really check whether RCO
bits processed or not.
Fix it by adding new VNI mask which has all 32 bits of VNI field:
24 bits for id and 8 bits for other usage.
Signed-off-by: Alexey Kodanev <alexey.kodanev@oracle.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The hdev->dev_flags field has outgrown itself on 32-bit systems. So
instead of hacking around it, switch to using DECLARE_BITMAP.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Instead of manually coding test_and_set_bit on hdev->dev_flags all the
time, use hci_dev_test_and_set_flag helper macro.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Instead of manually coding test_and_clear_bit on hdev->dev_flags all the
time, use hci_dev_test_and_clear_flag helper macro.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Instead of manually coding test_and_change_bit on hdev->dev_flags all the
time, use hci_dev_test_and_change_flag helper macro.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Instead of manually coding change_bit on hdev->dev_flags all the time,
use hci_dev_change_flag helper macro.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Instead of manually coding clear_bit on hdev->dev_flags all the time,
use hci_dev_clear_flag helper macro.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Instead of manually coding set_bit on hdev->dev_flags all the time,
use hci_dev_set_flag helper macro.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Instead of manually coding test_bit on hdev->dev_flags all the time,
use hci_dev_test_flag helper macro.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
The patch adds a second advertising setting that allows switching of the
controller into connectable mode independent of the global connectable
setting.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Now that all of the operations are safe on a single hash table
accross network namespaces, allocate a single global hash table
and update the code to use it.
Signed-off-by: "Eric W. Biederman" <ebiederm@xmission.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Before inserting request socks into general hash table,
fill their socket family.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
sock_edemux() & sock_gen_put() should be ready to cope with request socks.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When request socks will be in ehash, they'll need to be refcounted.
This patch adds rsk_refcnt/ireq_refcnt macros, and adds
reqsk_put() function, but nothing yet use them.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
We need to identify request sock when they'll be visible in
global ehash table.
ireq_state is an alias to req.__req_common.skc_state.
Its value is set to TCP_NEW_SYN_RECV
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
TCP_SYN_RECV state is currently used by fast open sockets.
Initial TCP requests (the pseudo sockets created when a SYN is received)
are not yet associated to a state. They are attached to their parent,
and the parent is in TCP_LISTEN state.
This commit adds TCP_NEW_SYN_RECV state, so that we can convert
TCP stack to a different schem gradually.
This state is not exported to user space.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
I forgot to update dccp_v6_conn_request() & cookie_v6_check().
They both need to set ireq->ireq_net and ireq->ir_cookie
Lets clear ireq->ir_cookie in inet_reqsk_alloc()
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Fixes: 33cf7c90fe ("net: add real socket cookies")
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Having to say
> #ifdef CONFIG_NET_NS
> struct net *net;
> #endif
in structures is a little bit wordy and a little bit error prone.
Instead it is possible to say:
> typedef struct {
> #ifdef CONFIG_NET_NS
> struct net *net;
> #endif
> } possible_net_t;
And then in a header say:
> possible_net_t net;
Which is cleaner and easier to use and easier to test, as the
possible_net_t is always there no matter what the compile options.
Further this allows read_pnet and write_pnet to be functions in all
cases which is better at catching typos.
This change adds possible_net_t, updates the definitions of read_pnet
and write_pnet, updates optional struct net * variables that
write_pnet uses on to have the type possible_net_t, and finally fixes
up the b0rked users of read_pnet and write_pnet.
Signed-off-by: "Eric W. Biederman" <ebiederm@xmission.com>
Acked-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
hold_net and release_net were an idea that turned out to be useless.
The code has been disabled since 2008. Kill the code it is long past due.
Signed-off-by: "Eric W. Biederman" <ebiederm@xmission.com>
Acked-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Flags are used in the return path rather than the return patch.
Fixes: af33c1adae ("vxlan: Eliminate dependency on UDP socket in transmit path")
Signed-off-by: Simon Horman <simon.horman@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
A long standing problem in netlink socket dumps is the use
of kernel socket addresses as cookies.
1) It is a security concern.
2) Sockets can be reused quite quickly, so there is
no guarantee a cookie is used once and identify
a flow.
3) request sock, establish sock, and timewait socks
for a given flow have different cookies.
Part of our effort to bring better TCP statistics requires
to switch to a different allocator.
In this patch, I chose to use a per network namespace 64bit generator,
and to use it only in the case a socket needs to be dumped to netlink.
(This might be refined later if needed)
Note that I tried to carry cookies from request sock, to establish sock,
then timewait sockets.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Cc: Eric Salo <salo@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch is meant to collapse local and main into one by converting
tb_data from an array to a pointer. Doing this allows us to point the
local table into the main while maintaining the same variables in the
table.
As such the tb_data was converted from an array to a pointer, and a new
array called data is added in order to still provide an object for tb_data
to point to.
In order to track the origin of the fib aliases a tb_id value was added in
a hole that existed on 64b systems. Using this we can also reverse the
merge in the event that custom FIB rules are enabled.
With this patch I am seeing an improvement of 20ns to 30ns for routing
lookups as long as custom rules are not enabled, with custom rules enabled
we fall back to split tables and the original behavior.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Duyck <alexander.h.duyck@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
To make the behavior predictable when attempting to pair with a device
for which we already have a Link Key or Long Term Key, this patch adds a
new 'Already Paired' error which gets sent in such a scenario.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
To maximize the usability of the Fast Connectable feature we should make
it possible to set (or unset) it at any given moment. This means
removing the dependency on the 'connectable' setting as well as the
'powered' setting. The former makes also sense since page scan may get
enabled through add_device even if 'connectable' is false. To keep the
setting available over power cycles its flag also needs to be removed
from the flags that are cleared upon HCI_Reset.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Pablo Neira Ayuso says:
====================
Netfilter fixes for net-next
The following batch contains a couple of fixes to address some fallout
from the previous pull request, they are:
1) Address link problems in the bridge code after e5de75b. Fix it by
using rcu hook to address to avoid ifdef pollution and hard
dependency between bridge and br_netfilter.
2) Address sparse warnings in the netfilter reject code, patch from
Florian Westphal.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
make C=1 CF=-D__CHECK_ENDIAN__ shows following:
net/bridge/netfilter/nft_reject_bridge.c:65:50: warning: incorrect type in argument 3 (different base types)
net/bridge/netfilter/nft_reject_bridge.c:65:50: expected restricted __be16 [usertype] protocol [..]
net/bridge/netfilter/nft_reject_bridge.c:102:37: warning: cast from restricted __be16
net/bridge/netfilter/nft_reject_bridge.c:102:37: warning: incorrect type in argument 1 (different base types) [..]
net/bridge/netfilter/nft_reject_bridge.c:121:50: warning: incorrect type in argument 3 (different base types) [..]
net/bridge/netfilter/nft_reject_bridge.c:168:52: warning: incorrect type in argument 3 (different base types) [..]
net/bridge/netfilter/nft_reject_bridge.c:233:52: warning: incorrect type in argument 3 (different base types) [..]
Caused by two (harmless) errors:
1. htons() instead of ntohs()
2. __be16 for protocol in nf_reject_ipXhdr_put API, use u8 instead.
Reported-by: kbuild test robot <fengguang.wu@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Florian Westphal <fw@strlen.de>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
Pass in the netlink flags (NLM_F_*) into switchdev driver for IPv4 FIB add op
to allow driver to 1) optimize hardware updates, 2) handle ip route prepend
and append commands correctly.
Suggested-by: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Suggested-by: Roopa Prabhu <roopa@cumulusnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: Scott Feldman <sfeldma@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Horman <simon.horman@netronome.com>
Acked-by: Roopa Prabhu <roopa@cumulusnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Using of_find_device_by_node() restricts the search to platform_device that
match the specified device_node pointer. This is not even remotely true for
network devices backed by a pci_device for instance.
of_find_net_device_by_node() allows us to do a more thorough lookup to find the
struct net_device corresponding to a particular device_node pointer.
For symetry with the non-OF code path, we hold the net_device pointer in
dsa_probe() just like what dev_to_net_dev() does when we call this
function.
Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Conflicts:
drivers/net/ethernet/cadence/macb.c
Overlapping changes in macb driver, mostly fixes and cleanups
in 'net' overlapping with the integration of at91_ether into
macb in 'net-next'.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
After my change to neigh_hh_init to obtain the protocol from the
neigh_table there are no more users of protocol in struct dst_ops.
Remove the protocol field from dst_ops and all of it's initializers.
Signed-off-by: "Eric W. Biederman" <ebiederm@xmission.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Pablo Neira Ayuso says:
====================
Netfilter updates for net-next
The following patchset contains Netfilter updates for your net-next
tree. Basically, improvements for the packet rejection infrastructure,
deprecation of CLUSTERIP, cleanups for nf_tables and some untangling for
br_netfilter. More specifically they are:
1) Send packet to reset flow if checksum is valid, from Florian Westphal.
2) Fix nf_tables reject bridge from the input chain, also from Florian.
3) Deprecate the CLUSTERIP target, the cluster match supersedes it in
functionality and it's known to have problems.
4) A couple of cleanups for nf_tables rule tracing infrastructure, from
Patrick McHardy.
5) Another cleanup to place transaction declarations at the bottom of
nf_tables.h, also from Patrick.
6) Consolidate Kconfig dependencies wrt. NF_TABLES.
7) Limit table names to 32 bytes in nf_tables.
8) mac header copying in bridge netfilter is already required when
calling ip_fragment(), from Florian Westphal.
9) move nf_bridge_update_protocol() to br_netfilter.c, also from
Florian.
10) Small refactor in br_netfilter in the transmission path, again from
Florian.
11) Move br_nf_pre_routing_finish_bridge_slow() to br_netfilter.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Kernel automatically creates a tp for each
(kind, protocol, priority) tuple, which has handle 0,
when we add a new filter, but it still is left there
after we remove our own, unless we don't specify the
handle (literally means all the filters under
the tuple). For example this one is left:
# tc filter show dev eth0
filter parent 8001: protocol arp pref 49152 basic
The user-space is hard to clean up these for kernel
because filters like u32 are organized in a complex way.
So kernel is responsible to remove it after all filters
are gone. Each type of filter has its own way to
store the filters, so each type has to provide its
way to check if all filters are gone.
Cc: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Signed-off-by: Cong Wang <cwang@twopensource.com>
Signed-off-by: Cong Wang <xiyou.wangcong@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Jamal Hadi Salim<jhs@mojatatu.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Remove a little bit of unnecessary work when transmitting a packet with
neigh_packet_xmit. Use the neighbour table index not the address family
as a parameter.
Signed-off-by: "Eric W. Biederman" <ebiederm@xmission.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
As specified in 802.1Qau spec. Add this optional attribute to the
DCB netlink layer. To allow for application to use the new attribute,
NIC drivers should implement and register the callbacks ieee_getqcn,
ieee_setqcn and ieee_getqcnstats.
The QCN attribute holds a set of parameters for management, and
a set of statistics to provide informative data on Congestion-Control
defined by this spec.
Signed-off-by: Shani Michaeli <shanim@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Shachar Raindel <raindel@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Or Gerlitz <ogerlitz@mellanox.com>
Acked-by: John Fastabend <john.r.fastabend@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When building without CONFIG_NET_SWITCHDEV,
netdev_switch_fib_ipv4_abort is defined in the header file. It must
be static inline to avoid build failure at link time.
Fixes: 8e05fd7166 ("fib: hook IPv4 fib for hardware offload")
Signed-off-by: Willem de Bruijn <willemb@google.com>
Acked-by: Scott Feldman <sfeldma@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
As per RFC4821 7.3. Selecting Probe Size, a probe timer should
be armed once probing has converged. Once this timer expired,
probing again to take advantage of any path PMTU change. The
recommended probing interval is 10 minutes per RFC1981. Probing
interval could be sysctled by sysctl_tcp_probe_interval.
Eric Dumazet suggested to implement pseudo timer based on 32bits
jiffies tcp_time_stamp instead of using classic timer for such
rare event.
Signed-off-by: Fan Du <fan.du@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Current probe_size is chosen by doubling mss_cache,
the probing process will end shortly with a sub-optimal
mss size, and the link mtu will not be taken full
advantage of, in return, this will make user to tweak
tcp_base_mss with care.
Use binary search to choose probe_size in a fine
granularity manner, an optimal mss will be found
to boost performance as its maxmium.
In addition, introduce a sysctl_tcp_probe_threshold
to control when probing will stop in respect to
the width of search range.
Test env:
Docker instance with vxlan encapuslation(82599EB)
iperf -c 10.0.0.24 -t 60
before this patch:
1.26 Gbits/sec
After this patch: increase 26%
1.59 Gbits/sec
Signed-off-by: Fan Du <fan.du@intel.com>
Acked-by: John Heffner <johnwheffner@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Quotes from RFC4821 7.2. Selecting Initial Values
It is RECOMMENDED that search_low be initially set to an MTU size
that is likely to work over a very wide range of environments. Given
today's technologies, a value of 1024 bytes is probably safe enough.
The initial value for search_low SHOULD be configurable.
Moreover, set a small value will introduce extra time for the search
to converge. So set the initial probe base mss size to 1024 Bytes.
Signed-off-by: Fan Du <fan.du@intel.com>
Acked-by: John Heffner <johnwheffner@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Other users users of the neighbour table use neigh->output as the method
to decided when and which link-layer header to place on a packet.
DECnet has been using neigh->output to decide which DECnet headers to
place on a packet depending which neighbour the packet is destined for.
The DECnet usage isn't totally wrong but it can run into problems if the
neighbour output function is run for a second time as the teql driver
and the bridge netfilter code can do.
Therefore to avoid pathologic problems later down the line and make the
neighbour code easier to understand by refactoring the decnet output
code to only use a neighbour method to add a link layer header to a
packet.
This is done by moving the neigbhour operations lookup from
dn_to_neigh_output to dn_neigh_output_packet.
Signed-off-by: "Eric W. Biederman" <ebiederm@xmission.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In order to completely generalize the mgmt command handling we need to
move away command-specific information from mgmt_control() into the
actual command table. This patch adds a new 'flags' field to the handler
entries which can now contain the following command specific
information:
- Command takes variable length parameters
- Command doesn't target any specific HCI device
- Command can be sent when the HCI device is unconfigured
After this the mgmt_control() function is completely generic and can
potentially be reused by new HCI channels.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
This patch converts the existing mgmt code to use the newly introduced
generic API for registering HCI channels with mgmt-like semantics.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
This patch adds an API for registering HCI channels with mgmt-like
semantics. For now the only user will be HCI_CHANNEL_CONTROL, but e.g.
6lowpan is intended to use this as well in the future.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Currently it is not possible to determine if the static address is used
by the controller. It is also not possible to determine if using a
static on a dual-mode controller with disabled BR/EDR is possible or
not.
To address this issue, introduce a new setting called static-address. If
support for this setting is signaled that means that the kernel supports
using static addresses. And if used on dual-mode controllers with BR/EDR
disabled it means that a configured static address can be used.
In addition utilize the same setting for the list of current active
settings that indicates if a static address is configured and if that
address will be actually used.
With this in mind the existing Set Static Address management command
has been extended to return the current settings. That way the caller
of that command can easily determine if the programmed address will
be used or if extra steps are required.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Call into the switchdev driver any time an IPv4 fib entry is
added/modified/deleted from the kernel's FIB. The switchdev driver may or
may not install the route to the offload device. In the case where the
driver tries to install the route and something goes wrong (device's routing
table is full, etc), then all of the offloaded routes will be flushed from the
device, route forwarding falls back to the kernel, and no more routes are
offloading.
We can refine this logic later. For now, use the simplist model of offloading
routes up to the point of failure, and then on failure, undo everything and
mark IPv4 offloading disabled.
Signed-off-by: Scott Feldman <sfeldma@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
If something goes wrong with IPv4 FIB offload, mark entire net offload
disabled. This is brute force policy to basically shut down IPv4 FIB offload
permanently if there is a problem offloading any route to an external device.
We can refine the policy in the future, to handle failures on a per-device or
per-route basis, but for now, this policy is per-net.
What we're trying to avoid is an inconsistent split between the kernel's FIB
and the offload device's FIB. We don't want the device to fwd a pkt
inconsitent with what the kernel would do. An example of a split is if device
has 10.0.0.0/16 and kernel has 10.0.0.0/16 and 10.0.0.0/24, the device wouldn't
see the longest prefix 10.0.0.0/24 and potentially forward pkts incorrectly.
Limited capacity or limited capability are two ways a route may fail to install
to the offload device. We'll not differentiate between failures at this time,
and treat any failure as fatal and mark the net as fib_offload_disabled.
Signed-off-by: Scott Feldman <sfeldma@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Keep switchdev FIB offload model simple for now and don't allow custom ip
rules.
Signed-off-by: Scott Feldman <sfeldma@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add IPv4 fib ndo wrapper funcs and stub them out for now.
Signed-off-by: Scott Feldman <sfeldma@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In order to support the new DSA device driver model, a dsa_switch should
be able to advertise the type of tagging protocol supported by the
underlying switch device. This also removes constraints on how tagging
can be stacked to each other.
Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The transaction related definitions are squeezed in between the rule
and expression definitions, which are closely related and should be
next to each other. The transaction definitions actually don't belong
into that file at all since it defines the global objects and API and
transactions are internal to nf_tables_api, but for now simply move
them to a seperate section.
Similar, the chain types are in between a set of registration functions,
they belong to the chain section.
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
xt_cluster supersedes ipt_CLUSTERIP since it can be also used in
gateway configurations (not only from the backend side).
ipt_CLUSTER is also known to leak the netdev that it uses on
device removal, which requires a rather large fix to workaround
the problem: http://patchwork.ozlabs.org/patch/358629/
So let's deprecate this so we can probably kill code this in the
future.
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
This patch fixes service discovery behaviour, when provided uuid filter
is empty and HCI_QUIRK_STRICT_DUPLICATE_FILTER is set. Before this
patch, empty uuid filter was unable to trigger scan restart, and that
caused inconsistent behaviour in applications.
Example: two DBus clients call BlueZ, one to find all devices with
service abcd, second to find all devices with rssi smaller than -90.
Sum of those filters, that is passed to mgmt_service_scan is empty
filter, with no rssi or uuids set.
That caused kernel not to restart scan when quirk was set.
That was inconsistent with what happen when there's only one of those
two filters set (scan is restarted and reports devices).
To fix that, new variable hdev->discovery.result_filtering was
introduced. It can indicate that filtered scan is running, no matter
what uuid or rssi filter is set.
Signed-off-by: Jakub Pawlowski <jpawlowski@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
The fib_table was wrapped in several places with an
rcu_read_lock/rcu_read_unlock however after looking over the code I found
several spots where the tables were being accessed as just standard
pointers without any protections. This change fixes that so that all of
the proper protections are in place when accessing the table to take RCU
replacement or removal of the table into account.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Duyck <alexander.h.duyck@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The NFT_USERDATA_MAXLEN is defined to 256, however we only have a u8
to store its size. Introduce a struct nft_userdata which contains a
length field and indicate its presence using a single bit in the rule.
The length field of struct nft_userdata is also a u8, however we don't
store zero sized data, so the actual length is udata->len + 1.
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
Some device drivers offload part of aggregation including AddBA/DelBA
negotiations to firmware. In such scenario, the PMF configuration of
the station needs to be provided to driver to enable encryption of
AddBA/DelBA action frames.
Signed-off-by: SenthilKumar Jegadeesan <sjegadee@qti.qualcomm.com>
[fix commit log, documentation]
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Sometimes the driver might want to modify private data in interfaces
that are down. One possible use-case is cleaning up interface state
after HW recovery. Some interfaces that were up before the recovery took
place might be down now, but they might still be "dirty".
Introduce a new iterate_interfaces() API and a new ACTIVE iterator flag.
This way the internal implementation of the both active and inactive
APIs remains the same.
Signed-off-by: Arik Nemtsov <arikx.nemtsov@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
This sysctl gives two benefits. By defaulting the table size to 0
mpls even when compiled in and enabled defaults to not forwarding
any packets. This prevents unpleasant surprises for users.
The other benefit is that as mpls labels are allocated locally a dense
table a small dense label table may be used which saves memory and
is extremely simple and efficient to implement.
This sysctl allows userspace to choose the restrictions on the label
table size userspace applications need to cope with.
Signed-off-by: "Eric W. Biederman" <ebiederm@xmission.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This change adds a new Kconfig option MPLS_ROUTING.
The core of this change is the code to look at an mpls packet received
from another machine. Look that packet up in a routing table and
forward the packet on.
Support of MPLS over ATM is not considered or attempted here. This
implemntation follows RFC3032 and implements the MPLS shim header that
can pass over essentially any network.
What RFC3021 refers to as the as the Incoming Label Map (ILM) I call
net->mpls.platform_label[]. What RFC3031 refers to as the Next Label
Hop Forwarding Entry (NHLFE) I call mpls_route. Though calling it the
label fordwarding information base (lfib) might also be valid.
Further the implemntation forwards packets as described in RFC3032.
There is no need and given the original motivation for MPLS a strong
discincentive to have a flexible label forwarding path. In essence
the logic is the topmost label is read, looked up, removed, and
replaced by 0 or more new lables and the sent out the specified
interface to it's next hop.
Quite a few optional features are not implemented here. Among them
are generation of ICMP errors when the TTL is exceeded or the packet
is larger than the next hop MTU (those conditions are detected and the
packets are dropped instead of generating an icmp error). The traffic
class field is always set to 0. The implementation focuses on IP over
MPLS and does not handle egress of other kinds of protocols.
Instead of implementing coordination with the neighbour table and
sorting out how to input next hops in a different address family (for
which there is value). I was lazy and implemented a next hop mac
address instead. The code is simpler and there are flavor of MPLS
such as MPLS-TP where neither an IPv4 nor an IPv6 next hop is
appropriate so a next hop by mac address would need to be implemented
at some point.
Two new definitions AF_MPLS and PF_MPLS are exposed to userspace.
Decoding the mpls header must be done by first byeswapping a 32bit bit
endian word into the local cpu endian and then bit shifting to extract
the pieces. There is no C bit-field that can represent a wire format
mpls header on a little endian machine as the low bits of the 20bit
label wind up in the wrong half of third byte. Therefore internally
everything is deal with in cpu native byte order except when writing
to and reading from a packet.
For management simplicity if a label is configured to forward out
an interface that is down the packet is dropped early. Similarly
if an network interface is removed rt_dev is updated to NULL
(so no reference is preserved) and any packets for that label
are dropped. Keeping the label entries in the kernel allows
the kernel label table to function as the definitive source
of which labels are allocated and which are not.
Signed-off-by: "Eric W. Biederman" <ebiederm@xmission.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
For MPLS I am building the code so that either the neighbour mac
address can be specified or we can have a next hop in ipv4 or ipv6.
The kind of next hop we have is indicated by the neighbour table
pointer. A neighbour table pointer of NULL is a link layer address.
A non-NULL neighbour table pointer indicates which neighbour table and
thus which address family the next hop address is in that we need to
look up.
The code either sends a packet directly or looks up the appropriate
neighbour table entry and sends the packet.
Signed-off-by: "Eric W. Biederman" <ebiederm@xmission.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
While looking at the mpls code I found myself writing yet another
version of neigh_lookup_noref. We currently have __ipv4_lookup_noref
and __ipv6_lookup_noref.
So to make my work a little easier and to make it a smidge easier to
verify/maintain the mpls code in the future I stopped and wrote
___neigh_lookup_noref. Then I rewote __ipv4_lookup_noref and
__ipv6_lookup_noref in terms of this new function. I tested my new
version by verifying that the same code is generated in
ip_finish_output2 and ip6_finish_output2 where these functions are
inlined.
To get to ___neigh_lookup_noref I added a new neighbour cache table
function key_eq. So that the static size of the key would be
available.
I also added __neigh_lookup_noref for people who want to to lookup
a neighbour table entry quickly but don't know which neibhgour table
they are going to look up.
Signed-off-by: "Eric W. Biederman" <ebiederm@xmission.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Conflicts:
drivers/net/ethernet/rocker/rocker.c
The rocker commit was two overlapping changes, one to rename
the ->vport member to ->pport, and another making the bitmask
expression use '1ULL' instead of plain '1'.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Before the ax25 stack calls dev_queue_xmit it always calls
ax25_type_trans which sets skb->protocol to ETH_P_AX25.
Which means that by looking at the protocol type it is possible to
detect IP packets that have not been munged by the ax25 stack in
ndo_start_xmit and call a function to munge them.
Rename ax25_neigh_xmit to ax25_ip_xmit and tweak the return type and
value to be appropriate for an ndo_start_xmit function.
Update all of the ax25 devices to test the protocol type for ETH_P_IP
and return ax25_ip_xmit as the first thing they do. This preserves
the existing semantics of IP packet processing, but the timing will be
a little different as the IP packets now pass through the qdisc layer
before reaching the ax25 ip packet processing.
Remove the now unnecessary ax25 neighbour table operations.
Signed-off-by: "Eric W. Biederman" <ebiederm@xmission.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Beacon's timestamp, device system time associated with this beacon and
DTIM count parameters are not updated in the associated vif context
if the latest beacon's content is identical to the previously received.
It make sense to update these changing parameters on every beacon so the
driver can get most updated values. This may be necessary, for example,
to avoid either beacons' drift effect or device time stamp overrun.
IMPORTANT: Three sync_* parameters - sync_ts, sync_device_ts and
sync_dtim_count would possibly be out of sync by the time the driver will
use them. The synchronized view is currently guaranteed only in certain
callbacks.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Bondar <alexander.bondar@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
This modifies cfg80211_vendor_event_alloc() with an additional argument
struct wireless_dev *wdev. __cfg80211_alloc_event_skb() is modified to
take in *wdev argument, if wdev != NULL, both the NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX
and wdev identifier are added to the vendor event.
These changes make it easier for drivers to add ifindex indication in
vendor events cleanly.
This also updates all existing users of cfg80211_vendor_event_alloc()
and __cfg80211_alloc_event_skb() in the kernel tree.
Signed-off-by: Ahmad Kholaif <akholaif@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
802.11ad adds new a network type (PBSS) and changes the capability
field interpretation for the DMG (60G) band.
The same 2 bits that were interpreted as "ESS" and "IBSS" before are
re-used as a 2-bit field with 3 valid values (and 1 reserved). Valid
values are: "IBSS", "PBSS" (new) and "AP".
In order to get the BSS struct for the new PBSS networks, change the
cfg80211_get_bss() function to take a new enum ieee80211_bss_type
argument with the valid network types, as "capa_mask" and "capa_val"
no longer work correctly (the search must be band-aware now.)
The remaining bits in "capa_mask" and "capa_val" are used only for
privacy matching so replace those two with a privacy enum as well.
Signed-off-by: Dedy Lansky <dlansky@codeaurora.org>
[rewrite commit log, tiny fixes]
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
tcp resets are never emitted if the packet that triggers the
reject/reset has an invalid checksum.
For icmp error responses there was no such check.
It allows to distinguish icmp response generated via
iptables -I INPUT -p udp --dport 42 -j REJECT
and those emitted by network stack (won't respond if csum is invalid,
REJECT does).
Arguably its possible to avoid this by using conntrack and only
using REJECT with -m conntrack NEW/RELATED.
However, this doesn't work when connection tracking is not in use
or when using nf_conntrack_checksum=0.
Furthermore, sending errors in response to invalid csums doesn't make
much sense so just add similar test as in nf_send_reset.
Validate csum if needed and only send the response if it is ok.
Reference: http://bugzilla.redhat.com/show_bug.cgi?id=1169829
Signed-off-by: Florian Westphal <fw@strlen.de>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
- Add protocol to neigh_tbl so that dst->ops->protocol is not needed
- Acquire the device from neigh->dev
This results in a neigh_hh_init that will cache the samve values
regardless of the packets flowing through it.
Signed-off-by: "Eric W. Biederman" <ebiederm@xmission.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
There are no more callers so kill this function.
Signed-off-by: "Eric W. Biederman" <ebiederm@xmission.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The only caller is now is ax25_neigh_construct so move
neigh_compat_output into ax25_ip.c make it static and rename it
ax25_neigh_output.
Cc: Ralf Baechle <ralf@linux-mips.org>
Cc: linux-hams@vger.kernel.org
Signed-off-by: "Eric W. Biederman" <ebiederm@xmission.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
AX25 already has it's own private arp cache operations to isolate
it's abuse of dev_rebuild_header to transmit packets. Add a function
ax25_neigh_construct that will allow all of the ax25 devices to
force using these operations, so that the generic arp code does
not need to.
Cc: Ralf Baechle <ralf@linux-mips.org>
Cc: linux-hams@vger.kernel.org
Signed-off-by: "Eric W. Biederman" <ebiederm@xmission.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The only user is in ax25_ip.c so stop exporting these functions.
Cc: Ralf Baechle <ralf@linux-mips.org>
Cc: linux-hams@vger.kernel.org
Signed-off-by: "Eric W. Biederman" <ebiederm@xmission.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Pablo Neira Ayuso says:
====================
Netfilter updates for net-next
A small batch with accumulated updates in nf-next, mostly IPVS updates,
they are:
1) Add 64-bits stats counters to IPVS, from Julian Anastasov.
2) Move NETFILTER_XT_MATCH_ADDRTYPE out of NETFILTER_ADVANCED as docker
seem to require this, from Anton Blanchard.
3) Use boolean instead of numeric value in set_match_v*(), from
coccinelle via Fengguang Wu.
4) Allows rescheduling of new connections in IPVS when port reuse is
detected, from Marcelo Ricardo Leitner.
5) Add missing bits to support arptables extensions from nft_compat,
from Arturo Borrero.
Patrick is preparing a large batch to enhance the set infrastructure,
named expressions among other things, that should follow up soon after
this batch.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Johan Hedberg says:
====================
pull request: bluetooth-next 2015-03-02
Here's the first bluetooth-next pull request targeting the 4.1 kernel:
- ieee802154/6lowpan cleanups
- SCO routing to host interface support for the btmrvl driver
- AMP code cleanups
- Fixes to AMP HCI init sequence
- Refactoring of the HCI callback mechanism
- Added shutdown routine for Intel controllers in the btusb driver
- New config option to enable/disable Bluetooth debugfs information
- Fix for early data reception on L2CAP fixed channels
Please let me know if there are any issues pulling. Thanks.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
After TIPC doesn't depend on iocb argument in its internal
implementations of sendmsg() and recvmsg() hooks defined in proto
structure, no any user is using iocb argument in them at all now.
Then we can drop the redundant iocb argument completely from kinds of
implementations of both sendmsg() and recvmsg() in the entire
networking stack.
Cc: Christoph Hellwig <hch@lst.de>
Suggested-by: Al Viro <viro@ZenIV.linux.org.uk>
Signed-off-by: Ying Xue <ying.xue@windriver.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Commit 977750076d ("af_packet: add interframe drop cmsg (v6)")
unionized skb->mark and skb->dropcount in order to allow recording
of the socket drop count while maintaining struct sk_buff size.
skb->dropcount was introduced since there was no available room
in skb->cb[] in packet sockets. However, its introduction led to
the inability to export skb->mark, or any other aliased field to
userspace if so desired.
Moving the dropcount metric to skb->cb[] eliminates this problem
at the expense of 4 bytes less in skb->cb[] for protocol families
using it.
Signed-off-by: Eyal Birger <eyal.birger@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
As part of an effort to move skb->dropcount to skb->cb[], use
a common function in order to set dropcount in struct sk_buff.
Signed-off-by: Eyal Birger <eyal.birger@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
As part of an effort to move skb->dropcount to skb->cb[] use a common
macro in protocol families using skb->cb[] for ancillary data to
validate available room in skb->cb[].
Signed-off-by: Eyal Birger <eyal.birger@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Convert boolean fields incoming and req_start to bit fields and move
force_active in order save space in bt_skb_cb in an effort to use
a portion of skb->cb[] for storing skb->dropcount.
Signed-off-by: Eyal Birger <eyal.birger@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
struct hci_req_ctrl is never used outside of struct bt_skb_cb;
Inlining it frees 8 bytes on a 64 bit system in skb->cb[] allowing
the addition of more ancillary data.
Signed-off-by: Eyal Birger <eyal.birger@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Shmulik Ladkani <shmulik.ladkani@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
These checked wrappers are necessary for the next patch, which
will use them to avoid sending out partial scan results.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
There isn't any advantage to having it as a list and by making it an hlist
we make the fib_alias more compatible with the list_info in terms of the
type of list used.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Duyck <alexander.h.duyck@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Joining multicast group on ethernet level via "ip maddr" command would
not work if we have an Ethernet switch that does igmp snooping since
the switch would not replicate multicast packets on ports that did not
have IGMP reports for the multicast addresses.
Linux vxlan interfaces created via "ip link add vxlan" have the group option
that enables then to do the required join.
By extending ip address command with option "autojoin" we can get similar
functionality for openvswitch vxlan interfaces as well as other tunneling
mechanisms that need to receive multicast traffic. The kernel code is
structured similar to how the vxlan driver does a group join / leave.
example:
ip address add 224.1.1.10/24 dev eth5 autojoin
ip address del 224.1.1.10/24 dev eth5
Signed-off-by: Madhu Challa <challa@noironetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Based on the igmp v4 changes from Eric Dumazet.
959d10f6bbf6("igmp: add __ip_mc_{join|leave}_group()")
These changes are needed to perform igmp v6 join/leave while
RTNL is held.
Make ipv6_sock_mc_join and ipv6_sock_mc_drop wrappers around
__ipv6_sock_mc_join and __ipv6_sock_mc_drop to avoid
proliferation of work queues.
Signed-off-by: Madhu Challa <challa@noironetworks.com>
Acked-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In the unlikely event that skb_get_hash is unable to deduce a hash
in udp_flow_src_port we use a consistent random value instead.
This is specified in GRE/UDP draft section 3.2.1:
https://tools.ietf.org/html/draft-ietf-tsvwg-gre-in-udp-encap-04
Signed-off-by: Tom Herbert <therbert@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The 'master' parameter of the New CSRK event was recently renamed to
'type', with the old values kept for backwards compatibility as
unauthenticated local/remote keys. This patch updates the code to take
into account the two new (authenticated) values and ensures they get
used based on the security level of the connection that the respective
keys get distributed over.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
To avoid race conditions when using the ds->ports[] array,
we need to check if the accessed port has been initialized.
Introduce and use helper function dsa_is_port_initialized
for that purpose and use it where needed.
Signed-off-by: Guenter Roeck <linux@roeck-us.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In order to support bridging offloads in DSA switch drivers, select
NET_SWITCHDEV to get access to the port_stp_update and parent_get_id
NDOs that we are required to implement.
To facilitate the integratation at the DSA driver level, we implement 3
types of operations:
- port_join_bridge
- port_leave_bridge
- port_stp_update
DSA will resolve which switch ports that are currently bridge port
members as some Switch hardware/drivers need to know about that to limit
the register programming to just the relevant registers (especially for
slow MDIO buses).
We also take care of setting the correct STP state when slave network
devices are brought up/down while being bridge members.
Finally, when a port is leaving the bridge, we make sure we set in
BR_STATE_FORWARDING state, otherwise the bridge layer would leave it
disabled as a result of having left the bridge.
Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Guenter Roeck <linux@roeck-us.net>
Tested-by: Guenter Roeck <linux@roeck-us.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Currently, when TCP/SCTP port reusing happens, IPVS will find the old
entry and use it for the new one, behaving like a forced persistence.
But if you consider a cluster with a heavy load of small connections,
such reuse will happen often and may lead to a not optimal load
balancing and might prevent a new node from getting a fair load.
This patch introduces a new sysctl, conn_reuse_mode, that allows
controlling how to proceed when port reuse is detected. The default
value will allow rescheduling of new connections only if the old entry
was in TIME_WAIT state for TCP or CLOSED for SCTP.
Signed-off-by: Marcelo Ricardo Leitner <mleitner@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Julian Anastasov <ja@ssi.bg>
Signed-off-by: Simon Horman <horms@verge.net.au>
The Churn Detection machines detect the situation where a port is operable,
but the Actor and Partner have not attached the link to an Aggregator and
brought the link into operation within a bound time period. Under normal
operation of the LACP, agreement between Actor and Partner should be reached
very rapidly. Continued failure to reach agreement can be symptomatic of
device failure.
Actor-churn-detection state-machine
Reviewed-by: Nikolay Aleksandrov <nikolay@redhat.com>
===================================
BEGIN=True + PortEnable=False
|
v
+------------------------+ ActorPort.Sync=True +------------------+
| ACTOR_CHURN_MONITOR | ---------------------> | NO_ACTOR_CHURN |
|========================| |==================|
| ActorChurn=False | ActorPort.Sync=False | ActorChurn=False |
| ActorChurn.Timer=Start | <--------------------- | |
+------------------------+ +------------------+
| ^
| |
ActorChurn.Timer=Expired |
| ActorPort.Sync=True
| |
| +-----------------+ |
| | ACTOR_CHURN | |
| |=================| |
+--------------> | ActorChurn=True | ------------+
| |
+-----------------+
Similar for the Partner-churn-detection.
Signed-off-by: Mahesh Bandewar <maheshb@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The cfpkt_iterate() function can return -EPROTO on error, but the
function is a u16 so the negative value gets truncated to a positive
unsigned short. This causes a static checker warning.
The only caller which might care is cffrml_receive(), when it's checking
the frame checksum. I modified cffrml_receive() so that it never says
-EPROTO is a valid checksum.
Also this isn't ever going to be inlined so I removed the "inline".
Signed-off-by: Dan Carpenter <dan.carpenter@oracle.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The hci_send_to_control() can be made more general purpose with a small
change of passing the desired HCI channel as a parameter to it. This
allows using it for the monitor channel as well as e.g. 6lowpan in the
future.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
This patch moves all the disconn_cfm callbacks to be based on the hci_cb
list. This means making l2cap_disconn_cfm private to l2cap_core.c and
sco_conn_cb private to sco.c respectively. Since the hci_conn type
filtering isn't done any more on the wrapper level the callbacks
themselves need to check that they were passed a relevant type of
connection.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
This patch moves all the connect_cfm callbacks to be based on the hci_cb
list. This means making l2cap_connect_cfm private to l2cap_core.c and
sco_connect_cb private to sco.c respectively. Since the hci_conn type
filtering isn't done any more on the wrapper level the callbacks
themselves need to check that they were passed a relevant type of
connection.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
There's no reason to have the custom hci_proto_auth/encrypt_cfm helpers
when the hci_cb list works equally well. This patch adds L2CAP to the
hci_cb list and makes l2cap_security_cfm a private function of
l2cap_core.c.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
We'll soon need to be able to sleep inside the loops that iterate the
hci_cb list, so neither a spinlock, rwlock or rcu are usable. This patch
changes the lock to a mutex which permits sleeping while holding the
lock.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Pull networking updates from David Miller:
1) Missing netlink attribute validation in nft_lookup, from Patrick
McHardy.
2) Restrict ipv6 partial checksum handling to UDP, since that's the
only case it works for. From Vlad Yasevich.
3) Clear out silly device table sentinal macros used by SSB and BCMA
drivers. From Joe Perches.
4) Make sure the remote checksum code never creates a situation where
the remote checksum is applied yet the tunneling metadata describing
the remote checksum transformation is still present. Otherwise an
external entity might see this and apply the checksum again. From
Tom Herbert.
5) Use msecs_to_jiffies() where applicable, from Nicholas Mc Guire.
6) Don't explicitly initialize timer struct fields, use setup_timer()
and mod_timer() instead. From Vaishali Thakkar.
7) Don't invoke tg3_halt() without the tp->lock held, from Jun'ichi
Nomura.
8) Missing __percpu annotation in ipvlan driver, from Eric Dumazet.
9) Don't potentially perform skb_get() on shared skbs, also from Eric
Dumazet.
10) Fix COW'ing of metrics for non-DST_HOST routes in ipv6, from Martin
KaFai Lau.
11) Fix merge resolution error between the iov_iter changes in vhost and
some bug fixes that occurred at the same time. From Jason Wang.
12) If rtnl_configure_link() fails we have to perform a call to
->dellink() before unregistering the device. From WANG Cong.
* git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/davem/net: (39 commits)
net: dsa: Set valid phy interface type
rtnetlink: call ->dellink on failure when ->newlink exists
com20020-pci: add support for eae single card
vhost_net: fix wrong iter offset when setting number of buffers
net: spelling fixes
net/core: Fix warning while make xmldocs caused by dev.c
net: phy: micrel: disable NAND-tree for KSZ8021, KSZ8031, KSZ8051, KSZ8081
ipv6: fix ipv6_cow_metrics for non DST_HOST case
openvswitch: Fix key serialization.
r8152: restore hw settings
hso: fix rx parsing logic when skb allocation fails
tcp: make sure skb is not shared before using skb_get()
bridge: netfilter: Move sysctl-specific error code inside #ifdef
ipv6: fix possible deadlock in ip6_fl_purge / ip6_fl_gc
ipvlan: add a missing __percpu pcpu_stats
tg3: Hold tp->lock before calling tg3_halt() from tg3_init_one()
bgmac: fix device initialization on Northstar SoCs (condition typo)
qlcnic: Delete existing multicast MAC list before adding new
net/mlx5_core: Fix configuration of log_uar_page_sz
sunvnet: don't change gso data on clones
...
This callback allows a vendor to send the vendor specific commands
before cloing the hci interface.
Signed-off-by: Tedd Ho-Jeong An <tedd.an@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
This patch cleanups the ieee802154_le64_to_be64 function. This patch
removes an unnecessary temporary variable.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Aring <alex.aring@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
This patch cleanups the ieee802154_be64_to_le64 function. This patch
removes an unnecessary temporary variable.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Aring <alex.aring@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Move memcg_socket_limit_enabled decrement to tcp_destroy_cgroup (called
from memcg_destroy_kmem -> mem_cgroup_sockets_destroy) and zap a bunch of
wrapper functions.
Although this patch moves static keys decrement from __mem_cgroup_free to
mem_cgroup_css_free, it does not introduce any functional changes, because
the keys are incremented on setting the limit (tcp or kmem), which can
only happen after successful mem_cgroup_css_online.
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Davydov <vdavydov@parallels.com>
Cc: Glauber Costa <glommer@parallels.com>
Cc: KAMEZAWA Hiroyuki <kamezawa.hiroyu@jp.fujtisu.com>
Cc: Eric W. Biederman <ebiederm@xmission.com>
Cc: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Cc: Johannes Weiner <hannes@cmpxchg.org>
Acked-by: Michal Hocko <mhocko@suse.cz>
Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org>
Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
dst_orig should be released on error. Function like __xfrm_route_forward()
expects that behavior.
Since a recent commit, xfrm_lookup() may also be called by xfrm_lookup_route(),
which expects the opposite.
Let's introduce a new flag (XFRM_LOOKUP_KEEP_DST_REF) to tell what should be
done in case of error.
Fixes: f92ee61982d("xfrm: Generate blackhole routes only from route lookup functions")
Signed-off-by: huaibin Wang <huaibin.wang@6wind.com>
Signed-off-by: Nicolas Dichtel <nicolas.dichtel@6wind.com>
Signed-off-by: Steffen Klassert <steffen.klassert@secunet.com>
Pull security layer updates from James Morris:
"Highlights:
- Smack adds secmark support for Netfilter
- /proc/keys is now mandatory if CONFIG_KEYS=y
- TPM gets its own device class
- Added TPM 2.0 support
- Smack file hook rework (all Smack users should review this!)"
* 'next' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/jmorris/linux-security: (64 commits)
cipso: don't use IPCB() to locate the CIPSO IP option
SELinux: fix error code in policydb_init()
selinux: add security in-core xattr support for pstore and debugfs
selinux: quiet the filesystem labeling behavior message
selinux: Remove unused function avc_sidcmp()
ima: /proc/keys is now mandatory
Smack: Repair netfilter dependency
X.509: silence asn1 compiler debug output
X.509: shut up about included cert for silent build
KEYS: Make /proc/keys unconditional if CONFIG_KEYS=y
MAINTAINERS: email update
tpm/tpm_tis: Add missing ifdef CONFIG_ACPI for pnp_acpi_device
smack: fix possible use after frees in task_security() callers
smack: Add missing logging in bidirectional UDS connect check
Smack: secmark support for netfilter
Smack: Rework file hooks
tpm: fix format string error in tpm-chip.c
char/tpm/tpm_crb: fix build error
smack: Fix a bidirectional UDS connect check typo
smack: introduce a special case for tmpfs in smack_d_instantiate()
...
Change remote checksum handling to set checksum partial as default
behavior. Added an iflink parameter to configure not using
checksum partial (calling csum_partial to update checksum).
Signed-off-by: Tom Herbert <therbert@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Remote checksum offload processing is currently the same for both
the GRO and non-GRO path. When the remote checksum offload option
is encountered, the checksum field referred to is modified in
the packet. So in the GRO case, the packet is modified in the
GRO path and then the operation is skipped when the packet goes
through the normal path based on skb->remcsum_offload. There is
a problem in that the packet may be modified in the GRO path, but
then forwarded off host still containing the remote checksum option.
A remote host will again perform RCO but now the checksum verification
will fail since GRO RCO already modified the checksum.
To fix this, we ensure that GRO restores a packet to it's original
state before returning. In this model, when GRO processes a remote
checksum option it still changes the checksum per the algorithm
but on return from lower layer processing the checksum is restored
to its original value.
In this patch we add define gro_remcsum structure which is passed
to skb_gro_remcsum_process to save offset and delta for the checksum
being changed. After lower layer processing, skb_gro_remcsum_cleanup
is called to restore the checksum before returning from GRO.
Signed-off-by: Tom Herbert <therbert@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Using the IPCB() macro to get the IPv4 options is convenient, but
unfortunately NetLabel often needs to examine the CIPSO option outside
of the scope of the IP layer in the stack. While historically IPCB()
worked above the IP layer, due to the inclusion of the inet_skb_param
struct at the head of the {tcp,udp}_skb_cb structs, recent commit
971f10ec ("tcp: better TCP_SKB_CB layout to reduce cache line misses")
reordered the tcp_skb_cb struct and invalidated this IPCB() trick.
This patch fixes the problem by creating a new function,
cipso_v4_optptr(), which locates the CIPSO option inside the IP header
without calling IPCB(). Unfortunately, this isn't as fast as a simple
lookup so some additional tweaks were made to limit the use of this
new function.
Cc: <stable@vger.kernel.org> # 3.18
Reported-by: Casey Schaufler <casey@schaufler-ca.com>
Signed-off-by: Paul Moore <pmoore@redhat.com>
Tested-by: Casey Schaufler <casey@schaufler-ca.com>
Packetization Layer Path MTU Discovery works separately beside
Path MTU Discovery at IP level, different net namespace has
various requirements on which one to chose, e.g., a virutalized
container instance would require TCP PMTU to probe an usable
effective mtu for underlying tunnel, while the host would
employ classical ICMP based PMTU to function.
Hence making TCP PMTU mechanism per net namespace to decouple
two functionality. Furthermore the probe base MSS should also
be configured separately for each namespace.
Signed-off-by: Fan Du <fan.du@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Make __ipv6_select_ident() static as it isn't used outside
the file.
Fixes: 0508c07f5e (ipv6: Select fragment id during UFO segmentation if not set.)
Signed-off-by: Vladislav Yasevich <vyasevic@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When queuing work to send the NETDEV_BONDING_INFO netdev event, it's
possible that when the work is executed, the pointer to the slave
becomes invalid. This can happen if between queuing the event and the
execution of the work, the net-device was un-ensvaled and re-enslaved.
Fix that by queuing a work with the data of the slave instead of the
slave structure.
Fixes: 69e6113343 ('net/bonding: Notify state change on slaves')
Reported-by: Nikolay Aleksandrov <nikolay@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Moni Shoua <monis@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Or Gerlitz <ogerlitz@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
IPVS stats are limited to 2^(32-10) conns/s and packets/s,
2^(32-5) bytes/s. It is time to use 64 bits:
* Change all conn/packet kernel counters to 64-bit and update
them in u64_stats_update_{begin,end} section
* In kernel use struct ip_vs_kstats instead of the user-space
struct ip_vs_stats_user and use new func ip_vs_export_stats_user
to export it to sockopt users to preserve compatibility with
32-bit values
* Rename cpu counters "ustats" to "cnt"
* To netlink users provide additionally 64-bit stats:
IPVS_SVC_ATTR_STATS64 and IPVS_DEST_ATTR_STATS64. Old stats
remain for old binaries.
* We can use ip_vs_copy_stats in ip_vs_stats_percpu_show
Thanks to Chris Caputo for providing initial patch for ip_vs_est.c
Signed-off-by: Chris Caputo <ccaputo@alt.net>
Signed-off-by: Julian Anastasov <ja@ssi.bg>
Signed-off-by: Simon Horman <horms@verge.net.au>
Receive Flow Steering is a nice solution but suffers from
hash collisions when a mix of connected and unconnected traffic
is received on the host, when flow hash table is populated.
Also, clearing flow in inet_release() makes RFS not very good
for short lived flows, as many packets can follow close().
(FIN , ACK packets, ...)
This patch extends the information stored into global hash table
to not only include cpu number, but upper part of the hash value.
I use a 32bit value, and dynamically split it in two parts.
For host with less than 64 possible cpus, this gives 6 bits for the
cpu number, and 26 (32-6) bits for the upper part of the hash.
Since hash bucket selection use low order bits of the hash, we have
a full hash match, if /proc/sys/net/core/rps_sock_flow_entries is big
enough.
If the hash found in flow table does not match, we fallback to RPS (if
it is enabled for the rxqueue).
This means that a packet for an non connected flow can avoid the
IPI through a unrelated/victim CPU.
This also means we no longer have to clear the table at socket
close time, and this helps short lived flows performance.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Acked-by: Tom Herbert <therbert@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In the SYN_RECV state, where the TCP connection is represented by
tcp_request_sock, we now rate-limit SYNACKs in response to a client's
retransmitted SYNs: we do not send a SYNACK in response to client SYN
if it has been less than sysctl_tcp_invalid_ratelimit (default 500ms)
since we last sent a SYNACK in response to a client's retransmitted
SYN.
This allows the vast majority of legitimate client connections to
proceed unimpeded, even for the most aggressive platforms, iOS and
MacOS, which actually retransmit SYNs 1-second intervals for several
times in a row. They use SYN RTO timeouts following the progression:
1,1,1,1,1,2,4,8,16,32.
Reported-by: Avery Fay <avery@mixpanel.com>
Signed-off-by: Neal Cardwell <ncardwell@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Yuchung Cheng <ycheng@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Helpers for mitigating ACK loops by rate-limiting dupacks sent in
response to incoming out-of-window packets.
This patch includes:
- rate-limiting logic
- sysctl to control how often we allow dupacks to out-of-window packets
- SNMP counter for cases where we rate-limited our dupack sending
The rate-limiting logic in this patch decides to not send dupacks in
response to out-of-window segments if (a) they are SYNs or pure ACKs
and (b) the remote endpoint is sending them faster than the configured
rate limit.
We rate-limit our responses rather than blocking them entirely or
resetting the connection, because legitimate connections can rely on
dupacks in response to some out-of-window segments. For example, zero
window probes are typically sent with a sequence number that is below
the current window, and ZWPs thus expect to thus elicit a dupack in
response.
We allow dupacks in response to TCP segments with data, because these
may be spurious retransmissions for which the remote endpoint wants to
receive DSACKs. This is safe because segments with data can't
realistically be part of ACK loops, which by their nature consist of
each side sending pure/data-less ACKs to each other.
The dupack interval is controlled by a new sysctl knob,
tcp_invalid_ratelimit, given in milliseconds, in case an administrator
needs to dial this upward in the face of a high-rate DoS attack. The
name and units are chosen to be analogous to the existing analogous
knob for ICMP, icmp_ratelimit.
The default value for tcp_invalid_ratelimit is 500ms, which allows at
most one such dupack per 500ms. This is chosen to be 2x faster than
the 1-second minimum RTO interval allowed by RFC 6298 (section 2, rule
2.4). We allow the extra 2x factor because network delay variations
can cause packets sent at 1 second intervals to be compressed and
arrive much closer.
Reported-by: Avery Fay <avery@mixpanel.com>
Signed-off-by: Neal Cardwell <ncardwell@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Yuchung Cheng <ycheng@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This is the second NFC pull request for 3.20.
It brings:
- NCI NFCEE (NFC Execution Environment, typically an embedded or
external secure element) discovery and enabling/disabling support.
In order to communicate with an NFCEE, we also added NCI's logical
connections support to the NCI stack.
- HCI over NCI protocol support. Some secure elements only understand
HCI and thus we need to send them HCI frames when they're part of
an NCI chipset.
- NFC_EVT_TRANSACTION userspace API addition. Whenever an application
running on a secure element needs to notify its host counterpart,
we send an NFC_EVENT_SE_TRANSACTION event to userspace through the
NFC netlink socket.
- Secure element and HCI transaction event support for the st21nfcb
chipset.
-----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----
Version: GnuPG v1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=8caD
-----END PGP SIGNATURE-----
Merge tag 'nfc-next-3.20-2' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/sameo/nfc-next
NFC: 3.20 second pull request
This is the second NFC pull request for 3.20.
It brings:
- NCI NFCEE (NFC Execution Environment, typically an embedded or
external secure element) discovery and enabling/disabling support.
In order to communicate with an NFCEE, we also added NCI's logical
connections support to the NCI stack.
- HCI over NCI protocol support. Some secure elements only understand
HCI and thus we need to send them HCI frames when they're part of
an NCI chipset.
- NFC_EVT_TRANSACTION userspace API addition. Whenever an application
running on a secure element needs to notify its host counterpart,
we send an NFC_EVENT_SE_TRANSACTION event to userspace through the
NFC netlink socket.
- Secure element and HCI transaction event support for the st21nfcb
chipset.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
RFC 4429 ("Optimistic DAD") states that optimistic addresses
should be treated as deprecated addresses. From section 2.1:
Unless noted otherwise, components of the IPv6 protocol stack
should treat addresses in the Optimistic state equivalently to
those in the Deprecated state, indicating that the address is
available for use but should not be used if another suitable
address is available.
Optimistic addresses are indeed avoided when other addresses are
available (i.e. at source address selection time), but they have
not heretofore been available for things like explicit bind() and
sendmsg() with struct in6_pktinfo, etc.
This change makes optimistic addresses treated more like
deprecated addresses than tentative ones.
Signed-off-by: Erik Kline <ek@google.com>
Acked-by: Lorenzo Colitti <lorenzo@google.com>
Acked-by: Hannes Frederic Sowa <hannes@stressinduktion.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Conflicts:
drivers/net/vxlan.c
drivers/vhost/net.c
include/linux/if_vlan.h
net/core/dev.c
The net/core/dev.c conflict was the overlap of one commit marking an
existing function static whilst another was adding a new function.
In the include/linux/if_vlan.h case, the type used for a local
variable was changed in 'net', whereas the function got rewritten
to fix a stacked vlan bug in 'net-next'.
In drivers/vhost/net.c, Al Viro's iov_iter conversions in 'net-next'
overlapped with an endainness fix for VHOST 1.0 in 'net'.
In drivers/net/vxlan.c, vxlan_find_vni() added a 'flags' parameter
in 'net-next' whereas in 'net' there was a bug fix to pass in the
correct network namespace pointer in calls to this function.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
include/net/ipv6.h:713:22: warning: incorrect type in assignment (different base types)
include/net/ipv6.h:713:22: expected restricted __be32 [usertype] hash
include/net/ipv6.h:713:22: got unsigned int
include/net/ipv6.h:719:25: warning: restricted __be32 degrades to integer
include/net/ipv6.h:719:22: warning: invalid assignment: ^=
include/net/ipv6.h:719:22: left side has type restricted __be32
include/net/ipv6.h:719:22: right side has type unsigned int
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
(struct flow_keys)->n_proto is in network order, use
proper type for this.
Fixes following sparse errors :
net/core/flow_dissector.c:139:39: warning: incorrect type in assignment (different base types)
net/core/flow_dissector.c:139:39: expected unsigned short [unsigned] [usertype] n_proto
net/core/flow_dissector.c:139:39: got restricted __be16 [assigned] [usertype] proto
net/core/flow_dissector.c:237:23: warning: incorrect type in assignment (different base types)
net/core/flow_dissector.c:237:23: expected unsigned short [unsigned] [usertype] n_proto
net/core/flow_dissector.c:237:23: got restricted __be16 [assigned] [usertype] proto
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Fixes: e0f31d8498 ("flow_keys: Record IP layer protocol in skb_flow_dissect()")
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When we added pacing to TCP, we decided to let sch_fq take care
of actual pacing.
All TCP had to do was to compute sk->pacing_rate using simple formula:
sk->pacing_rate = 2 * cwnd * mss / rtt
It works well for senders (bulk flows), but not very well for receivers
or even RPC :
cwnd on the receiver can be less than 10, rtt can be around 100ms, so we
can end up pacing ACK packets, slowing down the sender.
Really, only the sender should pace, according to its own logic.
Instead of adding a new bit in skb, or call yet another flow
dissection, we tweak skb->truesize to a small value (2), and
we instruct sch_fq to use new helper and not pace pure ack.
Note this also helps TCP small queue, as ack packets present
in qdisc/NIC do not prevent sending a data packet (RPC workload)
This helps to reduce tx completion overhead, ack packets can use regular
sock_wfree() instead of tcp_wfree() which is a bit more expensive.
This has no impact in the case packets are sent to loopback interface,
as we do not coalesce ack packets (were we would detect skb->truesize
lie)
In case netem (with a delay) is used, skb_orphan_partial() also sets
skb->truesize to 1.
This patch is a combination of two patches we used for about one year at
Google.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Use notifier chain to dispatch an event upon a change in slave state.
Event is dispatched with slave specific info.
Signed-off-by: Moni Shoua <monis@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Or Gerlitz <ogerlitz@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Move slave state changes to a helper function, this is a pre-step for adding
functionality of dispatching an event when this helper is called.
This commit doesn't add new functionality.
Signed-off-by: Moni Shoua <monis@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Or Gerlitz <ogerlitz@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
* revert a patch that caused a regression with mesh userspace (Bob)
* fix a number of suspend/resume related races
(from Emmanuel, Luca and myself - we'll look at backporting later)
* add software implementations for new ciphers (Jouni)
* add a new ACPI ID for Broadcom's rfkill (Mika)
* allow using netns FD for wireless (Vadim)
* some other cleanups (various)
-----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----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=wOaR
-----END PGP SIGNATURE-----
Merge tag 'mac80211-next-for-davem-2015-02-03' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/jberg/mac80211-next
Last round of updates for net-next:
* revert a patch that caused a regression with mesh userspace (Bob)
* fix a number of suspend/resume related races
(from Emmanuel, Luca and myself - we'll look at backporting later)
* add software implementations for new ciphers (Jouni)
* add a new ACPI ID for Broadcom's rfkill (Mika)
* allow using netns FD for wireless (Vadim)
* some other cleanups (various)
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Johan Hedberg says:
====================
pull request: bluetooth-next 2015-02-03
Here's what's likely the last bluetooth-next pull request for 3.20.
Notable changes include:
- xHCI workaround + a new id for the ath3k driver
- Several new ids for the btusb driver
- Support for new Intel Bluetooth controllers
- Minor cleanups to ieee802154 code
- Nested sleep warning fix in socket accept() code path
- Fixes for Out of Band pairing handling
- Support for LE scan restarting for HCI_QUIRK_STRICT_DUPLICATE_FILTER
- Improvements to data we expose through debugfs
- Proper handling of Hardware Error HCI events
Please let me know if there are any issues pulling. Thanks.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
conn_info is currently allocated only after nfcee_discovery_ntf
which is not generic enough for logical connection other than
NFCEE. The corresponding conn_info is now created in
nci_core_conn_create_rsp().
Signed-off-by: Christophe Ricard <christophe-h.ricard@st.com>
Signed-off-by: Samuel Ortiz <sameo@linux.intel.com>
For consistency sake change nci_core_conn_create_rsp structure
credits field to credits_cnt.
Signed-off-by: Christophe Ricard <christophe-h.ricard@st.com>
Signed-off-by: Samuel Ortiz <sameo@linux.intel.com>
The current implementation limits nci_core_conn_create_req()
to only manage NCI_DESTINATION_NFCEE.
Add new parameters to nci_core_conn_create() to support all
destination types described in the NCI specification.
Because there are some parameters with variable size dynamic
buffer allocation is needed.
Signed-off-by: Christophe Ricard <christophe-h.ricard@st.com>
Signed-off-by: Samuel Ortiz <sameo@linux.intel.com>
The NCI_STATIC_RF_CONN_ID logical connection is the most used
connection. Keeping it directly accessible in the nci_dev
structure will simplify and optimize the access.
Signed-off-by: Christophe Ricard <christophe-h.ricard@st.com>
Signed-off-by: Samuel Ortiz <sameo@linux.intel.com>
If the IPv6 fragment id has not been set and we perform
fragmentation due to UFO, select a new fragment id.
We now consider a fragment id of 0 as unset and if id selection
process returns 0 (after all the pertrubations), we set it to
0x80000000, thus giving us ample space not to create collisions
with the next packet we may have to fragment.
When doing UFO integrity checking, we also select the
fragment id if it has not be set yet. This is stored into
the skb_shinfo() thus allowing UFO to function correclty.
This patch also removes duplicate fragment id generation code
and moves ipv6_select_ident() into the header as it may be
used during GSO.
Signed-off-by: Vladislav Yasevich <vyasevic@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
That takes care of the majority of ->sendmsg() instances - most of them
via memcpy_to_msg() or assorted getfrag() callbacks. One place where we
still keep memcpy_fromiovecend() is tipc - there we potentially read the
same data over and over; separate patch, that...
Signed-off-by: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk>
patch is actually smaller than it seems to be - most of it is unindenting
the inner loop body in tcp_sendmsg() itself...
the bit in tcp_input.c is going to get reverted very soon - that's what
memcpy_from_msg() will become, but not in this commit; let's keep it
reasonably contained...
There's one potentially subtle change here: in case of short copy from
userland, mainline tcp_send_syn_data() discards the skb it has allocated
and falls back to normal path, where we'll send as much as possible after
rereading the same data again. This patch trims SYN+data skb instead -
that way we don't need to copy from the same place twice.
Signed-off-by: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk>
Pablo Neira Ayuso says:
====================
Netfilter/IPVS fixes for net
The following patchset contains Netfilter/IPVS fixes for your net tree,
they are:
1) Validate hooks for nf_tables NAT expressions, otherwise users can
crash the kernel when using them from the wrong hook. We already
got one user trapped on this when configuring masquerading.
2) Fix a BUG splat in nf_tables with CONFIG_DEBUG_PREEMPT=y. Reported
by Andreas Schultz.
3) Avoid unnecessary reroute of traffic in the local input path
in IPVS that triggers a crash in in xfrm. Reported by Florian
Wiessner and fixes by Julian Anastasov.
4) Fix memory and module refcount leak from the error path of
nf_tables_newchain().
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This commit is very similar to
commit 1c32c5ad6f
Author: Herbert Xu <herbert@gondor.apana.org.au>
Date: Tue Mar 1 02:36:47 2011 +0000
inet: Add ip_make_skb and ip_finish_skb
It adds IPv6 version of the helpers ip6_make_skb and ip6_finish_skb.
The job of ip6_make_skb is to collect messages into an ipv6 packet
and poplulate ipv6 eader. The job of ip6_finish_skb is to transmit
the generated skb. Together they replicated the job of
ip6_push_pending_frames() while also provide the capability to be
called independently. This will be needed to add lockless UDP sendmsg
support.
Signed-off-by: Vladislav Yasevich <vyasevic@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Tx timestamps are looped onto the error queue on top of an skb. This
mechanism leaks packet headers to processes unless the no-payload
options SOF_TIMESTAMPING_OPT_TSONLY is set.
Add a sysctl that optionally drops looped timestamp with data. This
only affects processes without CAP_NET_RAW.
The policy is checked when timestamps are generated in the stack.
It is possible for timestamps with data to be reported after the
sysctl is set, if these were queued internally earlier.
No vulnerability is immediately known that exploits knowledge
gleaned from packet headers, but it may still be preferable to allow
administrators to lock down this path at the cost of possible
breakage of legacy applications.
Signed-off-by: Willem de Bruijn <willemb@google.com>
----
Changes
(v1 -> v2)
- test socket CAP_NET_RAW instead of capable(CAP_NET_RAW)
(rfc -> v1)
- document the sysctl in Documentation/sysctl/net.txt
- fix access control race: read .._OPT_TSONLY only once,
use same value for permission check and skb generation.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The NFCC sends an NCI_OP_RF_NFCEE_ACTION_NTF notification
to the host (DH) to let it know that for example an RF
transaction with a payment reader is done.
For now the notification handler is empty.
Signed-off-by: Christophe Ricard <christophe-h.ricard@st.com>
Signed-off-by: Samuel Ortiz <sameo@linux.intel.com>
NFC_EVT_TRANSACTION is sent through netlink in order for a
specific application running on a secure element to notify
userspace of an event. Typically the secure element application
counterpart on the host could interpret that event and act
upon it.
Forwarded information contains:
- SE host generating the event
- Application IDentifier doing the operation
- Applications parameters
Signed-off-by: Christophe Ricard <christophe-h.ricard@st.com>
Signed-off-by: Samuel Ortiz <sameo@linux.intel.com>
According to the NCI specification, one can use HCI over NCI
to talk with specific NFCEE. The HCI network is viewed as one
logical NFCEE.
This is needed to support secure element running HCI only
firmwares embedded on an NCI capable chipset, like e.g. the
st21nfcb.
There is some duplication between this piece of code and the
HCI core code, but the latter would need to be abstracted even
more to be able to use NCI as a logical transport for HCP packets.
Signed-off-by: Christophe Ricard <christophe-h.ricard@st.com>
Signed-off-by: Samuel Ortiz <sameo@linux.intel.com>
In order to communicate with an NFCEE, we need to open a logical
connection to it, by sending the NCI_OP_CORE_CONN_CREATE_CMD
command to the NFCC. It's left up to the drivers to decide when
to close an already opened logical connection.
Signed-off-by: Christophe Ricard <christophe-h.ricard@st.com>
Signed-off-by: Samuel Ortiz <sameo@linux.intel.com>
NFCEEs can be enabled or disabled by sending the
NCI_OP_NFCEE_MODE_SET_CMD command to the NFCC. This patch
provides an API for drivers to enable and disable e.g. their
NCI discoveredd secure elements.
Signed-off-by: Christophe Ricard <christophe-h.ricard@st.com>
Signed-off-by: Samuel Ortiz <sameo@linux.intel.com>
NFCEEs (NFC Execution Environment) have to be explicitly
discovered by sending the NCI_OP_NFCEE_DISCOVER_CMD
command. The NFCC will respond to this command by telling
us how many NFCEEs are connected to it. Then the NFCC sends
a notification command for each and every NFCEE connected.
Here we implement support for sending
NCI_OP_NFCEE_DISCOVER_CMD command, receiving the response
and the potential notifications.
Signed-off-by: Christophe Ricard <christophe-h.ricard@st.com>
Signed-off-by: Samuel Ortiz <sameo@linux.intel.com>
The current NCI core only support the RF static connection.
For other NFC features such as Secure Element communication, we
may need to create logical connections to the NFCEE (Execution
Environment.
In order to track each logical connection ID dynamically, we add a
linked list of connection info pointers to the nci_dev structure.
Signed-off-by: Christophe Ricard <christophe-h.ricard@st.com>
Signed-off-by: Samuel Ortiz <sameo@linux.intel.com>
This extended return parameters struct conflicts with the new Read Local
OOB Extended Data command definition. To avoid the conflict simply
rename the old "extended" version to the normal one and update the code
appropriately to take into account the two possible response PDU sizes.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
When using LE_SCAN_FILTER_DUP_ENABLE, some controllers would send
advertising report from each LE device only once. That means that we
don't get any updates on RSSI value, and makes Service Discovery very
slow. This patch adds restarting scan when in Service Discovery, and
device with filtered uuid is found, but it's not in RSSI range to send
event yet. This way if device moves into range, we will quickly get RSSI
update.
Signed-off-by: Jakub Pawlowski <jpawlowski@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Currently there is no way to restart le scan, and it's needed in
service scan method. The way it work: it disable, and then enable le
scan on controller.
During the restart, we must remember when the scan was started, and
it's duration, to later re-schedule the le_scan_disable work, that was
stopped during the stop scan phase.
Signed-off-by: Jakub Pawlowski <jpawlowski@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
This patch adds two new api's netdev_switch_port_bridge_setlink
and netdev_switch_port_bridge_dellink to offload bridge port attributes
to switch port
(The names of the apis look odd with 'switch_port_bridge',
but am more inclined to change the prefix of the api to something else.
Will take any suggestions).
The api's look at the NETIF_F_HW_SWITCH_OFFLOAD feature flag to
pass bridge port attributes to the port device.
Signed-off-by: Roopa Prabhu <roopa@cumulusnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In commit be9f4a44e7 ("ipv4: tcp: remove per net tcp_sock")
I tried to address contention on a socket lock, but the solution
I chose was horrible :
commit 3a7c384ffd ("ipv4: tcp: unicast_sock should not land outside
of TCP stack") addressed a selinux regression.
commit 0980e56e50 ("ipv4: tcp: set unicast_sock uc_ttl to -1")
took care of another regression.
commit b5ec8eeac4 ("ipv4: fix ip_send_skb()") fixed another regression.
commit 811230cd85 ("tcp: ipv4: initialize unicast_sock sk_pacing_rate")
was another shot in the dark.
Really, just use a proper socket per cpu, and remove the skb_orphan()
call, to re-enable flow control.
This solves a serious problem with FQ packet scheduler when used in
hostile environments, as we do not want to allocate a flow structure
for every RST packet sent in response to a spoofed packet.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Get rid of nr_cpu_ids and use modern percpu allocation.
Note that the sockets themselves are not yet allocated
using NUMA affinity.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Instead of doing complex calculation every time the OOB data is used,
just calculate the OOB data present value and store it with the OOB
data raw values.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
The sock_iocb structure is allocate on stack for each read/write-like
operation on sockets, and contains various fields of which only the
embedded msghdr and sometimes a pointer to the scm_cookie is ever used.
Get rid of the sock_iocb and put a msghdr directly on the stack and pass
the scm_cookie explicitly to netlink_mmap_sendmsg.
Signed-off-by: Christoph Hellwig <hch@lst.de>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Currently, it isn't possible to request checksums on the outer UDP
header of tunnels - the TUNNEL_CSUM flag is ignored. This adds
support for requesting that UDP checksums be computed on transmit
and properly reported if they are present on receive.
Signed-off-by: Jesse Gross <jesse@nicira.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This is the first NFC pull request for 3.20.
With this one we have:
- Secure element support for the ST Micro st21nfca driver. This depends
on a few HCI internal changes in order for example to support more
than one secure element per controller.
- ACPI support for NXP's pn544 HCI driver. This controller is found on
many x86 SoCs and is typically enumerated on the ACPI bus there.
- A few st21nfca and st21nfcb fixes.
-----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----
Version: GnuPG v1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=SNWp
-----END PGP SIGNATURE-----
Merge tag 'nfc-next-3.20-1' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/sameo/nfc-next
NFC: 3.20 first pull request
This is the first NFC pull request for 3.20.
With this one we have:
- Secure element support for the ST Micro st21nfca driver. This depends
on a few HCI internal changes in order for example to support more
than one secure element per controller.
- ACPI support for NXP's pn544 HCI driver. This controller is found on
many x86 SoCs and is typically enumerated on the ACPI bus there.
- A few st21nfca and st21nfcb fixes.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
LRO, GRO, delayed ACKs, and middleboxes can cause "stretch ACKs" that
cover more than the RFC-specified maximum of 2 packets. These stretch
ACKs can cause serious performance shortfalls in common congestion
control algorithms that were designed and tuned years ago with
receiver hosts that were not using LRO or GRO, and were instead
politely ACKing every other packet.
This patch series fixes Reno and CUBIC to handle stretch ACKs.
This patch prepares for the upcoming stretch ACK bug fix patches. It
adds an "acked" parameter to tcp_cong_avoid_ai() to allow for future
fixes to tcp_cong_avoid_ai() to correctly handle stretch ACKs, and
changes all congestion control algorithms to pass in 1 for the ACKed
count. It also changes tcp_slow_start() to return the number of packet
ACK "credits" that were not processed in slow start mode, and can be
processed by the congestion control module in additive increase mode.
In future patches we will fix tcp_cong_avoid_ai() to handle stretch
ACKs, and fix Reno and CUBIC handling of stretch ACKs in slow start
and additive increase mode.
Reported-by: Eyal Perry <eyalpe@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Neal Cardwell <ncardwell@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Yuchung Cheng <ycheng@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When receiving a HCI Hardware Error event, the controller should be
assumed to be non-functional until issuing a HCI Reset command.
The Bluetooth hardware errors are vendor specific and so add a
new hdev->hw_error callback that drivers can provide to run extra
code to handle the hardware error.
After completing the vendor specific error handling perform a full
reset of the Bluetooth stack by closing and re-opening the transport.
Based-on-patch-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
fix sparse warning about non-static function
drivers/net/bonding/bond_main.c:3737:5: warning: symbol
'bond_3ad_xor_xmit' was not declared. Should it be static?
Reviewed-by: Nikolay Aleksandrov <nikolay@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Jonathan Toppins <jtoppins@cumulusnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: Jay Vosburgh <jay.vosburgh@canonical.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Cc: Andy Gospodarek <gospo@cumulusnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: Jonathan Toppins <jtoppins@cumulusnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: Jay Vosburgh <jay.vosburgh@canonical.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Conflicts:
arch/arm/boot/dts/imx6sx-sdb.dts
net/sched/cls_bpf.c
Two simple sets of overlapping changes.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When a command is received, it is sometime needed to let the CLF driver do
some additional operations. (ex: count remaining pipe notification...)
Signed-off-by: Christophe Ricard <christophe-h.ricard@st.com>
Signed-off-by: Samuel Ortiz <sameo@linux.intel.com>
As there can be several pipes connected to the same gate, we need
to know which pipe ID to use when sending an HCI response. A gate
ID is not enough.
Instead of changing the nfc_hci_send_response() API to something
not aligned with the rest of the HCI API, we call nfc_hci_hcp_message_tx
directly.
Signed-off-by: Christophe Ricard <christophe-h.ricard@st.com>
Signed-off-by: Samuel Ortiz <sameo@linux.intel.com>
In order to keep host source information on specific hci event (such as
evt_connectivity or evt_transaction) and because 2 pipes can be connected
to the same gate, it is necessary to add a table referencing every pipe
with a {gate, host} tuple.
Signed-off-by: Christophe Ricard <christophe-h.ricard@st.com>
Signed-off-by: Samuel Ortiz <sameo@linux.intel.com>
Several pipes may point to the same CLF gate, so getting the gate ID
as an input is not enough.
For example dual secure element may have 2 pipes (1 for uicc and
1 for eSE) pointing to the connectivity gate.
As resolving gate and host IDs can be done from a pipe, we now pass
the pipe ID to the event received handler.
Signed-off-by: Christophe Ricard <christophe-h.ricard@st.com>
Signed-off-by: Samuel Ortiz <sameo@linux.intel.com>
This allows mac80211 to configure BIP-GMAC-128 and BIP-GMAC-256 to the
driver and also use software-implementation within mac80211 when the
driver does not support this with hardware accelaration.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
This allows mac80211 to configure GCMP and GCMP-256 to the driver and
also use software-implementation within mac80211 when the driver does
not support this with hardware accelaration.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
[remove a spurious newline]
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Not caching dst_entries which cause redirects could be exploited by hosts
on the same subnet, causing a severe DoS attack. This effect aggravated
since commit f886497212 ("ipv4: fix dst race in sk_dst_get()").
Lookups causing redirects will be allocated with DST_NOCACHE set which
will force dst_release to free them via RCU. Unfortunately waiting for
RCU grace period just takes too long, we can end up with >1M dst_entries
waiting to be released and the system will run OOM. rcuos threads cannot
catch up under high softirq load.
Attaching the flag to emit a redirect later on to the specific skb allows
us to cache those dst_entries thus reducing the pressure on allocation
and deallocation.
This issue was discovered by Marcelo Leitner.
Cc: Julian Anastasov <ja@ssi.bg>
Signed-off-by: Marcelo Leitner <mleitner@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Florian Westphal <fw@strlen.de>
Signed-off-by: Hannes Frederic Sowa <hannes@stressinduktion.org>
Signed-off-by: Julian Anastasov <ja@ssi.bg>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The first user will be the next patch.
Signed-off-by: Joe Stringer <joestringer@nicira.com>
Acked-by: Pravin B Shelar <pshelar@nicira.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In the vxlan transmit path there is no need to reference the socket
for a tunnel which is needed for the receive side. We do, however,
need the vxlan_dev flags. This patch eliminate references
to the socket in the transmit path, and changes VXLAN_F_UNSHAREABLE
to be VXLAN_F_RCV_FLAGS. This mask is used to store the flags
applicable to receive (GBP, CSUM6_RX, and REMCSUM_RX) in the
vxlan_sock flags.
Signed-off-by: Tom Herbert <therbert@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The UDP tunnel transmit functions udp_tunnel_xmit_skb and
udp_tunnel6_xmit_skb include a socket argument. The socket being
passed to the functions (from VXLAN) is a UDP created for receive
side. The only thing that the socket is used for in the transmit
functions is to get the setting for checksum (enabled or zero).
This patch removes the argument and and adds a nocheck argument
for checksum setting. This eliminates the unnecessary dependency
on a UDP socket for UDP tunnel transmit.
Signed-off-by: Tom Herbert <therbert@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch converts the Set Secure Connection HCI handling to use a HCI
request instead of using a hard-coded callback in hci_event.c. This e.g.
ensures that we don't clear the flags incorrectly if something goes
wrong with the power up process (not related to a mgmt Set SC command).
The code can also be simplified a bit since only one pending Set SC
command is allowed, i.e. mgmt_pending_foreach usage is not needed.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
The userspace may want to delay the the first scheduled scan or
net-detect cycle. Add an optional attribute to the scheduled scan
configuration to pass the delay to be (optionally) used by the driver.
Signed-off-by: Luciano Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com>
[add the attribute to the policy to validate it]
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Control per packet Transmit Power Control (TPC) in lower drivers
according to TX power settings configured by the user. In particular TPC is
enabled if value passed in enum nl80211_tx_power_setting is
NL80211_TX_POWER_LIMITED (allow using less than specified from userspace),
whereas TPC is disabled if nl80211_tx_power_setting is set to
NL80211_TX_POWER_FIXED (use value configured from userspace)
Signed-off-by: Lorenzo Bianconi <lorenzo.bianconi83@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Some drivers unfortunately cannot support software crypto, but
mac80211 currently assumes that they do.
This has the issue that if the hardware enabling fails for some
reason, the software fallback is used, which won't work. This
clearly isn't desirable, the error should be reported and the
key setting refused.
Support this in mac80211 by allowing drivers to set a new HW
flag IEEE80211_HW_SW_CRYPTO_CONTROL, in which case mac80211 will
only allow software fallback if the set_key() method returns 1.
The driver will also need to advertise supported cipher suites
so that mac80211 doesn't advertise any (future) software ciphers
that the driver can't actually do.
While at it, to make it easier to support this, refactor the
ieee80211_init_cipher_suites() code.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
* fix network-manager which was broken by the previous changes
* fix delete-station events, which were broken by me making the
genlmsg_end() mistake
* fix a timer left running during suspend in some race conditions
that would cause an annoying (but harmless) warning
* (less important, but in the tree already) remove 80+80 MHz rate
reporting since the spec doesn't distinguish it from 160 MHz;
as the bitrate they're both 160 MHz bandwidth
-----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----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=Bvmr
-----END PGP SIGNATURE-----
Merge tag 'mac80211-next-for-davem-2015-01-19' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/jberg/mac80211-next
Some further updates for net-next:
* fix network-manager which was broken by the previous changes
* fix delete-station events, which were broken by me making the
genlmsg_end() mistake
* fix a timer left running during suspend in some race conditions
that would cause an annoying (but harmless) warning
* (less important, but in the tree already) remove 80+80 MHz rate
reporting since the spec doesn't distinguish it from 160 MHz;
as the bitrate they're both 160 MHz bandwidth
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This tc action allows you to retrieve the connection tracking mark
This action has been used heavily by openwrt for a few years now.
There are known limitations currently:
doesn't work for initial packets, since we only query the ct table.
Fine given use case is for returning packets
no implicit defrag.
frags should be rare so fix later..
won't work for more complex tasks, e.g. lookup of other extensions
since we have no means to store results
we still have a 2nd lookup later on via normal conntrack path.
This shouldn't break anything though since skb->nfct isn't altered.
V2:
remove unnecessary braces (Jiri)
change the action identifier to 14 (Jiri)
Fix some stylistic issues caught by checkpatch
V3:
Move module params to bottom (Cong)
Get rid of tcf_hashinfo_init and friends and conform to newer API (Cong)
Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@resnulli.us>
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org>
Signed-off-by: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Implement rtnl_link_ops->get_link_net() callback so that IFLA_LINK_NETNSID is
added to rtnetlink messages.
Signed-off-by: Nicolas Dichtel <nicolas.dichtel@6wind.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch adds a new attribute (IFLA_LINK_NETNSID) which contains the 'link'
netns id when this netns is different from the netns where the interface
stands (for example for x-net interfaces like ip tunnels).
With this attribute, it's possible to interpret correctly all advertised
information (like IFLA_LINK, etc.).
Signed-off-by: Nicolas Dichtel <nicolas.dichtel@6wind.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
With this patch, a user can define an id for a peer netns by providing a FD or a
PID. These ids are local to the netns where it is added (ie valid only into this
netns).
The main function (ie the one exported to other module), peernet2id(), allows to
get the id of a peer netns. If no id has been assigned by the user, this
function allocates one.
These ids will be used in netlink messages to point to a peer netns, for example
in case of a x-netns interface.
Signed-off-by: Nicolas Dichtel <nicolas.dichtel@6wind.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The user can crash the kernel if it uses any of the existing NAT
expressions from the wrong hook, so add some code to validate this
when loading the rule.
This patch introduces nft_chain_validate_hooks() which is based on
an existing function in the bridge version of the reject expression.
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
In the ipip tunnel, the skb->queue_mapping is lost in ipip_rcv().
All skb will be queued to the same cell->napi_skbs. The
gro_cell_poll is pinned to one core under load. In production traffic,
we also see severe rx_dropped in the tunl iface and it is probably due to
this limit: skb_queue_len(&cell->napi_skbs) > netdev_max_backlog.
This patch is trying to alloc_percpu(struct gro_cell) and schedule
gro_cell_poll to process the skb in the same core.
Signed-off-by: Martin KaFai Lau <kafai@fb.com>
Acked-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Contrary to common expectations for an "int" return, these functions
return only a positive value -- if used correctly they cannot even
return 0 because the message header will necessarily be in the skb.
This makes the very common pattern of
if (genlmsg_end(...) < 0) { ... }
be a whole bunch of dead code. Many places also simply do
return nlmsg_end(...);
and the caller is expected to deal with it.
This also commonly (at least for me) causes errors, because it is very
common to write
if (my_function(...))
/* error condition */
and if my_function() does "return nlmsg_end()" this is of course wrong.
Additionally, there's not a single place in the kernel that actually
needs the message length returned, and if anyone needs it later then
it'll be very easy to just use skb->len there.
Remove this, and make the functions void. This removes a bunch of dead
code as described above. The patch adds lines because I did
- return nlmsg_end(...);
+ nlmsg_end(...);
+ return 0;
I could have preserved all the function's return values by returning
skb->len, but instead I've audited all the places calling the affected
functions and found that none cared. A few places actually compared
the return value with <= 0 in dump functionality, but that could just
be changed to < 0 with no change in behaviour, so I opted for the more
efficient version.
One instance of the error I've made numerous times now is also present
in net/phonet/pn_netlink.c in the route_dumpit() function - it didn't
check for <0 or <=0 and thus broke out of the loop every single time.
I've preserved this since it will (I think) have caused the messages to
userspace to be formatted differently with just a single message for
every SKB returned to userspace. It's possible that this isn't needed
for the tools that actually use this, but I don't even know what they
are so couldn't test that changing this behaviour would be acceptable.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Johan Hedberg says:
====================
pull request: bluetooth-next 2015-01-16
Here are some more bluetooth & ieee802154 patches intended for 3.20:
- Refactoring & cleanups of ieee802154 & 6lowpan code
- Various fixes to the btmrvl driver
- Fixes for Bluetooth Low Energy Privacy feature handling
- Added build-time sanity checks for sockaddr sizes
- Fixes for Security Manager registration on LE-only controllers
- Refactoring of broken inquiry mode handling to a generic quirk
Please let me know if there are any issues pulling. Thanks.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch benefits from newly introduced switchdev notifier and uses it
to propagate fdb learn events from rocker driver to bridge. That avoids
direct function calls and possible use by other listeners (ovs).
Suggested-by: Thomas Graf <tgraf@suug.ch>
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@resnulli.us>
Signed-off-by: Scott Feldman <sfeldma@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch introduces new notifier for purposes of exposing events which happen
on switch driver side. The consumers of the event messages are mainly involved
masters, namely bridge and ovs.
Suggested-by: Thomas Graf <tgraf@suug.ch>
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@resnulli.us>
Signed-off-by: Scott Feldman <sfeldma@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This action provides a possibility to exec custom BPF code.
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@resnulli.us>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In addition to the problem Jeff Layton reported, I looked at the code
and reproduced the same warning by subscribing and removing the genl
family with a socket still open. This is a fairly tricky race which
originates in the fact that generic netlink allows the family to go
away while sockets are still open - unlike regular netlink which has
a module refcount for every open socket so in general this cannot be
triggered.
Trying to resolve this issue by the obvious locking isn't possible as
it will result in deadlocks between unregistration and group unbind
notification (which incidentally lockdep doesn't find due to the home
grown locking in the netlink table.)
To really resolve this, introduce a "closing socket" reference counter
(for generic netlink only, as it's the only affected family) in the
core netlink code and use that in generic netlink to wait for all the
sockets that are being closed at the same time as a generic netlink
family is removed.
This fixes the race that when a socket is closed, it will should call
the unbind, but if the family is removed at the same time the unbind
will not find it, leading to the warning. The real problem though is
that in this case the unbind could actually find a new family that is
registered to have a multicast group with the same ID, and call its
mcast_unbind() leading to confusing.
Also remove the warning since it would still trigger, but is now no
longer a problem.
This also moves the code in af_netlink.c to before unreferencing the
module to avoid having the same problem in the normal non-genl case.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The kernel-doc for the parallel_ops family struct member is
missing, add it.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Remove the function hci_conn_change_link_key() that is not used anywhere.
This was partially found by using a static code analysis program called
cppcheck.
Signed-off-by: Rickard Strandqvist <rickard_strandqvist@spectrumdigital.se>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
We have
* a lot of regulatory code changes to deal with the
way newer Intel devices handle this
* a change to drop packets while disconnecting from
an AP instead of trying to wait for them
* a new attempt at improving the tailroom accounting
to not kick in too much for performance reasons
* improvements in wireless link statistics
* many other small improvements and small fixes that
didn't seem necessary for 3.19 (e.g. in hwsim which
is testing only code)
-----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----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=vaEW
-----END PGP SIGNATURE-----
Merge tag 'mac80211-next-for-davem-2015-01-15' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/jberg/mac80211-next
Here's a big pile of changes for this round.
We have
* a lot of regulatory code changes to deal with the
way newer Intel devices handle this
* a change to drop packets while disconnecting from
an AP instead of trying to wait for them
* a new attempt at improving the tailroom accounting
to not kick in too much for performance reasons
* improvements in wireless link statistics
* many other small improvements and small fixes that
didn't seem necessary for 3.19 (e.g. in hwsim which
is testing only code)
Conflicts:
drivers/staging/rtl8723au/os_dep/ioctl_cfg80211.c
Minor overlapping changes.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
RAW sockets with hdrinc suffer from contention on rt_uncached_lock
spinlock.
One solution is to use percpu lists, since most routes are destroyed
by the cpu that created them.
It is unclear why we even have to put these routes in uncached_list,
as all outgoing packets should be freed when a device is dismantled.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Fixes: caacf05e5a ("ipv4: Properly purge netdev references on uncached routes.")
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
For some reason, we made the bandwidth separate flags, which
is rather confusing - a single rate cannot have different
bandwidths at the same time.
Change this to no longer be flags but use a separate field
for the bandwidth ('bw') instead.
While at it, add support for 5 and 10 MHz rates - these are
reported as regular legacy rates with their real bitrate,
but tagged as 5/10 now to make it easier to distinguish them.
In the nl80211 API, the flags are preserved, but the code
now can also clearly only set a single one of the flags.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
These rates are treated the same as 160 MHz in the spec, so
it makes no sense to distinguish them. As no driver uses them
yet, this is also not a problem, just remove them.
In the userspace API the field remains reserved to preserve
API and ABI.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
These rates are treated the same as 160 MHz in the spec,
so it makes no sense to distinguish them. As no driver
uses them yet, this is also not a problem, just remove
them.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Pablo Neira Ayuso says:
====================
netfilter updates for net-next
The following patchset contains netfilter updates for net-next, just a
bunch of cleanups and small enhancement to selectively flush conntracks
in ctnetlink, more specifically the patches are:
1) Rise default number of buckets in conntrack from 16384 to 65536 in
systems with >= 4GBytes, patch from Marcelo Leitner.
2) Small refactor to save one level on indentation in xt_osf, from
Joe Perches.
3) Remove unnecessary sizeof(char) in nf_log, from Fabian Frederick.
4) Another small cleanup to remove redundant variable in nfnetlink,
from Duan Jiong.
5) Fix compilation warning in nfnetlink_cthelper on parisc, from
Chen Gang.
6) Fix wrong format in debugging for ctseqadj, from Gao feng.
7) Selective conntrack flushing through the mark for ctnetlink, patch
from Kristian Evensen.
8) Remove nf_ct_conntrack_flush_report() exported symbol now that is
not required anymore after the selective flushing patch, again from
Kristian.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Introduces support for the group policy extension to the VXLAN virtual
port. The extension is disabled by default and only enabled if the user
has provided the respective configuration.
ovs-vsctl add-port br0 vxlan0 -- \
set Interface vxlan0 type=vxlan options:exts=gbp
The configuration interface to enable the extension is based on a new
attribute OVS_VXLAN_EXT_GBP nested inside OVS_TUNNEL_ATTR_EXTENSION
which can carry additional extensions as needed in the future.
The group policy metadata is stored as binary blob (struct ovs_vxlan_opts)
internally just like Geneve options but transported as nested Netlink
attributes to user space.
Renames the existing TUNNEL_OPTIONS_PRESENT to TUNNEL_GENEVE_OPT with the
binary value kept intact, a new flag TUNNEL_VXLAN_OPT is introduced.
The attributes OVS_TUNNEL_KEY_ATTR_VXLAN_OPTS and existing
OVS_TUNNEL_KEY_ATTR_GENEVE_OPTS are implemented mutually exclusive.
Signed-off-by: Thomas Graf <tgraf@suug.ch>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
A VXLAN net_device looking for an appropriate socket may only consider
a socket which has a matching set of flags/extensions enabled. If
incompatible flags are enabled, return a conflict to have the caller
create a distinct socket with distinct port.
The OVS VXLAN port is kept unaware of extensions at this point.
Signed-off-by: Thomas Graf <tgraf@suug.ch>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Implements supports for the Group Policy VXLAN extension [0] to provide
a lightweight and simple security label mechanism across network peers
based on VXLAN. The security context and associated metadata is mapped
to/from skb->mark. This allows further mapping to a SELinux context
using SECMARK, to implement ACLs directly with nftables, iptables, OVS,
tc, etc.
The group membership is defined by the lower 16 bits of skb->mark, the
upper 16 bits are used for flags.
SELinux allows to manage label to secure local resources. However,
distributed applications require ACLs to implemented across hosts. This
is typically achieved by matching on L2-L4 fields to identify the
original sending host and process on the receiver. On top of that,
netlabel and specifically CIPSO [1] allow to map security contexts to
universal labels. However, netlabel and CIPSO are relatively complex.
This patch provides a lightweight alternative for overlay network
environments with a trusted underlay. No additional control protocol
is required.
Host 1: Host 2:
Group A Group B Group B Group A
+-----+ +-------------+ +-------+ +-----+
| lxc | | SELinux CTX | | httpd | | VM |
+--+--+ +--+----------+ +---+---+ +--+--+
\---+---/ \----+---/
| |
+---+---+ +---+---+
| vxlan | | vxlan |
+---+---+ +---+---+
+------------------------------+
Backwards compatibility:
A VXLAN-GBP socket can receive standard VXLAN frames and will assign
the default group 0x0000 to such frames. A Linux VXLAN socket will
drop VXLAN-GBP frames. The extension is therefore disabled by default
and needs to be specifically enabled:
ip link add [...] type vxlan [...] gbp
In a mixed environment with VXLAN and VXLAN-GBP sockets, the GBP socket
must run on a separate port number.
Examples:
iptables:
host1# iptables -I OUTPUT -m owner --uid-owner 101 -j MARK --set-mark 0x200
host2# iptables -I INPUT -m mark --mark 0x200 -j DROP
OVS:
# ovs-ofctl add-flow br0 'in_port=1,actions=load:0x200->NXM_NX_TUN_GBP_ID[],NORMAL'
# ovs-ofctl add-flow br0 'in_port=2,tun_gbp_id=0x200,actions=drop'
[0] https://tools.ietf.org/html/draft-smith-vxlan-group-policy
[1] http://lwn.net/Articles/204905/
Signed-off-by: Thomas Graf <tgraf@suug.ch>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add support for remote checksum offload in VXLAN. This uses a
reserved bit to indicate that RCO is being done, and uses the low order
reserved eight bits of the VNI to hold the start and offset values in a
compressed manner.
Start is encoded in the low order seven bits of VNI. This is start >> 1
so that the checksum start offset is 0-254 using even values only.
Checksum offset (transport checksum field) is indicated in the high
order bit in the low order byte of the VNI. If the bit is set, the
checksum field is for UDP (so offset = start + 6), else checksum
field is for TCP (so offset = start + 16). Only TCP and UDP are
supported in this implementation.
Remote checksum offload for VXLAN is described in:
https://tools.ietf.org/html/draft-herbert-vxlan-rco-00
Tested by running 200 TCP_STREAM connections with VXLAN (over IPv4).
With UDP checksums and Remote Checksum Offload
IPv4
Client
11.84% CPU utilization
Server
12.96% CPU utilization
9197 Mbps
IPv6
Client
12.46% CPU utilization
Server
14.48% CPU utilization
8963 Mbps
With UDP checksums, no remote checksum offload
IPv4
Client
15.67% CPU utilization
Server
14.83% CPU utilization
9094 Mbps
IPv6
Client
16.21% CPU utilization
Server
14.32% CPU utilization
9058 Mbps
No UDP checksums
IPv4
Client
15.03% CPU utilization
Server
23.09% CPU utilization
9089 Mbps
IPv6
Client
16.18% CPU utilization
Server
26.57% CPU utilization
8954 Mbps
Signed-off-by: Tom Herbert <therbert@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
A self-managed device will sometimes need to set its regdomain synchronously.
Notably it should be set before usermode has a chance to query it. Expose
a new API to accomplish this which requires the RTNL.
Signed-off-by: Arik Nemtsov <arikx.nemtsov@intel.com>
Reviewed-by: Ilan Peer <ilan.peer@intel.com>
Reviewed-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
The same macros are used for rx as well. So rename it.
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@resnulli.us>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
tc code implicitly considers skb->protocol even in case of accelerated
vlan paths and expects vlan protocol type here. However, on rx path,
if the vlan header was already stripped, skb->protocol contains value
of next header. Similar situation is on tx path.
So for skbs that use skb->vlan_tci for tagging, use skb->vlan_proto instead.
Reported-by: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@resnulli.us>
Acked-by: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch cleans up the header flags of VXLAN in anticipation of
defining some new ones:
- Move header related definitions from vxlan.c to vxlan.h
- Change VXLAN_FLAGS to be VXLAN_HF_VNI (only currently defined flag)
- Move check for unknown flags to after we find vxlan_sock, this
assumes that some flags may be processed based on tunnel
configuration
- Add a comment about why the stack treating unknown set flags as an
error instead of ignoring them
Signed-off-by: Tom Herbert <therbert@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch adds this missing structure for processing the result of the
HCI Delete Stored Link Key command.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
When the HCI Read Stored Link Keys command completes it gives useful
information of the current stored keys and maximum keys a controller
can actually store. So process this event and store these information
in hci_dev structure.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
This patch adds the missing commmand structure and command complete
structure for the HCI Read Store Link Key command.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
When hci_req_run() calls its provided complete function and one of the
HCI commands in the sequence fails, then provide the opcode of failing
command. In case of success HCI_OP_NOP is provided since all commands
completed.
This patch fixes the prototype of hci_req_complete_t and all its users.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
The base for the current statistics is pretty mixed up, support
exporting RX/TX statistics for MSDUs per TID. This (currently)
covers received MSDUs, transmitted MSDUs and retries/failures
thereof.
Doing it per TID for MSDUs makes more sense than say only per AC
because it's symmetric - we could export per-AC statistics for all
frames (which AC we used for transmission can be determined also
for management frames) but per TID is better and usually data
frames are really the ones we care about. Also, on RX we can't
determine the AC - but we do know the TID for any QoS MPDU we
received.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
The current statistics we keep aren't very clear, some are on
MPDUs and some on MSDUs/MMPDUs. Clarify the descriptions based
on the counters mac80211 keeps.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Add these two values:
* BEACON_RX: number of beacons received from this peer
* BEACON_SIGNAL_AVG: signal strength average for beacons only
These can then be used for Android Lollipop's statistics request.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
This is really just duplicating the list of information that's
already available in the nl80211 attribute, so remove the list.
Two small changes are needed:
* remove STATION_INFO_ASSOC_REQ_IES complete, but the length
(assoc_req_ies_len) can be used instead
* add NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_DROP_MISC which exists internally
but not in nl80211 yet
This gets rid of the duplicate maintenance of the two lists.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
In many cases, drivers can filter things like beacons that will
skew statistics reported by mac80211. To get correct statistics
in these cases, call drivers to obtain statistics and let them
override all values, filling values from mac80211 if the driver
didn't provide them. Not all of them make sense for the driver
to fill, so some are still always done by mac80211.
Note that this doesn't currently allow a driver to say "I know
this value is wrong, don't report it at all", or to sum it up
with a mac80211 value (as could be useful for "dropped misc"),
that can be added if it turns out to be needed.
This also gets rid of the get_rssi() method as is can now be
implemented using sta_statistics().
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
When a station is removed, its statistics may be interesting to
userspace, for example for further aggregation of statistics of
all stations that ever connected to an AP.
Introduce a new cfg80211_del_sta_sinfo() function (and make the
cfg80211_del_sta() a static inline calling it) to allow passing
a struct station_info along with this, and send the data in the
nl80211 event message.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Add the time spent scanning to the survey data so it can be
reported by drivers that collect such information.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Not all devices are able to report survey data (particularly
time spent for various operations) per channel. As all these
statistics already exist in survey data, allow such devices
to report them (if userspace requested it)
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
All of the survey data is (currently) per channel anyway,
so having the word "channel" in the name does nothing. In
the next patch I'll introduce global data to the survey,
where the word "channel" is actually confusing.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
The only user of nf_ct_conntrack_flush_report() was ctnetlink_del_conntrack().
After adding support for flushing connections with a given mark, this function
is no longer called.
Signed-off-by: Kristian Evensen <kristian.evensen@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
When hw acceleration is enabled, the GENERATE_IV or PUT_IV_SPACE flags
only require headroom space. Therefore, the tailroom-needed counter can
safely be decremented for most drivers.
The older incarnation of this patch (ca34e3b5) assumed that the above
holds true for all drivers. As reported by Christopher Chavez and
researched by Christian Lamparter and Larry Finger, this isn't a valid
assumption for p54 and cw1200.
Drivers that still require tailroom for ICV/MIC even when HW encryption
is enabled can use IEEE80211_KEY_FLAG_RESERVE_TAILROOM to indicate it.
Signed-off-by: Ido Yariv <idox.yariv@intel.com>
Cc: Christopher Chavez <chrischavez@gmx.us>
Cc: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@googlemail.com>
Cc: Larry Finger <Larry.Finger@lwfinger.net>
Cc: Solomon Peachy <pizza@shaftnet.org>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Merge mac80211.git to get some changes that would otherwise
cause conflicts with new changes coming here.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
p54 and cw2100 drivers (arguably due to bad assumptions there.)
Since this affects kernels since 3.17, I decided to revert for
now and we'll revisit this optimisation properly for -next.
-----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----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=CnbJ
-----END PGP SIGNATURE-----
Merge tag 'mac80211-for-davem-2015-01-06' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/jberg/mac80211
Here's just a single fix - a revert of a patch that broke the
p54 and cw2100 drivers (arguably due to bad assumptions there.)
Since this affects kernels since 3.17, I decided to revert for
now and we'll revisit this optimisation properly for -next.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
With the wiphy::features flag being used up this patch adds a
new field wiphy::ext_features. Considering extensibility this
new field is declared as a byte array. This extensible flag is
exposed to user-space by NL80211_ATTR_EXT_FEATURES.
Cc: Avinash Patil <patila@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Gautam (Gautam Kumar) Shukla <gautams@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Arend van Spriel <arend@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
This work adds the possibility to define a per route/destination
congestion control algorithm. Generally, this opens up the possibility
for a machine with different links to enforce specific congestion
control algorithms with optimal strategies for each of them based
on their network characteristics, even transparently for a single
application listening on all links.
For our specific use case, this additionally facilitates deployment
of DCTCP, for example, applications can easily serve internal
traffic/dsts in DCTCP and external one with CUBIC. Other scenarios
would also allow for utilizing e.g. long living, low priority
background flows for certain destinations/routes while still being
able for normal traffic to utilize the default congestion control
algorithm. We also thought about a per netns setting (where different
defaults are possible), but given its actually a link specific
property, we argue that a per route/destination setting is the most
natural and flexible.
The administrator can utilize this through ip-route(8) by appending
"congctl [lock] <name>", where <name> denotes the name of a
congestion control algorithm and the optional lock parameter allows
to enforce the given algorithm so that applications in user space
would not be allowed to overwrite that algorithm for that destination.
The dst metric lookups are being done when a dst entry is already
available in order to avoid a costly lookup and still before the
algorithms are being initialized, thus overhead is very low when the
feature is not being used. While the client side would need to drop
the current reference on the module, on server side this can actually
even be avoided as we just got a flat-copied socket clone.
Joint work with Florian Westphal.
Suggested-by: Hannes Frederic Sowa <hannes@stressinduktion.org>
Signed-off-by: Florian Westphal <fw@strlen.de>
Signed-off-by: Daniel Borkmann <dborkman@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch adds the minimum necessary for the RTAX_CC_ALGO congestion
control metric to be set up and dumped back to user space.
While the internal representation of RTAX_CC_ALGO is handled as a u32
key, we avoided to expose this implementation detail to user space, thus
instead, we chose the netlink attribute that is being exchanged between
user space to be the actual congestion control algorithm name, similarly
as in the setsockopt(2) API in order to allow for maximum flexibility,
even for 3rd party modules.
It is a bit unfortunate that RTAX_QUICKACK used up a whole RTAX slot as
it should have been stored in RTAX_FEATURES instead, we first thought
about reusing it for the congestion control key, but it brings more
complications and/or confusion than worth it.
Joint work with Florian Westphal.
Signed-off-by: Florian Westphal <fw@strlen.de>
Signed-off-by: Daniel Borkmann <dborkman@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch adds necessary infrastructure to the congestion control
framework for later per route congestion control support.
For a per route congestion control possibility, our aim is to store
a unique u32 key identifier into dst metrics, which can then be
mapped into a tcp_congestion_ops struct. We argue that having a
RTAX key entry is the most simple, generic and easy way to manage,
and also keeps the memory footprint of dst entries lower on 64 bit
than with storing a pointer directly, for example. Having a unique
key id also allows for decoupling actual TCP congestion control
module management from the FIB layer, i.e. we don't have to care
about expensive module refcounting inside the FIB at this point.
We first thought of using an IDR store for the realization, which
takes over dynamic assignment of unused key space and also performs
the key to pointer mapping in RCU. While doing so, we stumbled upon
the issue that due to the nature of dynamic key distribution, it
just so happens, arguably in very rare occasions, that excessive
module loads and unloads can lead to a possible reuse of previously
used key space. Thus, previously stale keys in the dst metric are
now being reassigned to a different congestion control algorithm,
which might lead to unexpected behaviour. One way to resolve this
would have been to walk FIBs on the actually rare occasion of a
module unload and reset the metric keys for each FIB in each netns,
but that's just very costly.
Therefore, we argue a better solution is to reuse the unique
congestion control algorithm name member and map that into u32 key
space through jhash. For that, we split the flags attribute (as it
currently uses 2 bits only anyway) into two u32 attributes, flags
and key, so that we can keep the cacheline boundary of 2 cachelines
on x86_64 and cache the precalculated key at registration time for
the fast path. On average we might expect 2 - 4 modules being loaded
worst case perhaps 15, so a key collision possibility is extremely
low, and guaranteed collision-free on LE/BE for all in-tree modules.
Overall this results in much simpler code, and all without the
overhead of an IDR. Due to the deterministic nature, modules can
now be unloaded, the congestion control algorithm for a specific
but unloaded key will fall back to the default one, and on module
reload time it will switch back to the expected algorithm
transparently.
Joint work with Florian Westphal.
Signed-off-by: Florian Westphal <fw@strlen.de>
Signed-off-by: Daniel Borkmann <dborkman@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Do the nla validation earlier, outside the write lock.
This is needed by followup patch which needs to be able to call
request_module (which can sleep) if needed.
Joint work with Daniel Borkmann.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Borkmann <dborkman@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Florian Westphal <fw@strlen.de>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add ip_cmsg_recv_offset function which takes an offset argument
that indicates the starting offset in skb where data is being received
from. This will be useful in the case of UDP and provided checksum
to user space.
ip_cmsg_recv is an inline call to ip_cmsg_recv_offset with offset of
zero.
Signed-off-by: Tom Herbert <therbert@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add ip_cmsg_recv_offset function which takes an offset argument
that indicates the starting offset in skb where data is being received
from. This will be useful in the case of UDP and provided checksum
to user space.
ip_cmsg_recv is an inline call to ip_cmsg_recv_offset with offset of
zero.
Signed-off-by: Tom Herbert <therbert@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Move the IP_CMSG_* constants from ip_sockglue.c to inet_sock.h so that
they can be referenced in other source files.
Restructure ip_cmsg_recv to not go through flags using shift, check
for flags by 'and'. This eliminates both the shift and a conditional
per flag check.
Signed-off-by: Tom Herbert <therbert@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Move convert_csum from udp_sock to inet_sock. This allows the
possibility that we can use convert checksum for different types
of sockets and also allows convert checksum to be enabled from
inet layer (what we'll want to do when enabling IP_CHECKSUM cmsg).
Signed-off-by: Tom Herbert <therbert@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Calling nla_nest_cancel() in a different order as the nesting was
built up can lead to negative offsets being calculated which
results in skb_trim() being called with an underflowed unsigned
int. Warn if mark < skb->data as it's definitely a bug.
Signed-off-by: Thomas Graf <tgraf@suug.ch>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This reverts commit ca34e3b5c8.
It turns out that the p54 and cw2100 drivers assume that there's
tailroom even when they don't say they really need it. However,
there's currently no way for them to explicitly say they do need
it, so for now revert this.
This fixes https://bugzilla.kernel.org/show_bug.cgi?id=90331.
Cc: stable@vger.kernel.org
Fixes: ca34e3b5c8 ("mac80211: Fix accounting of the tailroom-needed counter")
Reported-by: Christopher Chavez <chrischavez@gmx.us>
Bisected-by: Larry Finger <Larry.Finger@lwfinger.net>
Debugged-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@googlemail.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
The hash table for open Geneve ports is used only on creation and
deletion time. It is not performance critical and is not likely to
grow to a large number of items. Therefore, this can be changed
to use a simple linked list.
Signed-off-by: Jesse Gross <jesse@nicira.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The existing Geneve locking scheme was pulled over directly from
VXLAN. However, VXLAN has a number of built in mechanisms which make
the locking more complex and are unlikely to be necessary with Geneve.
This simplifies the locking to use a basic scheme of a mutex
when doing updates plus RCU on receive.
In addition to making the code easier to read, this also avoids the
possibility of a race when creating or destroying sockets since
UDP sockets and the list of Geneve sockets are protected by different
locks. After this change, the entire operation is atomic.
Signed-off-by: Jesse Gross <jesse@nicira.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The work queue is used only to free the UDP socket upon destruction.
This is not necessary with Geneve and generally makes the code more
difficult to reason about. It also introduces nondeterministic
behavior such as when a socket is rapidly deleted and recreated, which
could fail as the the deletion happens asynchronously.
Signed-off-by: Jesse Gross <jesse@nicira.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The HCI_QUIRK_FIXUP_INQUIRY_MODE option allows to force Inquiry Result
with RSSI setting on controllers that do not indicate support for it,
but where it is known to be fully functional.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
The force_sc_support debugfs option was introduced to easily work with
pre-production Bluetooth 4.1 silicon. This option is no longer needed
since controllers supporting BR/EDR Secure Connections feature are now
available.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
The force_lesc_support debugfs option never really worked. It has a race
condition between creating the debugfs entry and registering the L2CAP
fixed channel for BR/EDR SMP support.
Also this has been replaced with a working force_bredr_smp debugfs
switch that developers can use now.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Testing cross-transport pairing that starts on BR/EDR is only valid when
using a controller with BR/EDR Secure Connections. Devices will indicate
this by providing BR/EDR SMP fixed channel over L2CAP. To allow testing
of this feature on Bluetooth 4.0 controller or controllers without the
BR/EDR Secure Connections features, introduce a force_bredr_smp debugfs
option that allows faking the required AES connection.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Johan Hedberg say:
====================
pull request: bluetooth-next 2014-12-31
Here's the first batch of bluetooth patches for 3.20.
- Cleanups & fixes to ieee802154 drivers
- Fix synchronization of mgmt commands with respective HCI commands
- Add self-tests for LE pairing crypto functionality
- Remove 'BlueFritz!' specific handling from core using a new quirk flag
- Public address configuration support for ath3012
- Refactor debugfs support into a dedicated file
- Initial support for LE Data Length Extension feature from Bluetooth 4.2
Please let me know if there are any issues pulling. Thanks.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This change is to start cleaning up some of the rcu_read_lock/unlock
handling. I realized while reviewing the code there are several spots that
I don't believe are being handled correctly or are masking warnings by
locally calling rcu_read_lock/unlock instead of calling them at the correct
level.
A common example is a call to fib_get_table followed by fib_table_lookup.
The rcu_read_lock/unlock ought to wrap both but there are several spots where
they were not wrapped.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Duyck <alexander.h.duyck@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Netlink families can exist in multiple namespaces, and for the most
part multicast subscriptions are per network namespace. Thus it only
makes sense to have bind/unbind notifications per network namespace.
To achieve this, pass the network namespace of a given client socket
to the bind/unbind functions.
Also do this in generic netlink, and there also make sure that any
bind for multicast groups that only exist in init_net is rejected.
This isn't really a problem if it is accepted since a client in a
different namespace will never receive any notifications from such
a group, but it can confuse the family if not rejected (it's also
possible to silently (without telling the family) accept it, but it
would also have to be ignored on unbind so families that take any
kind of action on bind/unbind won't do unnecessary work for invalid
clients like that.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In order to make the newly fixed multicast bind/unbind
functionality in generic netlink, pass them down to the
appropriate family.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
There's no point to force the caller to know about the internal
genl_sock to use inside struct net, just have them pass the network
namespace. This doesn't really change code generation since it's
an inline, but makes the caller less magic - there's never any
reason to pass another socket.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
GSO isn't the only offload feature with restrictions that
potentially can't be expressed with the current features mechanism.
Checksum is another although it's a general issue that could in
theory apply to anything. Even if it may be possible to
implement these restrictions in other ways, it can result in
duplicate code or inefficient per-packet behavior.
This generalizes ndo_gso_check so that drivers can remove any
features that don't make sense for a given packet, similar to
netif_skb_features(). It also converts existing driver
restrictions to the new format, completing the work that was
done to support tunnel protocols since the issues apply to
checksums as well.
By actually removing features from the set that are used to do
offloading, it solves another problem with the existing
interface. In these cases, GSO would run with the original set
of features and not do anything because it appears that
segmentation is not required.
CC: Tom Herbert <therbert@google.com>
CC: Joe Stringer <joestringer@nicira.com>
CC: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
CC: Hayes Wang <hayeswang@realtek.com>
Signed-off-by: Jesse Gross <jesse@nicira.com>
Acked-by: Tom Herbert <therbert@google.com>
Fixes: 04ffcb255f ("net: Add ndo_gso_check")
Tested-by: Hayes Wang <hayeswang@realtek.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
After commit
d7480fd3b1 ("neigh: remove dynamic neigh table registration support"),
this field is not used anymore.
CC: Cong Wang <xiyou.wangcong@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Nicolas Dichtel <nicolas.dichtel@6wind.com>
Acked-by: Cong Wang <xiyou.wangcong@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Some controllers advertise support for Bluetooth 1.2 specification,
but they do not support the HCI Read Local Supported Commands command.
If that is the case, then the driver can quirk the behavior and force
the core to skip this command. This will allow removing vendor specific
checks out of the core.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
The RFCOMM_PSM constant is actually a duplicate. So remove it and
use the L2CAP_PSM_RFCOMM constant instead.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
For every internal representation of a Bluetooth connection which is
identified by hci_conn, create a debugfs directory with the handle
number as directory name.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
When the controller supports the LE Data Length Extension feature, the
default and maximum data length are read and now stored.
For backwards compatibility all values are initialized to the data
length values from Bluetooth 4.1 and earlier specifications.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
This patch adds the structures for HCI commands and events of the
LE Data Length Extension feature from Bluetooth 4.2 specification.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
This patch updates the Add Device mgmt command handler to use a
hci_request to wait for HCI command completion before notifying user
space of the mgmt command completion. To do this we need to add an extra
hci_request parameter to the hci_conn_params_set function. Since this
function has no other users besides mgmt.c it's moved there as a static
function.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Many places using hci_update_background_scan() try to synchronize
whatever they're doing with the help of hci_request callbacks. However,
since the hci_update_background_scan() function hasn't so far accepted a
hci_request pointer any commands triggered by it have been left out by
the synchronization. This patch modifies the API in a similar way as was
done for hci_update_page_scan, i.e. there's a variant that takes a
hci_request and another one that takes a hci_dev.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
None of the hci_request related things in net/bluetooth/hci_core.h are
needed anywhere outside of the core bluetooth module. This patch creates
a new net/bluetooth/hci_request.c file with its corresponding h-file and
moves the functionality there from hci_core.c and hci_core.h.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
To keep the parameter list and its semantics clear it makes sense to
split the hci_update_page_scan function into two separate functions: one
taking a hci_dev and another taking a hci_request. The one taking a
hci_dev constructs its own hci_request and then calls the other
function.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
The Internet Protocol Support Profile a.k.a BT 6LoWPAN specification
is ready so PSM value for it is now known.
Signed-off-by: Jukka Rissanen <jukka.rissanen@linux.intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
This patch adds support for setting cca parameters via nl802154.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Aring <alex.aring@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
The current cca setting handle is a driver specific call. We need to
introduce some 802.15.4 specific layer and mapping 802.15.4 cca modes to
driver specific ones inside the 802.15.4 driver. This patch will add
such 802.15.4 layer and mapping the cca settings to driver specific ones.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Aring <alex.aring@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
This patch adds enums for 802.15.4 specific CCA settings.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Aring <alex.aring@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
An attribute NL80211_ATTR_SOCKET_OWNER can be set by the scan initiator.
If present, the attribute will cause the scan to be stopped if the client
dies.
Signed-off-by: Jukka Rissanen <jukka.rissanen@linux.intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Because of possible races when accessing sched_scan_req pointer in
rdev, the sched_scan_req is converted to RCU pointer.
Signed-off-by: Jukka Rissanen <jukka.rissanen@linux.intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Add a new regulatory flag that allows a driver to manage regdomain
changes/updates for its own wiphy.
A self-managed wiphys only employs regulatory information obtained from
the FW and driver and does not use other cfg80211 sources like
beacon-hints, country-code IEs and hints from other devices on the same
system. Conversely, a self-managed wiphy does not share its regulatory
hints with other devices in the system. If a system contains several
devices, one or more of which are self-managed, there might be
contradictory regulatory settings between them. Usage of flag is
generally discouraged. Only use it if the FW/driver is incompatible
with non-locally originated hints.
A new API lets the driver send a complete regdomain, to be applied on
its wiphy only.
After a wiphy-specific regdomain change takes place, usermode will get
a new type of change notification. The regulatory core also takes care
enforce regulatory restrictions, in case some interfaces are on
forbidden channels.
Signed-off-by: Jonathan Doron <jonathanx.doron@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Arik Nemtsov <arikx.nemtsov@intel.com>
Reviewed-by: Luis R. Rodriguez <mcgrof@suse.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Pull vfs pile #2 from Al Viro:
"Next pile (and there'll be one or two more).
The large piece in this one is getting rid of /proc/*/ns/* weirdness;
among other things, it allows to (finally) make nameidata completely
opaque outside of fs/namei.c, making for easier further cleanups in
there"
* 'for-linus' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/viro/vfs:
coda_venus_readdir(): use file_inode()
fs/namei.c: fold link_path_walk() call into path_init()
path_init(): don't bother with LOOKUP_PARENT in argument
fs/namei.c: new helper (path_cleanup())
path_init(): store the "base" pointer to file in nameidata itself
make default ->i_fop have ->open() fail with ENXIO
make nameidata completely opaque outside of fs/namei.c
kill proc_ns completely
take the targets of /proc/*/ns/* symlinks to separate fs
bury struct proc_ns in fs/proc
copy address of proc_ns_ops into ns_common
new helpers: ns_alloc_inum/ns_free_inum
make proc_ns_operations work with struct ns_common * instead of void *
switch the rest of proc_ns_operations to working with &...->ns
netns: switch ->get()/->put()/->install()/->inum() to working with &net->ns
make mntns ->get()/->put()/->install()/->inum() work with &mnt_ns->ns
common object embedded into various struct ....ns
In order to let drivers have more dynamic U-APSD support,
move the enablement flag to the virtual interface driver
flags. This lets drivers not only set it up differently
for different interfaces, but also enable/disable on the
fly if needed.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Pull crypto update from Herbert Xu:
- The crypto API is now documented :)
- Disallow arbitrary module loading through crypto API.
- Allow get request with empty driver name through crypto_user.
- Allow speed testing of arbitrary hash functions.
- Add caam support for ctr(aes), gcm(aes) and their derivatives.
- nx now supports concurrent hashing properly.
- Add sahara support for SHA1/256.
- Add ARM64 version of CRC32.
- Misc fixes.
* git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/herbert/crypto-2.6: (77 commits)
crypto: tcrypt - Allow speed testing of arbitrary hash functions
crypto: af_alg - add user space interface for AEAD
crypto: qat - fix problem with coalescing enable logic
crypto: sahara - add support for SHA1/256
crypto: sahara - replace tasklets with kthread
crypto: sahara - add support for i.MX53
crypto: sahara - fix spinlock initialization
crypto: arm - replace memset by memzero_explicit
crypto: powerpc - replace memset by memzero_explicit
crypto: sha - replace memset by memzero_explicit
crypto: sparc - replace memset by memzero_explicit
crypto: algif_skcipher - initialize upon init request
crypto: algif_skcipher - removed unneeded code
crypto: algif_skcipher - Fixed blocking recvmsg
crypto: drbg - use memzero_explicit() for clearing sensitive data
crypto: drbg - use MODULE_ALIAS_CRYPTO
crypto: include crypto- module prefix in template
crypto: user - add MODULE_ALIAS
crypto: sha-mb - remove a bogus NULL check
crytpo: qat - Fix 64 bytes requests
...
Since multicast frames are marked as no-ack, using
IEEE80211_TX_STAT_ACK to check if they have been
successfully transmitted by the driver is incorrect
since a driver can choose to ignore transmission status
for no-ack frames. This results in incorrect accounting
for such frames.
To fix this issue, this patch introduces a new flag
that can be used by drivers to indicate error-free
transmission of no-ack frames.
Signed-off-by: Sujith Manoharan <c_manoha@qca.qualcomm.com>
[add a note about not setting the flag for non-no-ack frames]
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Move IEEE80211_TX_CTL_PS_RESPONSE to info->control.flags since
this is used only in the TX path (by ath9k). This frees up
a bit which can be used for other purposes.
Signed-off-by: Sujith Manoharan <c_manoha@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Pull networking updates from David Miller:
1) New offloading infrastructure and example 'rocker' driver for
offloading of switching and routing to hardware.
This work was done by a large group of dedicated individuals, not
limited to: Scott Feldman, Jiri Pirko, Thomas Graf, John Fastabend,
Jamal Hadi Salim, Andy Gospodarek, Florian Fainelli, Roopa Prabhu
2) Start making the networking operate on IOV iterators instead of
modifying iov objects in-situ during transfers. Thanks to Al Viro
and Herbert Xu.
3) A set of new netlink interfaces for the TIPC stack, from Richard
Alpe.
4) Remove unnecessary looping during ipv6 routing lookups, from Martin
KaFai Lau.
5) Add PAUSE frame generation support to gianfar driver, from Matei
Pavaluca.
6) Allow for larger reordering levels in TCP, which are easily
achievable in the real world right now, from Eric Dumazet.
7) Add a variable of napi_schedule that doesn't need to disable cpu
interrupts, from Eric Dumazet.
8) Use a doubly linked list to optimize neigh_parms_release(), from
Nicolas Dichtel.
9) Various enhancements to the kernel BPF verifier, and allow eBPF
programs to actually be attached to sockets. From Alexei
Starovoitov.
10) Support TSO/LSO in sunvnet driver, from David L Stevens.
11) Allow controlling ECN usage via routing metrics, from Florian
Westphal.
12) Remote checksum offload, from Tom Herbert.
13) Add split-header receive, BQL, and xmit_more support to amd-xgbe
driver, from Thomas Lendacky.
14) Add MPLS support to openvswitch, from Simon Horman.
15) Support wildcard tunnel endpoints in ipv6 tunnels, from Steffen
Klassert.
16) Do gro flushes on a per-device basis using a timer, from Eric
Dumazet. This tries to resolve the conflicting goals between the
desired handling of bulk vs. RPC-like traffic.
17) Allow userspace to ask for the CPU upon what a packet was
received/steered, via SO_INCOMING_CPU. From Eric Dumazet.
18) Limit GSO packets to half the current congestion window, from Eric
Dumazet.
19) Add a generic helper so that all drivers set their RSS keys in a
consistent way, from Eric Dumazet.
20) Add xmit_more support to enic driver, from Govindarajulu
Varadarajan.
21) Add VLAN packet scheduler action, from Jiri Pirko.
22) Support configurable RSS hash functions via ethtool, from Eyal
Perry.
* git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/davem/net-next: (1820 commits)
Fix race condition between vxlan_sock_add and vxlan_sock_release
net/macb: fix compilation warning for print_hex_dump() called with skb->mac_header
net/mlx4: Add support for A0 steering
net/mlx4: Refactor QUERY_PORT
net/mlx4_core: Add explicit error message when rule doesn't meet configuration
net/mlx4: Add A0 hybrid steering
net/mlx4: Add mlx4_bitmap zone allocator
net/mlx4: Add a check if there are too many reserved QPs
net/mlx4: Change QP allocation scheme
net/mlx4_core: Use tasklet for user-space CQ completion events
net/mlx4_core: Mask out host side virtualization features for guests
net/mlx4_en: Set csum level for encapsulated packets
be2net: Export tunnel offloads only when a VxLAN tunnel is created
gianfar: Fix dma check map error when DMA_API_DEBUG is enabled
cxgb4/csiostor: Don't use MASTER_MUST for fw_hello call
net: fec: only enable mdio interrupt before phy device link up
net: fec: clear all interrupt events to support i.MX6SX
net: fec: reset fep link status in suspend function
net: sock: fix access via invalid file descriptor
net: introduce helper macro for_each_cmsghdr
...
Merge first patchbomb from Andrew Morton:
- a few minor cifs fixes
- dma-debug upadtes
- ocfs2
- slab
- about half of MM
- procfs
- kernel/exit.c
- panic.c tweaks
- printk upates
- lib/ updates
- checkpatch updates
- fs/binfmt updates
- the drivers/rtc tree
- nilfs
- kmod fixes
- more kernel/exit.c
- various other misc tweaks and fixes
* emailed patches from Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org>: (190 commits)
exit: pidns: fix/update the comments in zap_pid_ns_processes()
exit: pidns: alloc_pid() leaks pid_namespace if child_reaper is exiting
exit: exit_notify: re-use "dead" list to autoreap current
exit: reparent: call forget_original_parent() under tasklist_lock
exit: reparent: avoid find_new_reaper() if no children
exit: reparent: introduce find_alive_thread()
exit: reparent: introduce find_child_reaper()
exit: reparent: document the ->has_child_subreaper checks
exit: reparent: s/while_each_thread/for_each_thread/ in find_new_reaper()
exit: reparent: fix the cross-namespace PR_SET_CHILD_SUBREAPER reparenting
exit: reparent: fix the dead-parent PR_SET_CHILD_SUBREAPER reparenting
exit: proc: don't try to flush /proc/tgid/task/tgid
exit: release_task: fix the comment about group leader accounting
exit: wait: drop tasklist_lock before psig->c* accounting
exit: wait: don't use zombie->real_parent
exit: wait: cleanup the ptrace_reparented() checks
usermodehelper: kill the kmod_thread_locker logic
usermodehelper: don't use CLONE_VFORK for ____call_usermodehelper()
fs/hfs/catalog.c: fix comparison bug in hfs_cat_keycmp
nilfs2: fix the nilfs_iget() vs. nilfs_new_inode() races
...
Memory is internally accounted in bytes, using spinlock-protected 64-bit
counters, even though the smallest accounting delta is a page. The
counter interface is also convoluted and does too many things.
Introduce a new lockless word-sized page counter API, then change all
memory accounting over to it. The translation from and to bytes then only
happens when interfacing with userspace.
The removed locking overhead is noticable when scaling beyond the per-cpu
charge caches - on a 4-socket machine with 144-threads, the following test
shows the performance differences of 288 memcgs concurrently running a
page fault benchmark:
vanilla:
18631648.500498 task-clock (msec) # 140.643 CPUs utilized ( +- 0.33% )
1,380,638 context-switches # 0.074 K/sec ( +- 0.75% )
24,390 cpu-migrations # 0.001 K/sec ( +- 8.44% )
1,843,305,768 page-faults # 0.099 M/sec ( +- 0.00% )
50,134,994,088,218 cycles # 2.691 GHz ( +- 0.33% )
<not supported> stalled-cycles-frontend
<not supported> stalled-cycles-backend
8,049,712,224,651 instructions # 0.16 insns per cycle ( +- 0.04% )
1,586,970,584,979 branches # 85.176 M/sec ( +- 0.05% )
1,724,989,949 branch-misses # 0.11% of all branches ( +- 0.48% )
132.474343877 seconds time elapsed ( +- 0.21% )
lockless:
12195979.037525 task-clock (msec) # 133.480 CPUs utilized ( +- 0.18% )
832,850 context-switches # 0.068 K/sec ( +- 0.54% )
15,624 cpu-migrations # 0.001 K/sec ( +- 10.17% )
1,843,304,774 page-faults # 0.151 M/sec ( +- 0.00% )
32,811,216,801,141 cycles # 2.690 GHz ( +- 0.18% )
<not supported> stalled-cycles-frontend
<not supported> stalled-cycles-backend
9,999,265,091,727 instructions # 0.30 insns per cycle ( +- 0.10% )
2,076,759,325,203 branches # 170.282 M/sec ( +- 0.12% )
1,656,917,214 branch-misses # 0.08% of all branches ( +- 0.55% )
91.369330729 seconds time elapsed ( +- 0.45% )
On top of improved scalability, this also gets rid of the icky long long
types in the very heart of memcg, which is great for 32 bit and also makes
the code a lot more readable.
Notable differences between the old and new API:
- res_counter_charge() and res_counter_charge_nofail() become
page_counter_try_charge() and page_counter_charge() resp. to match
the more common kernel naming scheme of try_do()/do()
- res_counter_uncharge_until() is only ever used to cancel a local
counter and never to uncharge bigger segments of a hierarchy, so
it's replaced by the simpler page_counter_cancel()
- res_counter_set_limit() is replaced by page_counter_limit(), which
expects its callers to serialize against themselves
- res_counter_memparse_write_strategy() is replaced by
page_counter_limit(), which rounds down to the nearest page size -
rather than up. This is more reasonable for explicitely requested
hard upper limits.
- to keep charging light-weight, page_counter_try_charge() charges
speculatively, only to roll back if the result exceeds the limit.
Because of this, a failing bigger charge can temporarily lock out
smaller charges that would otherwise succeed. The error is bounded
to the difference between the smallest and the biggest possible
charge size, so for memcg, this means that a failing THP charge can
send base page charges into reclaim upto 2MB (4MB) before the limit
would have been reached. This should be acceptable.
[akpm@linux-foundation.org: add includes for WARN_ON_ONCE and memparse]
[akpm@linux-foundation.org: add includes for WARN_ON_ONCE, memparse, strncmp, and PAGE_SIZE]
Signed-off-by: Johannes Weiner <hannes@cmpxchg.org>
Acked-by: Michal Hocko <mhocko@suse.cz>
Acked-by: Vladimir Davydov <vdavydov@parallels.com>
Cc: Tejun Heo <tj@kernel.org>
Cc: David Rientjes <rientjes@google.com>
Cc: Stephen Rothwell <sfr@canb.auug.org.au>
Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org>
Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
Pull VFS changes from Al Viro:
"First pile out of several (there _definitely_ will be more). Stuff in
this one:
- unification of d_splice_alias()/d_materialize_unique()
- iov_iter rewrite
- killing a bunch of ->f_path.dentry users (and f_dentry macro).
Getting that completed will make life much simpler for
unionmount/overlayfs, since then we'll be able to limit the places
sensitive to file _dentry_ to reasonably few. Which allows to have
file_inode(file) pointing to inode in a covered layer, with dentry
pointing to (negative) dentry in union one.
Still not complete, but much closer now.
- crapectomy in lustre (dead code removal, mostly)
- "let's make seq_printf return nothing" preparations
- assorted cleanups and fixes
There _definitely_ will be more piles"
* 'for-linus' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/viro/vfs: (63 commits)
copy_from_iter_nocache()
new helper: iov_iter_kvec()
csum_and_copy_..._iter()
iov_iter.c: handle ITER_KVEC directly
iov_iter.c: convert copy_to_iter() to iterate_and_advance
iov_iter.c: convert copy_from_iter() to iterate_and_advance
iov_iter.c: get rid of bvec_copy_page_{to,from}_iter()
iov_iter.c: convert iov_iter_zero() to iterate_and_advance
iov_iter.c: convert iov_iter_get_pages_alloc() to iterate_all_kinds
iov_iter.c: convert iov_iter_get_pages() to iterate_all_kinds
iov_iter.c: convert iov_iter_npages() to iterate_all_kinds
iov_iter.c: iterate_and_advance
iov_iter.c: macros for iterating over iov_iter
kill f_dentry macro
dcache: fix kmemcheck warning in switch_names
new helper: audit_file()
nfsd_vfs_write(): use file_inode()
ncpfs: use file_inode()
kill f_dentry uses
lockd: get rid of ->f_path.dentry->d_sb
...
Conflicts:
drivers/net/ethernet/amd/xgbe/xgbe-desc.c
drivers/net/ethernet/renesas/sh_eth.c
Overlapping changes in both conflict cases.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Making things const is a good thing.
(x86-64 defconfig with all irda)
$ size net/irda/built-in.o*
text data bss dec hex filename
109276 1868 244 111388 1b31c net/irda/built-in.o.new
108828 2316 244 111388 1b31c net/irda/built-in.o.old
Signed-off-by: Joe Perches <joe@perches.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
It's better when function pointer arrays aren't modifiable.
Net change:
$ size net/llc/built-in.o.*
text data bss dec hex filename
61193 12758 1344 75295 1261f net/llc/built-in.o.new
47113 27030 1344 75487 126df net/llc/built-in.o.old
Signed-off-by: Joe Perches <joe@perches.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
It's better when function pointer arrays aren't modifiable.
Net change from original:
$ size net/llc/built-in.o.*
text data bss dec hex filename
61065 12886 1344 75295 1261f net/llc/built-in.o.new
47113 27030 1344 75487 126df net/llc/built-in.o.old
Signed-off-by: Joe Perches <joe@perches.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
It's better when function pointer arrays aren't modifiable.
Signed-off-by: Joe Perches <joe@perches.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Pull scheduler updates from Ingo Molnar:
"The main changes in this cycle are:
- 'Nested Sleep Debugging', activated when CONFIG_DEBUG_ATOMIC_SLEEP=y.
This instruments might_sleep() checks to catch places that nest
blocking primitives - such as mutex usage in a wait loop. Such
bugs can result in hard to debug races/hangs.
Another category of invalid nesting that this facility will detect
is the calling of blocking functions from within schedule() ->
sched_submit_work() -> blk_schedule_flush_plug().
There's some potential for false positives (if secondary blocking
primitives themselves are not ready yet for this facility), but the
kernel will warn once about such bugs per bootup, so the warning
isn't much of a nuisance.
This feature comes with a number of fixes, for problems uncovered
with it, so no messages are expected normally.
- Another round of sched/numa optimizations and refinements, for
CONFIG_NUMA_BALANCING=y.
- Another round of sched/dl fixes and refinements.
Plus various smaller fixes and cleanups"
* 'sched-core-for-linus' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/tip/tip: (54 commits)
sched: Add missing rcu protection to wake_up_all_idle_cpus
sched/deadline: Introduce start_hrtick_dl() for !CONFIG_SCHED_HRTICK
sched/numa: Init numa balancing fields of init_task
sched/deadline: Remove unnecessary definitions in cpudeadline.h
sched/cpupri: Remove unnecessary definitions in cpupri.h
sched/deadline: Fix rq->dl.pushable_tasks bug in push_dl_task()
sched/fair: Fix stale overloaded status in the busiest group finding logic
sched: Move p->nr_cpus_allowed check to select_task_rq()
sched/completion: Document when to use wait_for_completion_io_*()
sched: Update comments about CLONE_NEWUTS and CLONE_NEWIPC
sched/fair: Kill task_struct::numa_entry and numa_group::task_list
sched: Refactor task_struct to use numa_faults instead of numa_* pointers
sched/deadline: Don't check CONFIG_SMP in switched_from_dl()
sched/deadline: Reschedule from switched_from_dl() after a successful pull
sched/deadline: Push task away if the deadline is equal to curr during wakeup
sched/deadline: Add deadline rq status print
sched/deadline: Fix artificial overrun introduced by yield_task_dl()
sched/rt: Clean up check_preempt_equal_prio()
sched/core: Use dl_bw_of() under rcu_read_lock_sched()
sched: Check if we got a shallowest_idle_cpu before searching for least_loaded_cpu
...
John W. Linville says:
====================
pull request: wireless-next 2014-12-08
Please pull this last batch of pending wireless updates for the 3.19 tree...
For the wireless bits, Johannes says:
"This time I have Felix's no-status rate control work, which will allow
drivers to work better with rate control even if they don't have perfect
status reporting. In addition to this, a small hwsim fix from Patrik,
one of the regulatory patches from Arik, and a number of cleanups and
fixes I did myself.
Of note is a patch where I disable CFG80211_WEXT so that compatibility
is no longer selectable - this is intended as a wake-up call for anyone
who's still using it, and is still easily worked around (it's a one-line
patch) before we fully remove the code as well in the future."
For the Bluetooth bits, Johan says:
"Here's one more bluetooth-next pull request for 3.19:
- Minor cleanups for ieee802154 & mac802154
- Fix for the kernel warning with !TASK_RUNNING reported by Kirill A.
Shutemov
- Support for another ath3k device
- Fix for tracking link key based security level
- Device tree bindings for btmrvl + a state update fix
- Fix for wrong ACL flags on LE links"
And...
"In addition to the previous one this contains two more cleanups to
mac802154 as well as support for some new HCI features from the
Bluetooth 4.2 specification.
From the original request:
'Here's what should be the last bluetooth-next pull request for 3.19.
It's rather large but the majority of it is the Low Energy Secure
Connections feature that's part of the Bluetooth 4.2 specification. The
specification went public only this week so we couldn't publish the
corresponding code before that. The code itself can nevertheless be
considered fairly mature as it's been in development for over 6 months
and gone through several interoperability test events.
Besides LE SC the pull request contains an important fix for command
complete events for mgmt sockets which also fixes some leaks of hci_conn
objects when powering off or unplugging Bluetooth adapters.
A smaller feature that's part of the pull request is service discovery
support. This is like normal device discovery except that devices not
matching specific UUIDs or strong enough RSSI are filtered out.
Other changes that the pull request contains are firmware dump support
to the btmrvl driver, firmware download support for Broadcom BCM20702A0
variants, as well as some coding style cleanups in 6lowpan &
ieee802154/mac802154 code.'"
For the NFC bits, Samuel says:
"With this one we get:
- NFC digital improvements for DEP support: Chaining, NACK and ATN
support added.
- NCI improvements: Support for p2p target, SE IO operand addition,
SE operands extensions to support proprietary implementations, and
a few fixes.
- NFC HCI improvements: OPEN_PIPE and NOTIFY_ALL_CLEARED support,
and SE IO operand addition.
- A bunch of minor improvements and fixes for STMicro st21nfcb and
st21nfca"
For the iwlwifi bits, Emmanuel says:
"Major works are CSA and TDLS. On top of that I have a new
firmware API for scan and a few rate control improvements.
Johannes find a few tricks to improve our CPU utilization
and adds support for a new spin of 7265 called 7265D.
Along with this a few random things that don't stand out."
And...
"I deprecate here -8.ucode since -9 has been published long ago.
Along with that I have a new activity, we have now better
a infrastructure for firmware debugging. This will allow to
have configurable probes insides the firmware.
Luca continues his work on NetDetect, this feature is now
complete. All the rest is minor fixes here and there."
For the Atheros bits, Kalle says:
"Only ath10k changes this time and no major changes. Most visible are:
o new debugfs interface for runtime firmware debugging (Yanbo)
o fix shared WEP (Sujith)
o don't rebuild whenever kernel version changes (Johannes)
o lots of refactoring to make it easier to add new hw support (Michal)
There's also smaller fixes and improvements with no point of listing
here."
In addition, there are a few last minute updates to ath5k,
ath9k, brcmfmac, brcmsmac, mwifiex, rt2x00, rtlwifi, and wil6210.
Also included is a pull of the wireless tree to pick-up the fixes
originally included in "pull request: wireless 2014-12-03"...
Please let me know if there are problems!
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Just use copy_from_iter(). That's what this method is trying to do
in all cases, in a very convoluted fashion.
Signed-off-by: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk>
Note that the code _using_ ->msg_iter at that point will be very
unhappy with anything other than unshifted iovec-backed iov_iter.
We still need to convert users to proper primitives.
Signed-off-by: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk>
it'll die soon enough - now that kvec-backed iov_iter works regardless
of set_fs(), both instances will become copy_from_iter() as soon as
we introduce ->msg_iter...
Signed-off-by: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk>
It is never called and implementations are void. So just remove it.
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@resnulli.us>
Signed-off-by: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Steffen Klassert says:
====================
pull request (net-next): ipsec-next 2014-12-03
1) Fix a set but not used warning. From Fabian Frederick.
2) Currently we make sequence number values available to userspace
only if we use ESN. Make the sequence number values also available
for non ESN states. From Zhi Ding.
3) Remove socket policy hashing. We don't need it because socket
policies are always looked up via a linked list. From Herbert Xu.
4) After removing socket policy hashing, we can use __xfrm_policy_link
in xfrm_policy_insert. From Herbert Xu.
5) Add a lookup method for vti6 tunnels with wildcard endpoints.
I forgot this when I initially implemented vti6.
Please pull or let me know if there are problems.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In recent testing I had disabled CONFIG_IP_MULTIPLE_TABLES and as a result
when I ran "cat /proc/net/fib_trie" the main trie was displayed multiple
times. I found that the problem line of code was in the function
fib_trie_seq_next. Specifically the line below caused the indexes to go in
the opposite direction of our traversal:
h = tb->tb_id & (FIB_TABLE_HASHSZ - 1);
This issue was that the RT tables are defined such that RT_TABLE_LOCAL is ID
255, while it is located at TABLE_LOCAL_INDEX of 0, and RT_TABLE_MAIN is 254
with a TABLE_MAIN_INDEX of 1. This means that the above line will return 1
for the local table and 0 for main. The result is that fib_trie_seq_next
will return NULL at the end of the local table, fib_trie_seq_start will
return the start of the main table, and then fib_trie_seq_next will loop on
main forever as h will always return 0.
The fix for this is to reverse the ordering of the two tables. It has the
advantage of making it so that the tables now print in the same order
regardless of if multiple tables are enabled or not. In order to make the
definition consistent with the multiple tables case I simply masked the to
RT_TABLE_XXX values by (FIB_TABLE_HASHSZ - 1). This way the two table
layouts should always stay consistent.
Fixes: 93456b6 ("[IPV4]: Unify access to the routing tables")
Signed-off-by: Alexander Duyck <alexander.h.duyck@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Pablo Neira Ayuso says:
====================
Netfilter updates for net-next
The following batch contains netfilter updates for net-next. Basically,
enhancements for xt_recent, skip zeroing of timer in conntrack, fix
linking problem with recent redirect support for nf_tables, ipset
updates and a couple of cleanups. More specifically, they are:
1) Rise maximum number per IP address to be remembered in xt_recent
while retaining backward compatibility, from Florian Westphal.
2) Skip zeroing timer area in nf_conn objects, also from Florian.
3) Inspect IPv4 and IPv6 traffic from the bridge to allow filtering using
using meta l4proto and transport layer header, from Alvaro Neira.
4) Fix linking problems in the new redirect support when CONFIG_IPV6=n
and IP6_NF_IPTABLES=n.
And ipset updates from Jozsef Kadlecsik:
5) Support updating element extensions when the set is full (fixes
netfilter bugzilla id 880).
6) Fix set match with 32-bits userspace / 64-bits kernel.
7) Indicate explicitly when /0 networks are supported in ipset.
8) Simplify cidr handling for hash:*net* types.
9) Allocate the proper size of memory when /0 networks are supported.
10) Explicitly add padding elements to hash:net,net and hash:net,port,
because the elements must be u32 sized for the used hash function.
Jozsef is also cooking ipset RCU conversion which should land soon if
they reach the merge window in time.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When the controller supports the Extended Scanner Filter Policies, it
supports the LE Direct Advertising Report event. However by default
that event is blocked by the LE event mask. It is required to enable
it during controller setup.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
This patch adds the event id and data structures for the LE Direct
Advertising Report event.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
All Bluetooth commands and events are ordered by its opcode or event
id, but for some reason this one now stands out. So move it to its
correct spot in the list.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
When using Start Service Discovery and when background scanning is used
to report devices, the RSSI is reported or the value 127 is provided in
case RSSI in unavailable.
For Start Discovery the value 0 is reported to keep backwards
compatibility with the existing users.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
The discovery filter allocates memory for its UUID list. So use
a helper function to free it and reset it to default states.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
With the upcoming addition of support for Start Service Discovery, the
discovery handling needs to filter on RSSI and UUID values. For that
they need to be stored in the discovery handling. This patch adds the
appropiate fields and also make sure they are reset when discovery
has been stopped.
Signed-off-by: Jakub Pawlowski <jpawlowski@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
This patch adds the opcode and structure for Start Service Discovery
operation.
Signed-off-by: Jakub Pawlowski <jpawlowski@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
The Bluetooth core specification defines the value 127 as invalid for
RSSI values. So instead of hard coding it, lets add a constant for it.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
for now - just move corresponding ->proc_inum instances over there
Acked-by: "Eric W. Biederman" <ebiederm@xmission.com>
Signed-off-by: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk>
Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> says:
"This time I have Felix's no-status rate control work, which will allow
drivers to work better with rate control even if they don't have perfect
status reporting. In addition to this, a small hwsim fix from Patrik,
one of the regulatory patches from Arik, and a number of cleanups and
fixes I did myself.
Of note is a patch where I disable CFG80211_WEXT so that compatibility
is no longer selectable - this is intended as a wake-up call for anyone
who's still using it, and is still easily worked around (it's a one-line
patch) before we fully remove the code as well in the future."
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
This is the NFC pull request for 3.19.
With this one we get:
- NFC digital improvements for DEP support: Chaining, NACK and ATN
support added.
- NCI improvements: Support for p2p target, SE IO operand addition,
SE operands extensions to support proprietary implementations, and
a few fixes.
- NFC HCI improvements: OPEN_PIPE and NOTIFY_ALL_CLEARED support,
and SE IO operand addition.
- A bunch of minor improvements and fixes for STMicro st21nfcb and
st21nfca
-----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----
Version: GnuPG v1
iQIcBAABAgAGBQJUfjvWAAoJEIqAPN1PVmxK46MP/1QFb093QmAK3AfMS7XBZdwg
vgJkZIyFmTeRlDTonRJpv1MXZhPL+JHYK0wGANts1Ba04nZIgK9jzdcqjvd1niD1
Hk9ggHpfxsIl35FfRVcWAUpyb71Ykug2V396gJH2iiHvt2jHr8IsRWOWCVaItWMO
ZpVpV58xkROEu115wjKdrmKijL0xf7/F70RlReV4tOLGip3E/bP7EhutF2s5D8Lt
A5hfauQS3lUJIhlJ1IT59XtdnBSIS5D8OuNYjuJuFkPfIcXAHacEUBrta3KahQPy
kFGYYjj+V0vZA9JQG/j6vomP4AI0pP4DPkwWqgmioaPshkOOktwf1l21IKQrC7aw
h7EFEG6q5AxnL5JFbm4y+b5IEp8ALeVi5rv1xdRZ7/AW/n6FWGrkBHatsJceQgX+
wFhZ52USGHQUzWoJ6SC0O82U831/dgxWm5M42CV5/Bl9d69XX7Om9MWytdjQ94yB
ERoSJcivc+Q30bAiZmvb44ghv3qMGNArlBVVlcN7+3rbz4XOWLhduqCJaUs12fgY
lyGdNHxVVmEeEY9ByOjr6RD1pYpSDgEQSYvn5pbKadX+DqpXHQuGC4JHtbBkzKn0
Se9c442HRBjts0VprJ7wjLgbf5VfqFjtgsfqubD/mcTn61B4/t9zyGgV1VuI7UgL
QxK0m0rB1nOxpdWFesl1
=WHHp
-----END PGP SIGNATURE-----
Merge tag 'nfc-next-3.19-1' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/sameo/nfc-next
Samuel Ortiz <sameo@linux.intel.com> says:
"NFC: 3.19 pull request
This is the NFC pull request for 3.19.
With this one we get:
- NFC digital improvements for DEP support: Chaining, NACK and ATN
support added.
- NCI improvements: Support for p2p target, SE IO operand addition,
SE operands extensions to support proprietary implementations, and
a few fixes.
- NFC HCI improvements: OPEN_PIPE and NOTIFY_ALL_CLEARED support,
and SE IO operand addition.
- A bunch of minor improvements and fixes for STMicro st21nfcb and
st21nfca"
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
To be able to support OOB data for LE pairing we need to store the
address type of the remote device. This patch extends the relevant
functions and data types with a bdaddr_type variable.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
There's no need to duplicate code for the 192 vs 192+256 variants of the
OOB data functions. This is also helpful to pave the way to support LE
SC OOB data where only 256 bit data is provided.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
This patch adds the very basic code for creating and destroying SMP
L2CAP channels for BR/EDR connections.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
To make it possible to use LE SC functionality over BR/EDR with pre-4.1
controllers (that do not support BR/EDR SC links) it's useful to be able
to force LE SC operations even over a traditional SSP protected link.
This patch adds a debugfs switch to force a special debug flag which is
used to skip the checks for BR/EDR SC support.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
For LE Secure Connections we want to trigger cross transport key
generation only if a new link key was actually created during the BR/EDR
connection. This patch adds a new flag to track this information.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Now that hci_find_ltk_by_addr is the only LTK lookup function there's no
need to keep the long name anymore. This patch shortens the function
name to simply hci_find_ltk.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Now that LTKs are always looked up based on bdaddr (with EDiv/Rand
checks done after a successful lookup) the hci_find_ltk function is not
needed anymore. This patch removes the function.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Since the HCI_SC_ENABLED flag will also be used for controllers without
BR/EDR Secure Connections support whenever we need to check specifically
for SC for BR/EDR we also need to check that the controller actually
supports it. This patch adds a convenience macro for check all the
necessary conditions and converts the places in the code that need it to
use it.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
We need a dedicated LTK type for LTK resulting from a Secure Connections
based SMP pairing. This patch adds a new define for it and ensures that
both the New LTK event as well as the Load LTKs command supports it.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
To notify switch driver of change in STP state of bridge port, add new
.ndo op and provide switchdev wrapper func to call ndo op. Use it in bridge
code then.
Signed-off-by: Scott Feldman <sfeldma@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@resnulli.us>
Signed-off-by: Andy Gospodarek <gospo@cumulusnetworks.com>
Acked-by: Thomas Graf <tgraf@suug.ch>
Acked-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The goal of this is to provide a possibility to support various switch
chips. Drivers should implement relevant ndos to do so. Now there is
only one ndo defined:
- for getting physical switch id is in place.
Note that user can use random port netdevice to access the switch.
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@resnulli.us>
Reviewed-by: Thomas Graf <tgraf@suug.ch>
Acked-by: Andy Gospodarek <gospo@cumulusnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Some pipe are only created by other host (different than the
Terminal Host).
The pipe values will for example be notified by
NFC_HCI_ADM_NOTIFY_PIPE_CREATED.
Signed-off-by: Christophe Ricard <christophe-h.ricard@st.com>
Signed-off-by: Samuel Ortiz <sameo@linux.intel.com>
To pave the way for future fixed channels to be added easily we should
track both the local and remote mask on a per-L2CAP connection (struct
l2cap_conn) basis. So far the code has used a global variable in a racy
way which anyway needs fixing.
This patch renames the existing conn->fixed_chan_mask that tracked
the remote mask to conn->remote_fixed_chan and adds a new variable
conn->local_fixed_chan to track the local mask. Since the HS support
info is now available in the local mask we can remove the
conn->hs_enabled variable.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
se_io allows to send apdu over the CLF to the embedded Secure Element.
Signed-off-by: Christophe Ricard <christophe-h.ricard@st.com>
Signed-off-by: Samuel Ortiz <sameo@linux.intel.com>
Some NFC controller using NCI protocols may need a proprietary commands
flow to disable a secure element
Signed-off-by: Christophe Ricard <christophe-h.ricard@st.com>
Signed-off-by: Samuel Ortiz <sameo@linux.intel.com>
Some NFC controller using NCI protocols may need a proprietary commands
flow to enable a secure element
Signed-off-by: Christophe Ricard <christophe-h.ricard@st.com>
Signed-off-by: Samuel Ortiz <sameo@linux.intel.com>
Some NFC controller using NCI protocols may need a proprietary commands
flow to discover all available secure element
Signed-off-by: Christophe Ricard <christophe-h.ricard@st.com>
Signed-off-by: Samuel Ortiz <sameo@linux.intel.com>
se_io allows to send apdu over the CLF to the embedded Secure Element.
Signed-off-by: Christophe Ricard <christophe-h.ricard@st.com>
Signed-off-by: Samuel Ortiz <sameo@linux.intel.com>
This can be used by drivers that cannot reliably map tx status
information onto specific skbs.
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
This op works like .tx_status, except it does not need access to the
skb. This will be used by drivers that cannot match tx status
information to specific packets.
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
When the regulatory settings change, some channels might become invalid.
Disconnect interfaces acting on these channels, after giving userspace
code a grace period to leave them.
This mode is currently opt-in, and not all interface operating modes are
supported for regulatory-enforcement checks. A wiphy that wishes to use
the new enforcement code must specify an appropriate regulatory flag,
and all its supported interface modes must be supported by the checking
code.
Signed-off-by: Arik Nemtsov <arikx.nemtsov@intel.com>
Reviewed-by: Luis R. Rodriguez <mcgrof@suse.com>
[fix some indentation, typos]
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
The Target responds to the ATR_REQ with the ATR_RES. Configure the General
Bytes in ATR_RES with the first three octets equal to the NFC Forum LLCP
magic number, followed by some LLC Parameters TLVs described in section
4.5 of [LLCP].
Signed-off-by: Julien Lefrique <lefrique@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Samuel Ortiz <sameo@linux.intel.com>
Changes:
* Extract the Listen mode activation parameters from RF_INTF_ACTIVATED_NTF.
* Store the General Bytes of ATR_REQ.
* Signal that Target mode is activated in case of an activation in NFC-DEP.
* Update the NCI state accordingly.
* Use the various constants defined in nfc.h.
* Fix the ATR_REQ and ATR_RES maximum size. As per NCI 1.0 and NCI 1.1, the
Activation Parameters for both Poll and Listen mode contain all the bytes of
ATR_REQ/ATR_RES starting and including Byte 3 as defined in [DIGITAL].
In [DIGITAL], the maximum size of ATR_REQ/ATR_RES is 64 bytes and they are
numbered starting from Byte 1.
Signed-off-by: Julien Lefrique <lefrique@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Samuel Ortiz <sameo@linux.intel.com>
Send LA_SEL_INFO and LF_PROTOCOL_TYPE with NFC-DEP protocol enabled.
Configure 212 Kbit/s and 412 Kbit/s bit rates for Listen F.
Signed-off-by: Julien Lefrique <lefrique@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Samuel Ortiz <sameo@linux.intel.com>
When an NFC-DEP Initiator times out when waiting for
a DEP_RES from the Target, its supposed to send an
ATN to the Target. The Target should respond to the
ATN with a similar ATN PDU and the Initiator can then
resend the last non-ATN PDU that it sent. No more
than 'N(retry,atn)' are to be send where
2 <= 'N(retry,atn)' <= 5. If the Initiator had just
sent a NACK PDU when the timeout occurred, it is to
continue sending NACKs until 'N(retry,nack)' NACKs
have been send. This is described in section
14.12.5.6 of the NFC-DEP Digital Protocol Spec.
The digital layer's NFC-DEP code doesn't implement
this so add that support.
The value chosen for 'N(retry,atn)' is 2.
Reviewed-by: Thierry Escande <thierry.escande@linux.intel.com>
Tested-by: Thierry Escande <thierry.escande@linux.intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Mark A. Greer <mgreer@animalcreek.com>
Signed-off-by: Samuel Ortiz <sameo@linux.intel.com>
When an NFC-DEP Target receives a NACK PDU with
a PNI equal to 1 less than the current PNI, it
is supposed to re-send the last PDU. This is
implied in section 14.12.5.4 of the NFC Digital
Protocol Spec.
The digital layer's NFC-DEP code doesn't implement
Target-side NACK handing so add it. The last PDU
that was sent is saved in the 'nfc_digital_dev'
structure's 'saved_skb' member. The skb will have
an additional reference taken to ensure that the skb
isn't freed when the driver performs a kfree_skb()
on the skb. The length of the skb/PDU is also saved
so the length can be restored when re-sending the PDU
in the skb (the driver will perform an skb_pull() so
an skb_push() needs to be done to restore the skb's
data pointer/length).
Reviewed-by: Thierry Escande <thierry.escande@linux.intel.com>
Tested-by: Thierry Escande <thierry.escande@linux.intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Mark A. Greer <mgreer@animalcreek.com>
Signed-off-by: Samuel Ortiz <sameo@linux.intel.com>
When an NFC-DEP Initiator receives a frame with
an incorrect CRC or with a parity error, and the
frame is at least 4 bytes long, its supposed to
send a NACK to the Target. The Initiator can
send up to 'N(retry,nack)' consecutive NACKs
where 2 <= 'N(retry,nack)' <= 5. When the limit
is exceeded, a PROTOCOL EXCEPTION is raised.
Any other type of transmission error is to be
ignored and the Initiator should continue
waiting for a new frame. This is described
in section 14.12.5.4 of the NFC Digital Protocol
Spec.
The digital layer's NFC-DEP code doesn't implement
any of this so add it. This support diverges from
the spec in two significant ways:
a) NACKs will be sent for ANY error reported by the
driver except a timeout. This is done because
there is currently no way for the digital layer
to distinguish a CRC or parity error from any
other type of error reported by the driver.
b) All other errors will cause a PROTOCOL EXCEPTION
even frames with CRC errors that are less than 4
bytes.
The value chosen for 'N(retry,nack)' is 2.
Targets do not send NACK PDUs.
Reviewed-by: Thierry Escande <thierry.escande@linux.intel.com>
Tested-by: Thierry Escande <thierry.escande@linux.intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Mark A. Greer <mgreer@animalcreek.com>
Signed-off-by: Samuel Ortiz <sameo@linux.intel.com>
When the NFC-DEP code is given a packet to send
that is larger than the peer's maximum payload,
its supposed to set the 'MI' bit in the 'I' PDU's
Protocol Frame Byte (PFB). Setting this bit
indicates that NFC-DEP chaining is to occur.
When NFC-DEP chaining is progress, sender 'I' PDUs
are acknowledged with 'ACK' PDUs until the last 'I'
PDU in the chain (which has the 'MI' bit cleared)
is responded to with a normal 'I' PDU. This can
occur while in Initiator mode or in Target mode.
Sender NFC-DEP chaining is currently not implemented
in the digital layer so add that support. Unfortunately,
since sending a frame may require writing the CRC to the
end of the data, the relevant data part of the original
skb must be copied for each intermediate frame.
Reviewed-by: Thierry Escande <thierry.escande@linux.intel.com>
Tested-by: Thierry Escande <thierry.escande@linux.intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Mark A. Greer <mgreer@animalcreek.com>
Signed-off-by: Samuel Ortiz <sameo@linux.intel.com>
The maximum payload for NFC-DEP exchanges (i.e., the
number of bytes between SoD and EoD) is negotiated
using the ATR_REQ, ATR_RES, and PSL_REQ commands.
The valid maximum lengths are 64, 128, 192, and 254
bytes.
Currently, NFC-DEP code assumes that both sides are
always using 254 byte maximums and ignores attempts
by the peer to change it. Instead, implement the
negotiation code, enforce the local maximum when
receiving data from the peer, and don't send payloads
that exceed the remote's maximum. The default local
maximum is 254 bytes.
Reviewed-by: Thierry Escande <thierry.escande@linux.intel.com>
Tested-by: Thierry Escande <thierry.escande@linux.intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Mark A. Greer <mgreer@animalcreek.com>
Signed-off-by: Samuel Ortiz <sameo@linux.intel.com>
When in Target mode, the Initiator specifies whether
subsequent DEP_REQ and DEP_RES frames will include
a DID byte by the value passed in the ATR_REQ. If
the DID value in the ATR_REQ is '0' then no DID
byte will be included. If the DID value is between
'1' and '14' then a DID byte containing the same
value must be included in subsequent DEP_REQ and
DEP_RES frames. Any other DID value is invalid.
This is specified in sections 14.8.1.2 and 14.8.2.2
of the NFC Digital Protocol Spec.
Checking the DID value (if it should be there at all),
is not currently supported by the digital layer's
NFC-DEP code. Add this support by remembering the
DID value in the ATR_REQ, checking the DID value of
received DEP_REQ frames (if it should be there at all),
and including the remembered DID value in DEP_RES
frames when appropriate.
Reviewed-by: Thierry Escande <thierry.escande@linux.intel.com>
Tested-by: Thierry Escande <thierry.escande@linux.intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Mark A. Greer <mgreer@animalcreek.com>
Signed-off-by: Samuel Ortiz <sameo@linux.intel.com>
This resolves linking problems with CONFIG_IPV6=n:
net/built-in.o: In function `redirect_tg6':
xt_REDIRECT.c:(.text+0x6d021): undefined reference to `nf_nat_redirect_ipv6'
Reported-by: Andreas Ruprecht <rupran@einserver.de>
Reported-by: Or Gerlitz <ogerlitz@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
This patch exports the functions nft_reject_iphdr_validate and
nft_reject_ip6hdr_validate to use it in follow up patches.
These functions check if the IPv4/IPv6 header is correct.
Signed-off-by: Alvaro Neira Ayuso <alvaroneay@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
add a __nfct_init_offset annotation member to struct nf_conn to make
it clear which members are covered by the memset when the conntrack
is allocated.
This avoids zeroing timer_list and ct_net; both are already inited
explicitly.
Signed-off-by: Florian Westphal <fw@strlen.de>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
TCP timestamping introduced MSG_ERRQUEUE handling for TCP sockets.
If the socket is of family AF_INET6, call ipv6_recv_error instead
of ip_recv_error.
This change is more complex than a single branch due to the loadable
ipv6 module. It reuses a pre-existing indirect function call from
ping. The ping code is safe to call, because it is part of the core
ipv6 module and always present when AF_INET6 sockets are active.
Fixes: 4ed2d765 (net-timestamp: TCP timestamping)
Signed-off-by: Willem de Bruijn <willemb@google.com>
----
It may also be worthwhile to add WARN_ON_ONCE(sk->family == AF_INET6)
to ip_recv_error.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Having it as a sub-event for RSSI thresholds is very ugly,
but luckily no userspace actually uses the events yet.
Move the event to its own function call internally and to
its own event attribute in nl80211.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
This function does the work to update a checksum field as part of
remote checksum offload.
remcsum_adjust does the following:
1) Subtract out the calculated checksum from the beginning of the
packet (ptr arg) to the start offset.
2) Adjust the checksum field indicated by offset based on the modified
checksum value from above step.
3) Return the difference in the old checksum field value and the
new one. The caller will use this to update skb->csum and NAPI csum.
Signed-off-by: Tom Herbert <therbert@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Much of the code can be shared by moving it into helper functions
for the CQM event sending.
Also move the code closer together, even in the header file.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Commit e1bd95bf7c ("crypto: algif - zeroize IV buffer") and
2a6af25bef ("crypto: algif - zeroize message digest buffer")
added memzero_explicit() calls on buffers that are later on
passed back to sock_kfree_s().
This is a discussed follow-up that, instead, extends the sock
API and adds sock_kzfree_s(), which internally uses kzfree()
instead of kfree() for passing the buffers back to slab.
Having sock_kzfree_s() allows to keep the changes more minimal
by just having a drop-in replacement instead of adding
memzero_explicit() calls everywhere before sock_kfree_s().
In kzfree(), the compiler is not allowed to optimize the memset()
away and thus there's no need for memzero_explicit(). Both,
sock_kfree_s() and sock_kzfree_s() are wrappers for
__sock_kfree_s() and call into kfree() resp. kzfree(); here,
__sock_kfree_s() needs to be explicitly inlined as we want the
compiler to optimize the call and condition away and thus it
produces e.g. on x86_64 the _same_ assembler output for
sock_kfree_s() before and after, and thus also allows for
avoiding code duplication.
Cc: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Signed-off-by: Daniel Borkmann <dborkman@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Herbert Xu <herbert@gondor.apana.org.au>
Should be u16. So fix it to kill the sparse warning.
Fixes: c7e2b9689e "sched: introduce vlan action"
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@resnulli.us>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Pablo Neira Ayuso says:
====================
netfilter/ipvs updates for net-next
The following patchset contains Netfilter updates for your net-next
tree, this includes the NAT redirection support for nf_tables, the
cgroup support for nft meta and conntrack zone support for the connlimit
match. Coming after those, a bunch of sparse warning fixes, missing
netns bits and cleanups. More specifically, they are:
1) Prepare IPv4 and IPv6 NAT redirect code to use it from nf_tables,
patches from Arturo Borrero.
2) Introduce the nf_tables redir expression, from Arturo Borrero.
3) Remove an unnecessary assignment in ip_vs_xmit/__ip_vs_get_out_rt().
Patch from Alex Gartrell.
4) Add nft_log_dereference() macro to the nf_log infrastructure, patch
from Marcelo Leitner.
5) Add some extra validation when registering logger families, also
from Marcelo.
6) Some spelling cleanups from stephen hemminger.
7) Fix sparse warning in nf_logger_find_get().
8) Add cgroup support to nf_tables meta, patch from Ana Rey.
9) A Kconfig fix for the new redir expression and fix sparse warnings in
the new redir expression.
10) Fix several sparse warnings in the netfilter tree, from
Florian Westphal.
11) Reduce verbosity when OOM in nfnetlink_log. User can basically do
nothing when this situation occurs.
12) Add conntrack zone support to xt_connlimit, again from Florian.
13) Add netnamespace support to the h323 conntrack helper, contributed
by Vasily Averin.
14) Remove unnecessary nul-pointer checks before free_percpu() and
module_put(), from Markus Elfring.
15) Use pr_fmt in nfnetlink_log, again patch from Marcelo Leitner.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Conflicts:
drivers/net/ieee802154/fakehard.c
A bug fix went into 'net' for ieee802154/fakehard.c, which is removed
in 'net-next'.
Add build fix into the merge from Stephen Rothwell in openvswitch, the
logging macros take a new initial 'log' argument, a new call was added
in 'net' so when we merge that in here we have to explicitly add the
new 'log' arg to it else the build fails.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
John W. Linville says:
====================
pull request: wireless-next 2014-11-21
Please pull this batch of updates intended for the 3.19 stream...
For the mac80211 bits, Johannes says:
"It has been a while since my last pull request, so we accumulated
another relatively large set of changes:
* TDLS off-channel support set from Arik/Liad, with some support
patches I did
* custom regulatory fixes from Arik
* minstrel VHT fix (and a small optimisation) from Felix
* add back radiotap vendor namespace support (myself)
* random MAC address scanning for cfg80211/mac80211/hwsim (myself)
* CSA improvements (Luca)
* WoWLAN Net Detect (wake on network found) support (Luca)
* and lots of other smaller changes from many people"
For the Bluetooth bits, Johan says:
"Here's another set of patches for 3.19. Most of it is again fixes and
cleanups to ieee802154 related code from Alexander Aring. We've also got
better handling of hardware error events along with a proper API for HCI
drivers to notify the HCI core of such situations. There's also a minor
fix for mgmt events as well as a sparse warning fix. The code for
sending HCI commands synchronously also gets a fix where we might loose
the completion event in the case of very fast HW (particularly easily
reproducible with an emulated HCI device)."
And...
"Here's another bluetooth-next pull request for 3.19. We've got:
- Various fixes, cleanups and improvements to ieee802154/mac802154
- Support for a Broadcom BCM20702A1 variant
- Lots of lockdep fixes
- Fixed handling of LE CoC errors that should trigger SMP"
For the Atheros bits, Kalle says:
"One ath6kl patch and rest for ath10k, but nothing really major which
stands out. Most notable:
o fix resume (Bartosz)
o firmware restart is now faster and more reliable (Michal)
o it's now possible to test hardware restart functionality without
crashing the firmware using hw-restart parameter with
simulate_fw_crash debugfs file (Michal)"
On top of that...both ath9k and mwifiex get their usual level of
updates. Of note is the ath9k spectral scan work from Oleksij Rempel.
I also pulled from the wireless tree in order to avoid some merge issues.
Please let me know if there are problems!
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This tc action allows to work with vlan tagged skbs. Two supported
sub-actions are header pop and header push.
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@resnulli.us>
Signed-off-by: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
another relatively large set of changes:
* TDLS off-channel support set from Arik/Liad, with some support
patches I did
* custom regulatory fixes from Arik
* minstrel VHT fix (and a small optimisation) from Felix
* add back radiotap vendor namespace support (myself)
* random MAC address scanning for cfg80211/mac80211/hwsim (myself)
* CSA improvements (Luca)
* WoWLAN Net Detect (wake on network found) support (Luca)
* and lots of other smaller changes from many people
-----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----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=q4e6
-----END PGP SIGNATURE-----
Merge tag 'mac80211-next-for-john-2014-11-20' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/jberg/mac80211-next
Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> says:
"It has been a while since my last pull request, so we accumulated
another relatively large set of changes:
* TDLS off-channel support set from Arik/Liad, with some support
patches I did
* custom regulatory fixes from Arik
* minstrel VHT fix (and a small optimisation) from Felix
* add back radiotap vendor namespace support (myself)
* random MAC address scanning for cfg80211/mac80211/hwsim (myself)
* CSA improvements (Luca)
* WoWLAN Net Detect (wake on network found) support (Luca)
* and lots of other smaller changes from many people"
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
This allows drivers with a firmware or chip-based rate lookup table to
use the most recent default rate selection without having to get it from
per-packet data or explicit ieee80211_get_tx_rate calls
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Allow drivers to support NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_RANDOM_ADDR with software
based scanning and generate a random MAC address for them for every
scan request with the flag.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Add the necessary feature flags and a scan flag to support using
random MAC addresses for scan while unassociated.
The configuration for this supports an arbitrary MAC address
value and mask, so that any kind of configuration (e.g. fixed
OUI or full 46-bit random) can be requested. Full 46-bit random
is the default when no other configuration is passed.
Also add a small helper function to use the addr/mask correctly.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Add a new WoWLAN API to enable net-detect as a wake up trigger.
Net-detect allows the device to scan in the background while the
host is asleep to wake up the host system when a matching network
is found.
Reuse the scheduled scan attributes to specify how the scan is
performed while suspended and the matches that will trigger a
wake event.
Signed-off-by: Luciano Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
In TDLS (e.g., TDLS off-channel) there is a requirement for
some drivers to supply an unused TID between the AP and the
device to the FW, to allow sending PTI requests and to allow
the FW to aggregate on a specific TID for better throughput.
To ensure that the allocated TID is indeed unused, this patch
introduces an API for blocking the driver from TXing on that
TID.
Signed-off-by: Liad Kaufman <liad.kaufman@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
When receiving a TDLS channel switch request or response, parse the frame
and call a new tdls_recv_channel_switch op in the low level driver with
the parsed data.
Signed-off-by: Arik Nemtsov <arikx.nemtsov@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Arik Nemtsov <arik@wizery.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Implement the cfg80211 TDLS channel switch ops and introduce new mac80211
ones for low-level drivers.
Verify low-level driver support for the new ops when using the relevant
wiphy feature bit. Also verify the peer supports channel switching before
passing the command down.
Add a new STA flag to track the off-channel state with the TDLS peer and
make sure to cancel the channel-switch if the peer STA is unexpectedly
removed.
Signed-off-by: Arik Nemtsov <arikx.nemtsov@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Arik Nemtsov <arik@wizery.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Introduce commands to initiate and cancel TDLS channel-switching. Once
TDLS channel-switching is started, the lower level driver is responsible
for continually initiating channel-switch operations and returning to
the base (AP) channel to listen for beacons from time to time.
Upon cancellation of the channel-switch all communication between the
relevant TDLS peers will continue on the base channel.
Signed-off-by: Arik Nemtsov <arikx.nemtsov@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
This patch converts the hdev->link_keys list to be protected through
RCU, thereby eliminating the need to hold the hdev lock while accessing
the list.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Suggested-by: Or Gerlitz <ogerlitz@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Joe Stringer <joestringer@nicira.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
If icmp_rcv() has successfully processed the incoming ICMP datagram, we
should use consume_skb() rather than kfree_skb() because a hit on the likes
of perf -e skb:kfree_skb is not called-for.
Signed-off-by: Rick Jones <rick.jones2@hp.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@gmail.com> says:
"Here's another bluetooth-next pull request for 3.19. We've got:
- Various fixes, cleanups and improvements to ieee802154/mac802154
- Support for a Broadcom BCM20702A1 variant
- Lots of lockdep fixes
- Fixed handling of LE CoC errors that should trigger SMP"
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
This brings in some mwifiex changes that further patches will
need to work on top to not cause merge conflicts.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
The common short form of "randomizer" is "rand" in many places
(including the Bluetooth specification). The shorter version also makes
for easier to read code with less forced line breaks. This patch renames
all occurences of "randomizer" to "rand" in the Bluetooth subsystem
code.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
This patch changes the byteorder handling for short and panid handling.
We now except to get little endian in nl802154 for these attributes.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Aring <alex.aring@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
This patch moves the 802.15.4 constraints WPAN_NUM_ defines into
"net/ieee802154.h" which should contain all necessary 802.15.4 related
information. Also rename these defines to a common name which is
IEEE802154_MAX_CHANNEL and IEEE802154_MAX_PAGE.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Aring <alex.aring@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
This patch adds support for deleting a wpan interface via nl802154.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Aring <alex.aring@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
This patch adds support for setting an extended address while
registration a new interface. If ieee802154_is_valid_extended_addr
getting as parameter and invalid extended address then the perm address
is fallback. This is useful to make some default handling while for
example default registration of a wpan interface while phy registration.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Aring <alex.aring@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
This patch adds a new nl802154 command for adding a new interface
according to a wpan phy via nl802154.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Aring <alex.aring@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Pablo Neira Ayuso says:
====================
Netfilter/IPVS fixes for net
The following patchset contains Netfilter updates for your net tree,
they are:
1) Fix missing initialization of the range structure (allocated in the
stack) in nft_masq_{ipv4, ipv6}_eval, from Daniel Borkmann.
2) Make sure the data we receive from userspace contains the req_version
structure, otherwise return an error incomplete on truncated input.
From Dan Carpenter.
3) Fix handling og skb->sk which may cause incorrect handling
of connections from a local process. Via Simon Horman, patch from
Calvin Owens.
4) Fix wrong netns in nft_compat when setting target and match params
structure.
5) Relax chain type validation in nft_compat that was recently included,
this broke the matches that need to be run from the route chain type.
Now iptables-test.py automated regression tests report success again
and we avoid the only possible problematic case, which is the use of
nat targets out of nat chain type.
6) Use match->table to validate the tablename, instead of the match->name.
Again patch for nft_compat.
7) Restore the synchronous release of objects from the commit and abort
path in nf_tables. This is causing two major problems: splats when using
nft_compat, given that matches and targets may sleep and call_rcu is
invoked from softirq context. Moreover Patrick reported possible event
notification reordering when rules refer to anonymous sets.
8) Fix race condition in between packets that are being confirmed by
conntrack and the ctnetlink flush operation. This happens since the
removal of the central spinlock. Thanks to Jesper D. Brouer to looking
into this.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch set converts the hdev->identity_resolving_keys list to use
RCU to eliminate the need to use hci_dev_lock/unlock.
An additional change that must be done is to remove use of
CRYPTO_ALG_ASYNC for the hdev-specific AES crypto context. The reason is
that this context is used for matching RPAs and the loop that does the
matching is under the RCU read lock, i.e. is an atomic section which
cannot sleep.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
This patch set converts the hdev->long_term_keys list to use RCU to
eliminate the need to use hci_dev_lock/unlock.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Most NICs that report NETIF_F_GSO_UDP_TUNNEL support VXLAN, and not
other UDP-based encapsulation protocols where the format and size of the
header differs. This patch implements a generic ndo_gso_check() for
VXLAN which will only advertise GSO support when the skb looks like it
contains VXLAN (or no UDP tunnelling at all).
Implementation shamelessly stolen from Tom Herbert:
http://thread.gmane.org/gmane.linux.network/332428/focus=333111
Signed-off-by: Joe Stringer <joestringer@nicira.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Conflicts:
drivers/net/ethernet/chelsio/cxgb4vf/sge.c
drivers/net/ethernet/intel/ixgbe/ixgbe_phy.c
sge.c was overlapping two changes, one to use the new
__dev_alloc_page() in net-next, and one to use s->fl_pg_order in net.
ixgbe_phy.c was a set of overlapping whitespace changes.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Back in 2003 when I added policy expiration, I half-heartedly
did a clean-up and renamed xfrm_sk_policy_link/xfrm_sk_policy_unlink
to __xfrm_policy_link/__xfrm_policy_unlink, because the latter
could be reused for all policies. I never actually got around
to using __xfrm_policy_link for non-socket policies.
Later on hashing was added to all xfrm policies, including socket
policies. In fact, we don't need hashing on socket policies at
all since they're always looked up via a linked list.
This patch restores xfrm_sk_policy_link/xfrm_sk_policy_unlink
as wrappers around __xfrm_policy_link/__xfrm_policy_unlink so
that it's obvious we're dealing with socket policies.
This patch also removes hashing from __xfrm_policy_link as for
now it's only used by socket policies which do not need to be
hashed. Ironically this will in fact allow us to use this helper
for non-socket policies which I shall do later.
Signed-off-by: Herbert Xu <herbert@gondor.apana.org.au>
Signed-off-by: Steffen Klassert <steffen.klassert@secunet.com>
By default lockdep considers all L2CAP channels equal. This would mean
that we get warnings if a channel is locked when another one's lock is
tried to be acquired in the same thread. This kind of inter-channel
locking dependencies exist in the form of parent-child channels as well
as any channel wishing to elevate the security by requesting procedures
on the SMP channel.
To eliminate the chance for these lockdep warnings we introduce a
nesting level for each channel and use that when acquiring the channel
lock. For now there exists the earlier mentioned three identified
categories: SMP, "normal" channels and parent channels (i.e. those in
BT_LISTEN state). The nesting level is defined as atomic_t since we need
access to it before the lock is actually acquired.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
This patch adds a new interframe spacing time handling into mac802154
layer. Interframe spacing time is a time period between each transmit.
This patch adds a high resolution timer into mac802154 and starts on
xmit complete with corresponding interframe spacing expire time if
ifs_handling is true. We make it variable because it depends if
interframe spacing time is handled by transceiver or mac802154. At the
timer complete function we wake the netdev queue again. This avoids
new frame transmit in range of interframe spacing time.
For synced driver we add no handling of interframe spacing time. This
is currently a lack of support in all synced xmit drivers. I suppose
it's working because the latency of workqueue which is needed to call
spi_sync.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Aring <alex.aring@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Instead of calling fou and gue functions directly from ip_tunnel
use ops for these that were previously registered. This patch adds the
logic to add and remove encapsulation operations for ip_tunnel,
and modified fou (and gue) to register with ip_tunnels.
This patch also addresses a circular dependency between ip_tunnel
and fou that was causing link errors when CONFIG_NET_IP_TUNNEL=y
and CONFIG_NET_FOU=m. References to fou an gue have been removed from
ip_tunnel.c
Reported-by: Randy Dunlap <rdunlap@infradead.org>
Signed-off-by: Tom Herbert <therbert@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Use the normal kernel debugging mechanism which also
enables dynamic_debug at the same time.
Other miscellanea:
o Remove sysctl for irda_debug
o Remove function tracing like uses (use ftrace instead)
o Coalesce formats
o Realign arguments
o Remove unnecessary OOM messages
Signed-off-by: Joe Perches <joe@perches.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The existing xtables matches and targets, when used from nft_compat, may
sleep from the destroy path, ie. when removing rules. Since the objects
are released via call_rcu from softirq context, this results in lockdep
splats and possible lockups that may be hard to reproduce.
Patrick also indicated that delayed object release via call_rcu can
cause us problems in the ordering of event notifications when anonymous
sets are in place.
So, this patch restores the synchronous object release from the commit
and abort paths. This includes a call to synchronize_rcu() to make sure
that no packets are walking on the objects that are going to be
released. This is slowier though, but it's simple and it resolves the
aforementioned problems.
This is a partial revert of c7c32e7 ("netfilter: nf_tables: defer all
object release via rcu") that was introduced in 3.16 to speed up
interaction with userspace.
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
This patch adds support for setting listen before transmit mode via
nl802154 framework.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Aring <alex.aring@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
This patch add support for setting mac frame retries setting via
nl802154 framework.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Aring <alex.aring@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
This patch add support for max csma backoffs setting via nl802154
framework.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Aring <alex.aring@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
This patch adds support for setting backoff exponents via nl802154
framework.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Aring <alex.aring@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
This patch adds support for setting short address via nl802154 framework.
Also added a comment because a 0xffff seems to be valid address that we
don't have a short address. This is a valid setting but we need
more checks in upper layers to don't allow this address as source address.
Also the current netlink interface doesn't allow to set the short_addr
to 0xffff. Same for the 0xfffe short address which describes a not
allocated short address.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Aring <alex.aring@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
This patch adds support for setting pan_id via nl802154 framework.
Adding a comment because setting 0xffff as pan_id seems to be valid
setting. The pan_id 0xffff as source pan is invalid. I am not sure now
about this setting but for the current netlink interface this is an
invalid setting, so we do the same now. Maybe we need to change that
when we have coordinator support and association support.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Aring <alex.aring@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
This patch adds page and channel setting support to nl802154 framework.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Aring <alex.aring@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
This is patch is cleanup to have a similar indentation like cfg80211
implementation.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Aring <alex.aring@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
This patch adds an unique id for an wpan_phy. This behaviour is mostly
grabbed from wireless stack. This is needed for upcomming patches which
identify the wpan netdev while NETDEV_CHANGENAME in netdev notify function.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Aring <alex.aring@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
And use the more common mechanisms directly.
Other miscellanea:
o Coalesce formats
o Add missing newlines
o Realign arguments
o Remove unnecessary OOM message logging as
there's a generic stack dump already on OOM.
Signed-off-by: Joe Perches <joe@perches.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
These are the same as net_<level>_ratelimited, so
use the more common style in the macro definition.
Signed-off-by: Joe Perches <joe@perches.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Currently there are only three neigh tables in the whole kernel:
arp table, ndisc table and decnet neigh table. What's more,
we don't support registering multiple tables per family.
Therefore we can just make these tables statically built-in.
Cc: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Signed-off-by: Cong Wang <xiyou.wangcong@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Use the more common dynamic_debug capable net_dbg_ratelimited
and remove the LIMIT_NETDEBUG macro.
All messages are still ratelimited.
Some KERN_<LEVEL> uses are changed to KERN_DEBUG.
This may have some negative impact on messages that were
emitted at KERN_INFO that are not not enabled at all unless
DEBUG is defined or dynamic_debug is enabled. Even so,
these messages are now _not_ emitted by default.
This also eliminates the use of the net_msg_warn sysctl
"/proc/sys/net/core/warnings". For backward compatibility,
the sysctl is not removed, but it has no function. The extern
declaration of net_msg_warn is removed from sock.h and made
static in net/core/sysctl_net_core.c
Miscellanea:
o Update the sysctl documentation
o Remove the embedded uses of pr_fmt
o Coalesce format fragments
o Realign arguments
Signed-off-by: Joe Perches <joe@perches.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Alternative to RPS/RFS is to use hardware support for multiple
queues.
Then split a set of million of sockets into worker threads, each
one using epoll() to manage events on its own socket pool.
Ideally, we want one thread per RX/TX queue/cpu, but we have no way to
know after accept() or connect() on which queue/cpu a socket is managed.
We normally use one cpu per RX queue (IRQ smp_affinity being properly
set), so remembering on socket structure which cpu delivered last packet
is enough to solve the problem.
After accept(), connect(), or even file descriptor passing around
processes, applications can use :
int cpu;
socklen_t len = sizeof(cpu);
getsockopt(fd, SOL_SOCKET, SO_INCOMING_CPU, &cpu, &len);
And use this information to put the socket into the right silo
for optimal performance, as all networking stack should run
on the appropriate cpu, without need to send IPI (RPS/RFS).
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When doing GRO processing for UDP tunnels, we never add
SKB_GSO_UDP_TUNNEL to gso_type - only the type of the inner protocol
is added (such as SKB_GSO_TCPV4). The result is that if the packet is
later resegmented we will do GSO but not treat it as a tunnel. This
results in UDP fragmentation of the outer header instead of (i.e.) TCP
segmentation of the inner header as was originally on the wire.
Signed-off-by: Jesse Gross <jesse@nicira.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
John W. Linville says:
====================
pull request: wireless-next 2014-11-07
Please pull this batch of updates intended for the 3.19 stream!
For the mac80211 bits, Johannes says:
"This relatively large batch of changes is comprised of the following:
* large mac80211-hwsim changes from Ben, Jukka and a bit myself
* OCB/WAVE/11p support from Rostislav on behalf of the Czech Technical
University in Prague and Volkswagen Group Research
* minstrel VHT work from Karl
* more CSA work from Luca
* WMM admission control support in mac80211 (myself)
* various smaller fixes, spelling corrections, and minor API additions"
For the Bluetooth bits, Johan says:
"Here's the first bluetooth-next pull request for 3.19. The vast majority
of patches are for ieee802154 from Alexander Aring with various fixes
and cleanups. There are also several LE/SMP fixes as well as improved
support for handling LE devices that have lost their pairing information
(the patches from Alfonso). Jukka provides a couple of stability fixes
for 6lowpan and Szymon conformance fixes for RFCOMM. For the HCI drivers
we have one new USB ID for an Acer controller as well as a reset
handling fix for H5."
For the Atheros bits, Kalle says:
"Major changes are:
o ethtool support (Ben)
o print dev string prefix with debug hex buffers dump (Michal)
o debugfs file to read calibration data from the firmware verification
purposes (me)
o fix fw_stats debugfs file, now results are more reliable (Michal)
o firmware crash counters via debugfs (Ben&me)
o various tracing points to debug firmware (Rajkumar)
o make it possible to provide firmware calibration data via a file (me)
And we have quite a lot of smaller fixes and clean up."
For the iwlwifi bits, Emmanuel says:
"The big new thing here is netdetect which allows the
firmware to wake up the platform when a specific network
is detected. Along with that I have fixes for d3 operation.
The usual amount of rate scaling stuff - we now support STBC.
The other commit that stands out is Johannes's work on
devcoredump. He basically starts to use the standard
infrastructure he built."
Along with that are the usual sort of updates and such for ath9k,
brcmfmac, wil6210, and a handful of other bits here and there...
Please let me know if there are problems!
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This ways drivers like cxgb4 don't need to do ugly relative includes.
Reported-by: Joe Perches <joe@perches.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Radiotap vendor namespace data might still be useful, but we
reverted it because it used too much space in the RX status.
Put it back, but address the space problem by using a single
bit only and putting everything else into the skb->data.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Add a new NL80211_CH_SWITCH_STARTED_NOTIFY message that can be sent to
the userspace when a channel switch process has started. This allows
userspace to take action, for instance, by requesting other interfaces
to switch channel as necessary.
This patch introduces a function that allows the drivers to send this
notification. It should be used when the driver starts processing a
channel switch initiated by a remote device (eg. when a STA receives a
CSA from the AP) and when it successfully starts a userspace-triggered
channel switch (eg. when hostapd triggers a channel swith in the AP).
Signed-off-by: Luciano Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
This patch adds the new userspace header for nl802154. We don't place
this header in include/uapi now. This header could be modified in the
next time.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Aring <alex.aring@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
This patch adds a wpan_dev_list list into cfg802154_registered_device
struct. Also adding new wpan_dev into this list while
cfg802154_netdev_notifier_call. This behaviour is mostly grab from
wireless core.c implementation and is needed for preparing nl802154
framework.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Aring <alex.aring@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
This patch adds an iftype argument to the wpan_dev. This is needed to
get the interface type from netdev ieee802154_ptr. The subif data struct
can only accessible in mac802154 branch.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Aring <alex.aring@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
This patch renames the wpan_phy_alloc function to wpan_phy_new. This
naming convention is like wireless and "wiphy_new" function.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Aring <alex.aring@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
This patch moves all mac pib attributes into the wpan_dev struct.
Furthermore we can easier access these attributes over the netdev
802154_ptr pointer. Currently this is only possible over a complicated
callback structure in mac802154 because subif data structure is
accessable inside mac802154 only.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Aring <alex.aring@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Pravin B Shelar says:
====================
Open vSwitch
First two patches are related to OVS MPLS support. Rest of patches
are mostly refactoring and minor improvements to openvswitch.
v1-v2:
- Fix conflicts due to "gue: Remote checksum offload"
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Currently we need the IP6_TNL_F_CAP_XMIT capabiltiy to transmit
packets through an ipv6 tunnel. This capability is set when the
tunnel gets configured, based on the tunnel endpoint addresses.
On tunnels with wildcard tunnel endpoints, we need to do the
capabiltiy checking on a per packet basis like it is done in
the receive path.
This patch extends ip6_tnl_xmit_ctl() to take local and remote
addresses as parameters to allow for per packet capabiltiy
checking.
Signed-off-by: Steffen Klassert <steffen.klassert@secunet.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Allow datapath to recognize and extract MPLS labels into flow keys
and execute actions which push, pop, and set labels on packets.
Based heavily on work by Leo Alterman, Ravi K, Isaku Yamahata and Joe Stringer.
Cc: Ravi K <rkerur@gmail.com>
Cc: Leo Alterman <lalterman@nicira.com>
Cc: Isaku Yamahata <yamahata@valinux.co.jp>
Cc: Joe Stringer <joe@wand.net.nz>
Signed-off-by: Simon Horman <horms@verge.net.au>
Signed-off-by: Jesse Gross <jesse@nicira.com>
Signed-off-by: Pravin B Shelar <pshelar@nicira.com>
It is only used in net/ipv6/inet6_hashtables.c.
Cc: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Signed-off-by: Cong Wang <xiyou.wangcong@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add if_tunnel flag TUNNEL_ENCAP_FLAG_REMCSUM to configure
remote checksum offload on an IP tunnel. Add logic in gue_build_header
to insert remote checksum offload option.
Signed-off-by: Tom Herbert <therbert@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Define a private flag for remote checksun offload as well as a length
for the option.
Signed-off-by: Tom Herbert <therbert@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add functions and basic definitions for processing standard flags,
private flags, and control messages. This includes definitions
to compute length of optional fields corresponding to a set of flags.
Flag validation is in validate_gue_flags function. This checks for
unknown flags, and that length of optional fields is <= length
in guehdr hlen.
Signed-off-by: Tom Herbert <therbert@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Move fou_build_header out of ip_tunnel.c and into fou.c splitting
it up into fou_build_header, gue_build_header, and fou_build_udp.
This allows for other users for TX of FOU or GUE. Change ip_tunnel_encap
to call fou_build_header or gue_build_header based on the tunnel
encapsulation type. Similarly, added fou_encap_hlen and gue_encap_hlen
functions which are called by ip_encap_hlen. New net/fou.h has
prototypes and defines for this.
Added NET_FOU_IP_TUNNELS configuration. When this is set, IP tunnels
can use FOU/GUE and fou module is also selected.
Signed-off-by: Tom Herbert <therbert@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch adding support for a perm extended address. This is useful
when a device supports an eeprom with a programmed static extended address.
If a device doesn't support such eeprom or serial registers then the
driver should generate a random extended address.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Aring <alex.aring@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
This patch cleanups the ieee802154_be64_to_le64 to have a similar
function like ieee802154_le64_to_be64 only with switched source and
destionation types.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Aring <alex.aring@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
This patch adds a new function to convert a le64 to a be64. This is
useful to translate an extended address to a netdev dev_addr.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Aring <alex.aring@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
This patch adds an ieee802154_vif similar like the ieee80211_vif which
holds the interface type and maybe further more attributes like the
ieee80211_vif structure.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Aring <alex.aring@gmail.com>
Cc: Varka Bhadram <varkabhadram@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
This patch removes the get_phy callback from mlme ops structure. Instead
we doing a dereference via ieee802154_ptr dev pointer. For backwards
compatibility we need to run get_device after dereference wpan_phy via
ieee802154_ptr.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Aring <alex.aring@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
This patch meld mac802154_netdev_register into ieee802154_if_add
function. Also we have now only one alloc_netdev call with one interface
setup routine "ieee802154_if_setup" instead two different one for each
interface type. This patch checks via runtime the interface type and do
different handling now. Additional we add the wpan_dev struct in
ieee802154_sub_if_data and set the new ieee802154_ptr while netdev
registration. This behaviour is very similar the mac80211 netdev
registration functionality.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Aring <alex.aring@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
The include/net/nl802154.h file contains a lot of prototypes which are
not used inside of ieee802154 subsystem. This patch removes this file
and make the only one used prototype "ieee802154_nl_start_confirm" as
static declaration in ieee802154/nl-mac.c
Signed-off-by: Alexander Aring <alex.aring@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
This patch reworks the wpan_phy index incrementation. It's now similar
like wireless wiphy index incrementation. We move the wpan_phy index
attribute inside of cfg802154_registered_device and use atomic
operations instead locking mechanism via wpan_phy_mutex.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Aring <alex.aring@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Since adding a new function to seq_file (seq_has_overflowed())
there isn't any value for functions called from seq_show to
return anything. Remove the int returns of the various
print_tuple/<foo>_print_tuple functions.
Link: http://lkml.kernel.org/p/f2e8cf8df433a197daa62cbaf124c900c708edc7.1412031505.git.joe@perches.com
Cc: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
Cc: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Cc: Jozsef Kadlecsik <kadlec@blackhole.kfki.hu>
Cc: netfilter-devel@vger.kernel.org
Cc: coreteam@netfilter.org
Signed-off-by: Joe Perches <joe@perches.com>
Signed-off-by: Steven Rostedt <rostedt@goodmis.org>
The seq_printf() and friends are having their return values removed.
The print_conntrack() returns the result of seq_printf(), which is
meaningless when seq_printf() returns void. Might as well remove the
return values of print_conntrack() as well.
Link: http://lkml.kernel.org/r/20141029220107.465008329@goodmis.org
Acked-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
Cc: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Cc: Jozsef Kadlecsik <kadlec@blackhole.kfki.hu>
Cc: netfilter-devel@vger.kernel.org
Cc: coreteam@netfilter.org
Signed-off-by: Steven Rostedt <rostedt@goodmis.org>
following:
* large mac80211-hwsim changes from Ben, Jukka and a bit myself
* OCB/WAVE/11p support from Rostislav on behalf of the Czech Technical
University in Prague and Volkswagen Group Research
* minstrel VHT work from Karl
* more CSA work from Luca
* WMM admission control support in mac80211 (myself)
* various smaller fixes, spelling corrections, and minor API additions
-----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----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=6GIj
-----END PGP SIGNATURE-----
Merge tag 'mac80211-next-for-john-2014-11-04' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/jberg/mac80211-next
Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> says:
"This relatively large batch of changes is comprised of the
following:
* large mac80211-hwsim changes from Ben, Jukka and a bit myself
* OCB/WAVE/11p support from Rostislav on behalf of the Czech Technical
University in Prague and Volkswagen Group Research
* minstrel VHT work from Karl
* more CSA work from Luca
* WMM admission control support in mac80211 (myself)
* various smaller fixes, spelling corrections, and minor API additions"
Conflicts:
drivers/net/wireless/ath/wil6210/cfg80211.c
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
This patch allows to set ECN on a per-route basis in case the sysctl
tcp_ecn is not set to 1. In other words, when ECN is set for specific
routes, it provides a tcp_ecn=1 behaviour for that route while the rest
of the stack acts according to the global settings.
One can use 'ip route change dev $dev $net features ecn' to toggle this.
Having a more fine-grained per-route setting can be beneficial for various
reasons, for example, 1) within data centers, or 2) local ISPs may deploy
ECN support for their own video/streaming services [1], etc.
There was a recent measurement study/paper [2] which scanned the Alexa's
publicly available top million websites list from a vantage point in US,
Europe and Asia:
Half of the Alexa list will now happily use ECN (tcp_ecn=2, most likely
blamed to commit 255cac91c3 ("tcp: extend ECN sysctl to allow server-side
only ECN") ;)); the break in connectivity on-path was found is about
1 in 10,000 cases. Timeouts rather than receiving back RSTs were much
more common in the negotiation phase (and mostly seen in the Alexa
middle band, ranks around 50k-150k): from 12-thousand hosts on which
there _may_ be ECN-linked connection failures, only 79 failed with RST
when _not_ failing with RST when ECN is not requested.
It's unclear though, how much equipment in the wild actually marks CE
when buffers start to fill up.
We thought about a fallback to non-ECN for retransmitted SYNs as another
global option (which could perhaps one day be made default), but as Eric
points out, there's much more work needed to detect broken middleboxes.
Two examples Eric mentioned are buggy firewalls that accept only a single
SYN per flow, and middleboxes that successfully let an ECN flow establish,
but later mark CE for all packets (so cwnd converges to 1).
[1] http://www.ietf.org/proceedings/89/slides/slides-89-tsvarea-1.pdf, p.15
[2] http://ecn.ethz.ch/
Joint work with Daniel Borkmann.
Reference: http://thread.gmane.org/gmane.linux.network/335797
Suggested-by: Hannes Frederic Sowa <hannes@stressinduktion.org>
Acked-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Daniel Borkmann <dborkman@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Florian Westphal <fw@strlen.de>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The function cookie_check_timestamp(), both called from IPv4/6 context,
is being used to decode the echoed timestamp from the SYN/ACK into TCP
options used for follow-up communication with the peer.
We can remove ECN handling from that function, split it into a separate
one, and simply rename the original function into cookie_decode_options().
cookie_decode_options() just fills in tcp_option struct based on the
echoed timestamp received from the peer. Anything that fails in this
function will actually discard the request socket.
While this is the natural place for decoding options such as ECN which
commit 172d69e63c ("syncookies: add support for ECN") added, we argue
that in particular for ECN handling, it can be checked at a later point
in time as the request sock would actually not need to be dropped from
this, but just ECN support turned off.
Therefore, we split this functionality into cookie_ecn_ok(), which tells
us if the timestamp indicates ECN support AND the tcp_ecn sysctl is enabled.
This prepares for per-route ECN support: just looking at the tcp_ecn sysctl
won't be enough anymore at that point; if the timestamp indicates ECN
and sysctl tcp_ecn == 0, we will also need to check the ECN dst metric.
This would mean adding a route lookup to cookie_check_timestamp(), which
we definitely want to avoid. As we already do a route lookup at a later
point in cookie_{v4,v6}_check(), we can simply make use of that as well
for the new cookie_ecn_ok() function w/o any additional cost.
Joint work with Daniel Borkmann.
Acked-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Daniel Borkmann <dborkman@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Florian Westphal <fw@strlen.de>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Drivers might want to know also when mac80211 has
completed reconfiguring after resume (e.g. in order
to know when frames can be passed to mac80211).
Rename restart_complete() to a more-generic reconfig_complete(),
and add a new enum to indicate the reconfiguration type.
Update the current users with the new prototype.
Signed-off-by: Eliad Peller <eliadx.peller@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
This patch adds 802.11p OCB (Outside the Context of a BSS) mode
support.
When communicating in OCB mode a mandatory wildcard BSSID
(48 '1' bits) is used.
The EDCA parameters handling function was changed to support
802.11p specific values.
The insertion of a newly discovered STAs is done in the similar way
as in the IBSS mode -- through the deferred insertion.
The OCB mode uses a periodic 'housekeeping task' for expiration of
disconnected STAs (in the similar manner as in the MESH mode).
New Kconfig option for verbose OCB debugging outputs is added.
Signed-off-by: Rostislav Lisovy <rostislav.lisovy@fel.cvut.cz>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
This patch adds new iface type (NL80211_IFTYPE_OCB) representing
the OCB (Outside the Context of a BSS) mode.
When establishing a connection to the network a cfg80211_join_ocb
function is called (particular nl80211_command is added as well).
A mandatory parameters during the ocb_join operation are 'center
frequency' and 'channel width (5/10 MHz)'.
Changes done in mac80211 are minimal possible required to avoid
many warnings (warning: enumeration value 'NL80211_IFTYPE_OCB'
not handled in switch) during compilation. Full functionality
(where needed) is added in the following patch.
Signed-off-by: Rostislav Lisovy <rostislav.lisovy@fel.cvut.cz>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
The configured tx power is often limited by hardware capabilities,
channel settings, antenna configuration, etc.
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org>
[fix tracing compilation]
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Some drivers require knowledge of what connection handle is assigned
to what connection link type (ACL or SCO/eSCO). Instead of having each
driver implement connection tracking, provide a simple helper function
for lookup of the link type.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Some vendors decide to use a strict duplicate filter policy that only
filters on Bluetooth device addresses. This means that when the RSSI
changes, these devices are not reported again. During discovery it is
useful to actually get the RSSI updates.
Since this is specific to each controller, add a new quirk setting
that allows drivers to tell the core what kind of filtering policy
the controller uses.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Running make C=2 occurs these warnings:
cast from restricted __be64
incorrect type in argument 1 (different base types)
expected unsigned long long[unsigned] [usertype] val
got restricted __be64 [usertype]<noident>
cast from restricted __be64
cast to restricted __le64
This patch fix these warnings by forcing to __le64 type and using swabp64
instead swab64.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Aring <alex.aring@gmail.com>
Reported-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Some Bluetooth drivers require to reset the upper stack. To avoid having
all drivers send HCI Hardware Error events, provide a generic function
to wrap the reset functionality.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
When the HCI_Hardware_Error event is send by the controller or
injected by the driver, then at least print an error message.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
This patch adds a helper for converting the dev_addr attribute in
netdevice to __le64 type. The dev_addr attribute is a char pointer
and contains the extended address in big endian byte order.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Aring <alex.aring@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
This patch removes the wpan_phy callbacks for add and del an interface
on a phy. Instead we introduce deprecated cfg802154 callbacks for this.
Furthermore we introduce a new netlink interface nl802154 which use
different callbacks. The deprecated function is to have a backwards
compatibility with the current netlink interface.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Aring <alex.aring@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
This patch introduce the cfg802154_registered_device struct. Like
cfg80211_registered_device in wireless this should contain similar
functionality for cfg802154. This patch should not change any behaviour.
We just adds cfg802154_registered_device as container for wpan_phy struct.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Aring <alex.aring@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Pablo Neira Ayuso says:
====================
netfilter/ipvs fixes for net
The following patchset contains fixes for netfilter/ipvs. This round of
fixes is larger than usual at this stage, specifically because of the
nf_tables bridge reject fixes that I would like to see in 3.18. The
patches are:
1) Fix a null-pointer dereference that may occur when logging
errors. This problem was introduced by 4a4739d56b ("ipvs: Pull
out crosses_local_route_boundary logic") in v3.17-rc5.
2) Update hook mask in nft_reject_bridge so we can also filter out
packets from there. This fixes 36d2af5 ("netfilter: nf_tables: allow
to filter from prerouting and postrouting"), which needs this chunk
to work.
3) Two patches to refactor common code to forge the IPv4 and IPv6
reject packets from the bridge. These are required by the nf_tables
reject bridge fix.
4) Fix nft_reject_bridge by avoiding the use of the IP stack to reject
packets from the bridge. The idea is to forge the reject packets and
inject them to the original port via br_deliver() which is now
exported for that purpose.
5) Restrict nft_reject_bridge to bridge prerouting and input hooks.
the original skbuff may cloned after prerouting when the bridge stack
needs to flood it to several bridge ports, it is too late to reject
the traffic.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
That can be reused by the reject bridge expression to build the reject
packet. The new functions are:
* nf_reject_ip6_tcphdr_get(): to sanitize and to obtain the TCP header.
* nf_reject_ip6hdr_put(): to build the IPv6 header.
* nf_reject_ip6_tcphdr_put(): to build the TCP header.
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
That can be reused by the reject bridge expression to build the reject
packet. The new functions are:
* nf_reject_ip_tcphdr_get(): to sanitize and to obtain the TCP header.
* nf_reject_iphdr_put(): to build the IPv4 header.
* nf_reject_ip_tcphdr_put(): to build the TCP header.
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
UFO is now disabled on all drivers that work with virtio net headers,
but userland may try to send UFO/IPv6 packets anyway. Instead of
sending with ID=0, we should select identifiers on their behalf (as we
used to).
Signed-off-by: Ben Hutchings <ben@decadent.org.uk>
Fixes: 916e4cf46d ("ipv6: reuse ip6_frag_id from ip6_ufo_append_data")
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add support for reading switch registers with 'ethtool -d'.
Signed-off-by: Guenter Roeck <linux@roeck-us.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
On some chips it is possible to access the switch eeprom.
Add infrastructure support for it.
Signed-off-by: Guenter Roeck <linux@roeck-us.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Some switches provide chip temperature data.
Add support for reporting it through the hwmon subsystem.
Signed-off-by: Guenter Roeck <linux@roeck-us.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch adds a new hardware flag which indicate that the transceiver
doesn't support check for bad checksum via hardware. Also add a handling of
this while receive.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Aring <alex.aring@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
This patch splits the IEEE802154_HW_OMIT_CKSUM hardware flag into
IEEE802154_HW_TX_OMIT_CKSUM and IEEE802154_HW_RX_OMIT_CKSUM. This is
useful to deliver the received crc from the driver layer to the monitor
interface. At the moment we can't do that without change the xmit
handling.
The received checksum should be visible in monitor mode only.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Aring <alex.aring@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
This patch adds a new driver operation to bring the transceiver into
promiscuous mode.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Aring <alex.aring@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Overdue introduction for address filtering hardware flag. Furthermore we
will check and set address filtering on interface up. This patch
prepares that we can check if an transceiver supports address filtering
option. Currently all mainline driver supports hardware address filtering.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Aring <alex.aring@gmail.com>
Cc: Alan Ott <alan@signal11.us>
Cc: Varka Bhadram <varkabhadram@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
This patch adds a new IEEE802154_HW_ARET hardware flag for indicating
that the transceiver supports ARET handling. Also remove the
IEEE802154_HW_FRAME_RETRIES from IEEE802154_HW_CSMA flag. Frame retries
handling is part of ARET.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Aring <alex.aring@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
This patch removes tabs after define in hardware flags declarations.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Aring <alex.aring@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
In neigh_parms_release() we loop over all entries to find the entry given in
argument and being able to remove it from the list. By using a double linked
list, we can avoid this loop.
Here are some numbers with 30 000 dummy interfaces configured:
Before the patch:
$ time rmmod dummy
real 2m0.118s
user 0m0.000s
sys 1m50.048s
After the patch:
$ time rmmod dummy
real 1m9.970s
user 0m0.000s
sys 0m47.976s
Suggested-by: Thierry Herbelot <thierry.herbelot@6wind.com>
Signed-off-by: Nicolas Dichtel <nicolas.dichtel@6wind.com>
Acked-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
While testing upcoming Yaogong patch (converting out of order queue
into an RB tree), I hit the max reordering level of linux TCP stack.
Reordering level was limited to 127 for no good reason, and some
network setups [1] can easily reach this limit and get limited
throughput.
Allow a new max limit of 300, and add a sysctl to allow admins to even
allow bigger (or lower) values if needed.
[1] Aggregation of links, per packet load balancing, fabrics not doing
deep packet inspections, alternative TCP congestion modules...
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Cc: Yaogong Wang <wygivan@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch removes the driver ops callbacks inside of wpan_phy struct.
It was used to check if a phy supports this driver ops call. We do this
now via hardware flags.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Aring <alex.aring@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
The range of channel and page fits into an unsigned byte range. This
patch changes the set_channel parameter definitions for channel and
page to u8.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Aring <alex.aring@gmail.com>
Cc: Alan Ott <alan@signal11.us>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
The ieee802154_ops structure should be never changed during runtime.
This patch declare this structure as const to avoid a runtime change.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Aring <alex.aring@gmail.com>
Cc: Alan Ott <alan@signal11.us>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
The original motivation for this change was to allow the helper to be used
in files other than actions.c as part of work on an odp select group
action.
It was as pointed out by Thomas Graf that this helper would be best off
living in netlink.h. Furthermore, I think that the generic nature of this
helper means it is best off in netlink.h regardless of if it is used more
than one .c file or not. Thus, I would like it considered independent of
the work on an odp select group action.
Cc: Thomas Graf <tgraf@suug.ch>
Cc: Pravin Shelar <pshelar@nicira.com>
Cc: Andy Zhou <azhou@nicira.com>
Signed-off-by: Simon Horman <simon.horman@netronome.com>
Acked-by: Thomas Graf <tgraf@noironetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
WARNING: CPU: 1 PID: 1744 at kernel/sched/core.c:7104 __might_sleep+0x58/0x90()
do not call blocking ops when !TASK_RUNNING; state=1 set at [<ffffffff81070e10>] prepare_to_wait+0x50 /0xa0
[<ffffffff8105bc38>] __might_sleep+0x58/0x90
[<ffffffff8148c671>] lock_sock_nested+0x31/0xb0
[<ffffffff81498aaa>] sk_stream_wait_memory+0x18a/0x2d0
Which is a false positive because sk_wait_event() will already have
TASK_RUNNING at that point if it would've gone through
schedule_timeout().
So annotate with sched_annotate_sleep(); which goes away on !DEBUG builds.
Reported-by: Ilya Dryomov <ilya.dryomov@inktank.com>
Signed-off-by: Peter Zijlstra (Intel) <peterz@infradead.org>
Link: http://lkml.kernel.org/r/20140924082242.524407432@infradead.org
Cc: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Cc: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
Cc: netdev@vger.kernel.org
Cc: tglx@linutronix.de
Cc: ilya.dryomov@inktank.com
Cc: umgwanakikbuti@gmail.com
Cc: oleg@redhat.com
Signed-off-by: Ingo Molnar <mingo@kernel.org>
This new expression provides NAT in the redirect flavour, which is to
redirect packets to local machine.
Signed-off-by: Arturo Borrero Gonzalez <arturo.borrero.glez@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
This patch refactors the IPv6 code so it can be usable both from xt and
nf_tables.
Signed-off-by: Arturo Borrero Gonzalez <arturo.borrero.glez@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
This patch refactors the IPv4 code so it can be usable both from xt and
nf_tables.
A similar patch follows-up to handle IPv6.
Signed-off-by: Arturo Borrero Gonzalez <arturo.borrero.glez@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
Tasklets have much less overhead than workqueues. This patch also
removes the heap allocation for the worker on receiving path.
Like mac80211 we should prefer use a tasklet here instead a workqueue to
getting fast out of interrupt context when ieee802154_rx_irqsafe is
called by driver. Like wireless inside the tasklet context we should
call netif_receive_skb instead netif_rx_ni anymore.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Aring <alex.aring@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
As we have decouple decompression from data delivery we can now rename all
occurences of process_data in receive path.
Signed-off-by: Martin Townsend <mtownsend1973@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Alexander Aring <alex.aring@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Jukka Rissanen <jukka.rissanen@linux.intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Separating skb delivery from decompression ensures that we can support further
decompression schemes and removes the mixed return value of error codes with
NET_RX_FOO.
Signed-off-by: Martin Townsend <mtownsend1973@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Alexander Aring <alex.aring@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Jukka Rissanen <jukka.rissanen@linux.intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
This is useful when creating virtual interfaces.
Keeps udev from mucking with things it shouldn't, since
the default MAC is never seen by udev when specified on
the cmd-line during creation.
Signed-off-by: Ben Greear <greearb@candelatech.com>
[check for feature flag in nl80211 to force drivers to set it]
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
This will be helpful when using the mac80211_hwsim
wiphys and automated testing. Let user create the
vifs as needed, and named as expected.
Signed-off-by: Ben Greear <greearb@candelatech.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Support creating wiphy devices with an optional name.
This will be used by hwsim to have better automated control
over virtual radio creation/deletion.
Signed-off-by: Ben Greear <greearb@candelatech.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Kernel will attempt to use the name if it is supplied,
but if name cannot be used for some reason, the default
phyX name will be used instead.
Signed-off-by: Ben Greear <greearb@candelatech.com>
[while at it, use wiphy_name() instead of dev_name(),
fix format string issue reported by Kees Cook]
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
This patch adds a warning that xmit_sync callback is deprecated and
should be removed soon. The 802.15.4 subsystem will not accept synced
drivers anymore.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Aring <alex.aring@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
This patch renames the existsing xmit callback to xmit_sync and
introduces an asynchronous xmit_async function. If ieee802154_ops
doesn't provide the xmit_async callback, then we have a fallback to
the xmit_sync callback.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Aring <alex.aring@gmail.com>
Cc: Alan Ott <alan@signal11.us>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
This patch adds a new file net/mac802154/util.c which contains utility
functions for drivers, etc. This file contains functions to start and
stop queues for all virtual interfaces, this is useful for asynchronous
handling by driver level.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Aring <alex.aring@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
This patch removes the channel hopping feature before xmit. There are
several issues to provide a real channel hopping (timing requirements,
etc...).
We don't have any known kernelspace protocol which really use this
feature. And I don't know an real user of this feature.
We simply drop this feature now.
This patch removes also the hold of pib lock which isn't needed by any
real driver xmit callback implementation.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Aring <alex.aring@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
This driver_ops callback function is never used by any driver.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Aring <alex.aring@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
The identical struct of the wireless stack implementation is named
ieee80211_hw. This is useful to name the variable hw instead of get
confusing with netdev dev variable.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Aring <alex.aring@gmail.com>
Cc: Alan Ott <alan@signal11.us>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
This patch moves the ieee802154 header into include/linux instead
include/net. Similar like wireless which have the ieee80211 header
inside of include/linux.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Aring <alex.aring@gmail.com>
Cc: Alan Ott <alan@signal11.us>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
The wpan-phy header contains the wpan_phy struct information. Later this
header will be have similar function like cfg80211 header. The cfg80211
header contains the wiphy struct which is identically the wpan_phy
struct inside 802.15.4 subsystem.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Aring <alex.aring@gmail.com>
Cc: Alan Ott <alan@signal11.us>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
This patch adds a blank line after function declaration.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Aring <alex.aring@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
This patch fix a checkpatch warning that __aligned(size) is preferred
over __attribute__((aligned(size))).
Signed-off-by: Alexander Aring <alex.aring@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
This patch fixs a typo in address filter defines from IEEE802515 to
IEEE802154.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Aring <alex.aring@gmail.com>
Cc: Alan Ott <alan@signal11.us>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
This patch removes the FSF address in files which belongs to ieee802154
and mac802154.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Aring <alex.aring@gmail.com>
Cc: Alan Ott <alan@signal11.us>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Systematically removing the LE connection parameters and autoconnect
action is inconvenient for rebonding without disconnecting from
userland (i.e. unpairing followed by repairing without
disconnecting). The parameters will be lost after unparing and
userland needs to take care of book-keeping them and re-adding them.
This patch allows userland to forget about parameter management when
rebonding without disconnecting. It defers clearing the connection
parameters when unparing without disconnecting, giving a chance of
keeping the parameters if a repairing happens before the connection is
closed.
Signed-off-by: Alfonso Acosta <fons@spotify.com>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
There are scenarios when autoconnecting to a device after the
reception of an ADV_IND report (action 0x02), in which userland
might want to examine the report's contents.
For instance, the Service Data might have changed and it would be
useful to know ahead of time before starting any GATT procedures.
Also, the ADV_IND may contain Manufacturer Specific data which would
be lost if not propagated to userland. In fact, this patch results
from the need to rebond with a device lacking persistent storage which
notifies about losing its LTK in ADV_IND reports.
This patch appends the ADV_IND report which triggered the
autoconnection to the EIR Data in the Device Connected event.
Signed-off-by: Alfonso Acosta <fons@spotify.com>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
The values of a lot of the mgmt_device_connected() parameters come
straight from a hci_conn object. We can simplify the function by passing
the full hci_conn pointer to it.
Signed-off-by: Alfonso Acosta <fons@spotify.com>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
sctp_addr_is_valid() only appeared in its definition.
Acked-by: Neil Horman <nhorman@tuxdriver.com>
Signed-off-by: Sébastien Barré <sebastien.barre@uclouvain.be>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Remove trailing whitespace in tcp.h icmp.c syncookies.c
Signed-off-by: Kenjiro Nakayama <nakayamakenjiro@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Allow drivers to iterate all stations currently uploaded to them.
Signed-off-by: Arik Nemtsov <arikx.nemtsov@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Some drivers need to know which station is the TDLS link initiator.
Expose this value via the mac80211 ieee80211_sta structure.
Signed-off-by: Arik Nemtsov <arikx.nemtsov@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Export ieee80211_ie_split function, so it can be reused by
drivers which need to insert additional elements.
Signed-off-by: Andrei Otcheretianski <andrei.otcheretianski@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Use the currently existing APIs between mac80211 and the low
level driver to implement WMM admission control.
The low level driver needs to report the media time used by
each transmitted packet in ieee80211_tx_status. Based on that
information, mac80211 will modify the QoS parameters of the
admission controlled Access Category when the limit is
reached. Once the original QoS parameters can be restored,
mac80211 will do so.
One issue with this approach is that management frames will
also erroneously be downgraded, but the upside is that the
implementation is simple. In the future, it can be extended
to driver- or device-based implementations that are better.
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
During the review of the corresponding wpa_supplicant patches we
noticed that the only way for it to detect that this functionality
is supported currently is to check for the command support. This
can be misleading though, as the command was also designed to, in
the future, support pure 802.11 TSPECs.
Expose the WMM-TSPEC feature flag to nl80211 so later we can also
expose an 802.11-TSPEC feature flag (if needed) to differentiate
the two cases.
Note: this change isn't needed in 3.18 as there's no driver there
yet that supports the functionality at all.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Pablo Neira Ayuso says:
====================
netfilter fixes for net
The following patchset contains netfilter fixes for your net tree,
they are:
1) Fix missing MODULE_LICENSE() in the new nf_reject_ipv{4,6} modules.
2) Restrict nat and masq expressions to the nat chain type. Otherwise,
users may crash their kernel if they attach a nat/masq rule to a non
nat chain.
3) Fix hook validation in nft_compat when non-base chains are used.
Basically, initialize hook_mask to zero.
4) Make sure you use match/targets in nft_compat from the right chain
type. The existing validation relies on the table name which can be
avoided by
5) Better netlink attribute validation in nft_nat. This expression has
to reject the configuration when no address and proto configurations
are specified.
6) Interpret NFTA_NAT_REG_*_MAX if only if NFTA_NAT_REG_*_MIN is set.
Yet another sanity check to reject incorrect configurations from
userspace.
7) Conditional NAT attribute dumping depending on the existing
configuration.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The optional NL80211_ATTR_MGMT_SUBTYPE and NL80211_ATTR_REASON_CODE
attributes can now be included in NL80211_CMD_DEL_STATION to indicate to
the driver which frame (Deauthentication/Disassociation) and reason code
in that frame should be used to indicate removal to the specific
station. This is used by drivers that implement AP SME and generate
those frames internally.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
This makes it easier to add new parameters for the del_station calls
without having to modify all drivers that use this.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Pull networking fixes from David Miller:
"A quick batch of bug fixes:
1) Fix build with IPV6 disabled, from Eric Dumazet.
2) Several more cases of caching SKB data pointers across calls to
pskb_may_pull(), thus referencing potentially free'd memory. From
Li RongQing.
3) DSA phy code tests operation presence improperly, instead of going:
if (x->ops->foo)
r = x->ops->foo(args);
it was going:
if (x->ops->foo(args))
r = x->ops->foo(args);
Fix from Andew Lunn"
* git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/davem/net:
Net: DSA: Fix checking for get_phy_flags function
ipv6: fix a potential use after free in sit.c
ipv6: fix a potential use after free in ip6_offload.c
ipv4: fix a potential use after free in gre_offload.c
tcp: fix build error if IPv6 is not enabled
$ make M=net/ipv4
CC net/ipv4/route.o
In file included from net/ipv4/route.c:102:0:
include/net/tcp.h: In function ‘tcp_v6_iif’:
include/net/tcp.h:738:32: error: ‘union <anonymous>’ has no member named ‘h6’
return TCP_SKB_CB(skb)->header.h6.iif;
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Fixes: 870c315138 ("ipv6: introduce tcp_v6_iif()")
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Pull networking fixes from David Miller:
1) Include fixes for netrom and dsa (Fabian Frederick and Florian
Fainelli)
2) Fix FIXED_PHY support in stmmac, from Giuseppe CAVALLARO.
3) Several SKB use after free fixes (vxlan, openvswitch, vxlan,
ip_tunnel, fou), from Li ROngQing.
4) fec driver PTP support fixes from Luwei Zhou and Nimrod Andy.
5) Use after free in virtio_net, from Michael S Tsirkin.
6) Fix flow mask handling for megaflows in openvswitch, from Pravin B
Shelar.
7) ISDN gigaset and capi bug fixes from Tilman Schmidt.
8) Fix route leak in ip_send_unicast_reply(), from Vasily Averin.
9) Fix two eBPF JIT bugs on x86, from Alexei Starovoitov.
10) TCP_SKB_CB() reorganization caused a few regressions, fixed by Cong
Wang and Eric Dumazet.
11) Don't overwrite end of SKB when parsing malformed sctp ASCONF
chunks, from Daniel Borkmann.
12) Don't call sock_kfree_s() with NULL pointers, this function also has
the side effect of adjusting the socket memory usage. From Cong Wang.
* git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/davem/net: (90 commits)
bna: fix skb->truesize underestimation
net: dsa: add includes for ethtool and phy_fixed definitions
openvswitch: Set flow-key members.
netrom: use linux/uaccess.h
dsa: Fix conversion from host device to mii bus
tipc: fix bug in bundled buffer reception
ipv6: introduce tcp_v6_iif()
sfc: add support for skb->xmit_more
r8152: return -EBUSY for runtime suspend
ipv4: fix a potential use after free in fou.c
ipv4: fix a potential use after free in ip_tunnel_core.c
hyperv: Add handling of IP header with option field in netvsc_set_hash()
openvswitch: Create right mask with disabled megaflows
vxlan: fix a free after use
openvswitch: fix a use after free
ipv4: dst_entry leak in ip_send_unicast_reply()
ipv4: clean up cookie_v4_check()
ipv4: share tcp_v4_save_options() with cookie_v4_check()
ipv4: call __ip_options_echo() in cookie_v4_check()
atm: simplify lanai.c by using module_pci_driver
...
net/dsa/slave.c uses functions and structures declared in phy_fixed.h
but does not explicitely include it, while dsa.h needs structure
declarations for 'struct ethtool_wolinfo' and 'struct ethtool_eee', fix
those by including the correct header files.
Fixes: ec9436baed ("net: dsa: allow drivers to do link adjustment")
Fixes: ce31b31c68 ("net: dsa: allow updating fixed PHY link information")
Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Commit 971f10eca1 ("tcp: better TCP_SKB_CB layout to reduce cache line
misses") added a regression for SO_BINDTODEVICE on IPv6.
This is because we still use inet6_iif() which expects that IP6 control
block is still at the beginning of skb->cb[]
This patch adds tcp_v6_iif() helper and uses it where necessary.
Because __inet6_lookup_skb() is used by TCP and DCCP, we add an iif
parameter to it.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Fixes: 971f10eca1 ("tcp: better TCP_SKB_CB layout to reduce cache line misses")
Acked-by: Cong Wang <cwang@twopensource.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
We can retrieve opt from skb, no need to pass it as a parameter.
And opt should always be non-NULL, no need to check.
Cc: Krzysztof Kolasa <kkolasa@winsoft.pl>
Cc: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Tested-by: Krzysztof Kolasa <kkolasa@winsoft.pl>
Signed-off-by: Cong Wang <cwang@twopensource.com>
Signed-off-by: Cong Wang <xiyou.wangcong@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
cookie_v4_check() allocates ip_options_rcu in the same way
with tcp_v4_save_options(), we can just make it a helper function.
Cc: Krzysztof Kolasa <kkolasa@winsoft.pl>
Cc: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Cong Wang <cwang@twopensource.com>
Signed-off-by: Cong Wang <xiyou.wangcong@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Avoid confusion between pid and portid.
Signed-off-by: Nicolas Dichtel <nicolas.dichtel@6wind.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Pull percpu consistent-ops changes from Tejun Heo:
"Way back, before the current percpu allocator was implemented, static
and dynamic percpu memory areas were allocated and handled separately
and had their own accessors. The distinction has been gone for many
years now; however, the now duplicate two sets of accessors remained
with the pointer based ones - this_cpu_*() - evolving various other
operations over time. During the process, we also accumulated other
inconsistent operations.
This pull request contains Christoph's patches to clean up the
duplicate accessor situation. __get_cpu_var() uses are replaced with
with this_cpu_ptr() and __this_cpu_ptr() with raw_cpu_ptr().
Unfortunately, the former sometimes is tricky thanks to C being a bit
messy with the distinction between lvalues and pointers, which led to
a rather ugly solution for cpumask_var_t involving the introduction of
this_cpu_cpumask_var_ptr().
This converts most of the uses but not all. Christoph will follow up
with the remaining conversions in this merge window and hopefully
remove the obsolete accessors"
* 'for-3.18-consistent-ops' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/tj/percpu: (38 commits)
irqchip: Properly fetch the per cpu offset
percpu: Resolve ambiguities in __get_cpu_var/cpumask_var_t -fix
ia64: sn_nodepda cannot be assigned to after this_cpu conversion. Use __this_cpu_write.
percpu: Resolve ambiguities in __get_cpu_var/cpumask_var_t
Revert "powerpc: Replace __get_cpu_var uses"
percpu: Remove __this_cpu_ptr
clocksource: Replace __this_cpu_ptr with raw_cpu_ptr
sparc: Replace __get_cpu_var uses
avr32: Replace __get_cpu_var with __this_cpu_write
blackfin: Replace __get_cpu_var uses
tile: Use this_cpu_ptr() for hardware counters
tile: Replace __get_cpu_var uses
powerpc: Replace __get_cpu_var uses
alpha: Replace __get_cpu_var
ia64: Replace __get_cpu_var uses
s390: cio driver &__get_cpu_var replacements
s390: Replace __get_cpu_var uses
mips: Replace __get_cpu_var uses
MIPS: Replace __get_cpu_var uses in FPU emulator.
arm: Replace __this_cpu_ptr with raw_cpu_ptr
...
When receiving a e.g. semi-good formed connection scan in the
form of ...
-------------- INIT[ASCONF; ASCONF_ACK] ------------->
<----------- INIT-ACK[ASCONF; ASCONF_ACK] ------------
-------------------- COOKIE-ECHO -------------------->
<-------------------- COOKIE-ACK ---------------------
---------------- ASCONF_a; ASCONF_b ----------------->
... where ASCONF_a equals ASCONF_b chunk (at least both serials
need to be equal), we panic an SCTP server!
The problem is that good-formed ASCONF chunks that we reply with
ASCONF_ACK chunks are cached per serial. Thus, when we receive a
same ASCONF chunk twice (e.g. through a lost ASCONF_ACK), we do
not need to process them again on the server side (that was the
idea, also proposed in the RFC). Instead, we know it was cached
and we just resend the cached chunk instead. So far, so good.
Where things get nasty is in SCTP's side effect interpreter, that
is, sctp_cmd_interpreter():
While incoming ASCONF_a (chunk = event_arg) is being marked
!end_of_packet and !singleton, and we have an association context,
we do not flush the outqueue the first time after processing the
ASCONF_ACK singleton chunk via SCTP_CMD_REPLY. Instead, we keep it
queued up, although we set local_cork to 1. Commit 2e3216cd54
changed the precedence, so that as long as we get bundled, incoming
chunks we try possible bundling on outgoing queue as well. Before
this commit, we would just flush the output queue.
Now, while ASCONF_a's ASCONF_ACK sits in the corked outq, we
continue to process the same ASCONF_b chunk from the packet. As
we have cached the previous ASCONF_ACK, we find it, grab it and
do another SCTP_CMD_REPLY command on it. So, effectively, we rip
the chunk->list pointers and requeue the same ASCONF_ACK chunk
another time. Since we process ASCONF_b, it's correctly marked
with end_of_packet and we enforce an uncork, and thus flush, thus
crashing the kernel.
Fix it by testing if the ASCONF_ACK is currently pending and if
that is the case, do not requeue it. When flushing the output
queue we may relink the chunk for preparing an outgoing packet,
but eventually unlink it when it's copied into the skb right
before transmission.
Joint work with Vlad Yasevich.
Fixes: 2e3216cd54 ("sctp: Follow security requirement of responding with 1 packet")
Signed-off-by: Daniel Borkmann <dborkman@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Vlad Yasevich <vyasevich@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Commit 6f4c618ddb ("SCTP : Add paramters validity check for
ASCONF chunk") added basic verification of ASCONF chunks, however,
it is still possible to remotely crash a server by sending a
special crafted ASCONF chunk, even up to pre 2.6.12 kernels:
skb_over_panic: text:ffffffffa01ea1c3 len:31056 put:30768
head:ffff88011bd81800 data:ffff88011bd81800 tail:0x7950
end:0x440 dev:<NULL>
------------[ cut here ]------------
kernel BUG at net/core/skbuff.c:129!
[...]
Call Trace:
<IRQ>
[<ffffffff8144fb1c>] skb_put+0x5c/0x70
[<ffffffffa01ea1c3>] sctp_addto_chunk+0x63/0xd0 [sctp]
[<ffffffffa01eadaf>] sctp_process_asconf+0x1af/0x540 [sctp]
[<ffffffff8152d025>] ? _read_unlock_bh+0x15/0x20
[<ffffffffa01e0038>] sctp_sf_do_asconf+0x168/0x240 [sctp]
[<ffffffffa01e3751>] sctp_do_sm+0x71/0x1210 [sctp]
[<ffffffff8147645d>] ? fib_rules_lookup+0xad/0xf0
[<ffffffffa01e6b22>] ? sctp_cmp_addr_exact+0x32/0x40 [sctp]
[<ffffffffa01e8393>] sctp_assoc_bh_rcv+0xd3/0x180 [sctp]
[<ffffffffa01ee986>] sctp_inq_push+0x56/0x80 [sctp]
[<ffffffffa01fcc42>] sctp_rcv+0x982/0xa10 [sctp]
[<ffffffffa01d5123>] ? ipt_local_in_hook+0x23/0x28 [iptable_filter]
[<ffffffff8148bdc9>] ? nf_iterate+0x69/0xb0
[<ffffffff81496d10>] ? ip_local_deliver_finish+0x0/0x2d0
[<ffffffff8148bf86>] ? nf_hook_slow+0x76/0x120
[<ffffffff81496d10>] ? ip_local_deliver_finish+0x0/0x2d0
[<ffffffff81496ded>] ip_local_deliver_finish+0xdd/0x2d0
[<ffffffff81497078>] ip_local_deliver+0x98/0xa0
[<ffffffff8149653d>] ip_rcv_finish+0x12d/0x440
[<ffffffff81496ac5>] ip_rcv+0x275/0x350
[<ffffffff8145c88b>] __netif_receive_skb+0x4ab/0x750
[<ffffffff81460588>] netif_receive_skb+0x58/0x60
This can be triggered e.g., through a simple scripted nmap
connection scan injecting the chunk after the handshake, for
example, ...
-------------- INIT[ASCONF; ASCONF_ACK] ------------->
<----------- INIT-ACK[ASCONF; ASCONF_ACK] ------------
-------------------- COOKIE-ECHO -------------------->
<-------------------- COOKIE-ACK ---------------------
------------------ ASCONF; UNKNOWN ------------------>
... where ASCONF chunk of length 280 contains 2 parameters ...
1) Add IP address parameter (param length: 16)
2) Add/del IP address parameter (param length: 255)
... followed by an UNKNOWN chunk of e.g. 4 bytes. Here, the
Address Parameter in the ASCONF chunk is even missing, too.
This is just an example and similarly-crafted ASCONF chunks
could be used just as well.
The ASCONF chunk passes through sctp_verify_asconf() as all
parameters passed sanity checks, and after walking, we ended
up successfully at the chunk end boundary, and thus may invoke
sctp_process_asconf(). Parameter walking is done with
WORD_ROUND() to take padding into account.
In sctp_process_asconf()'s TLV processing, we may fail in
sctp_process_asconf_param() e.g., due to removal of the IP
address that is also the source address of the packet containing
the ASCONF chunk, and thus we need to add all TLVs after the
failure to our ASCONF response to remote via helper function
sctp_add_asconf_response(), which basically invokes a
sctp_addto_chunk() adding the error parameters to the given
skb.
When walking to the next parameter this time, we proceed
with ...
length = ntohs(asconf_param->param_hdr.length);
asconf_param = (void *)asconf_param + length;
... instead of the WORD_ROUND()'ed length, thus resulting here
in an off-by-one that leads to reading the follow-up garbage
parameter length of 12336, and thus throwing an skb_over_panic
for the reply when trying to sctp_addto_chunk() next time,
which implicitly calls the skb_put() with that length.
Fix it by using sctp_walk_params() [ which is also used in
INIT parameter processing ] macro in the verification *and*
in ASCONF processing: it will make sure we don't spill over,
that we walk parameters WORD_ROUND()'ed. Moreover, we're being
more defensive and guard against unknown parameter types and
missized addresses.
Joint work with Vlad Yasevich.
Fixes: b896b82be4ae ("[SCTP] ADDIP: Support for processing incoming ASCONF_ACK chunks.")
Signed-off-by: Daniel Borkmann <dborkman@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Vlad Yasevich <vyasevich@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Neil Horman <nhorman@tuxdriver.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In kernel we have %*pE specifier to print an escaped buffer. All users
now switched to that approach.
This fixes a bug as well. The current implementation wrongly prints
octal numbers: only two first digits are used in case when 3 are
required and the rest of the string ends up cut off.
Additionally by default the \f, \v, \a, and \e are escaped to their
alphabetic representation. It's safe to do since it is currently used
for messaging only.
Signed-off-by: Andy Shevchenko <andriy.shevchenko@linux.intel.com>
Cc: "John W . Linville" <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Cc: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Cc: Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@linuxfoundation.org>
Cc: Joe Perches <joe@perches.com>
Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org>
Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
This adds the missing validation code to avoid the use of nat/masq from
non-nat chains. The validation assumes two possible configuration
scenarios:
1) Use of nat from base chain that is not of nat type. Reject this
configuration from the nft_*_init() path of the expression.
2) Use of nat from non-base chain. In this case, we have to wait until
the non-base chain is referenced by at least one base chain via
jump/goto. This is resolved from the nft_*_validate() path which is
called from nf_tables_check_loops().
The user gets an -EOPNOTSUPP in both cases.
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
Pull networking fixes from David Miller:
"This set fixes a bunch of fallout from the changes that went in during
this merge window, particularly:
- Fix fsl_pq_mdio (Claudiu Manoil) and fm10k (Pranith Kumar) build
failures.
- Several networking drivers do atomic_set() on page counts where
that's not exactly legal. From Eric Dumazet.
- Make __skb_flow_get_ports() work cleanly with unaligned data, from
Alexander Duyck.
- Fix some kernel-doc buglets in rfkill and netlabel, from Fabian
Frederick.
- Unbalanced enable_irq_wake usage in bcmgenet and systemport
drivers, from Florian Fainelli.
- pxa168_eth needs to depend on HAS_DMA, from Geert Uytterhoeven.
- Multi-dequeue in the qdisc layer severely bypasses the fairness
limits the previous code used to enforce, reintroduce in a way that
at the same time doesn't compromise bulk dequeue opportunities.
From Jesper Dangaard Brouer.
- macvlan receive path unnecessarily hops through a softirq by using
netif_rx() instead of netif_receive_skb(). From Jason Baron"
* git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/davem/net: (51 commits)
net: systemport: avoid unbalanced enable_irq_wake calls
net: bcmgenet: avoid unbalanced enable_irq_wake calls
net: bcmgenet: fix off-by-one in incrementing read pointer
net: fix races in page->_count manipulation
mlx4: fix race accessing page->_count
ixgbe: fix race accessing page->_count
igb: fix race accessing page->_count
fm10k: fix race accessing page->_count
net/phy: micrel: Add clock support for KSZ8021/KSZ8031
flow-dissector: Fix alignment issue in __skb_flow_get_ports
net: filter: fix the comments
Documentation: replace __sk_run_filter with __bpf_prog_run
macvlan: optimize the receive path
macvlan: pass 'bool' type to macvlan_count_rx()
drivers: net: xgene: Add 10GbE ethtool support
drivers: net: xgene: Add 10GbE support
drivers: net: xgene: Preparing for adding 10GbE support
dtb: Add 10GbE node to APM X-Gene SoC device tree
Documentation: dts: Update section header for APM X-Gene
MAINTAINERS: Update APM X-Gene section
...
Pablo Neira Ayuso says:
====================
Netfilter fixes for net-next
This batch contains two fixes for what you have in your net-next,
they are:
1) Remove nf_send_reset6() from header file. This function now resides
in the nf_reject_ipv6 module. Reported by Eric Dumazet.
2) Fix wrong NFT_REJECT_ICMPX_MAX definition and adjust code to fix
errors reported by Dan Carpenter's static analysis tools.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Pull percpu updates from Tejun Heo:
"A lot of activities on percpu front. Notable changes are...
- percpu allocator now can take @gfp. If @gfp doesn't contain
GFP_KERNEL, it tries to allocate from what's already available to
the allocator and a work item tries to keep the reserve around
certain level so that these atomic allocations usually succeed.
This will replace the ad-hoc percpu memory pool used by
blk-throttle and also be used by the planned blkcg support for
writeback IOs.
Please note that I noticed a bug in how @gfp is interpreted while
preparing this pull request and applied the fix 6ae833c7fe
("percpu: fix how @gfp is interpreted by the percpu allocator")
just now.
- percpu_ref now uses longs for percpu and global counters instead of
ints. It leads to more sparse packing of the percpu counters on
64bit machines but the overhead should be negligible and this
allows using percpu_ref for refcnting pages and in-memory objects
directly.
- The switching between percpu and single counter modes of a
percpu_ref is made independent of putting the base ref and a
percpu_ref can now optionally be initialized in single or killed
mode. This allows avoiding percpu shutdown latency for cases where
the refcounted objects may be synchronously created and destroyed
in rapid succession with only a fraction of them reaching fully
operational status (SCSI probing does this when combined with
blk-mq support). It's also planned to be used to implement forced
single mode to detect underflow more timely for debugging.
There's a separate branch percpu/for-3.18-consistent-ops which cleans
up the duplicate percpu accessors. That branch causes a number of
conflicts with s390 and other trees. I'll send a separate pull
request w/ resolutions once other branches are merged"
* 'for-3.18' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/tj/percpu: (33 commits)
percpu: fix how @gfp is interpreted by the percpu allocator
blk-mq, percpu_ref: start q->mq_usage_counter in atomic mode
percpu_ref: make INIT_ATOMIC and switch_to_atomic() sticky
percpu_ref: add PERCPU_REF_INIT_* flags
percpu_ref: decouple switching to percpu mode and reinit
percpu_ref: decouple switching to atomic mode and killing
percpu_ref: add PCPU_REF_DEAD
percpu_ref: rename things to prepare for decoupling percpu/atomic mode switch
percpu_ref: replace pcpu_ prefix with percpu_
percpu_ref: minor code and comment updates
percpu_ref: relocate percpu_ref_reinit()
Revert "blk-mq, percpu_ref: implement a kludge for SCSI blk-mq stall during probe"
Revert "percpu: free percpu allocation info for uniprocessor system"
percpu-refcount: make percpu_ref based on longs instead of ints
percpu-refcount: improve WARN messages
percpu: fix locking regression in the failure path of pcpu_alloc()
percpu-refcount: add @gfp to percpu_ref_init()
proportions: add @gfp to init functions
percpu_counter: add @gfp to percpu_counter_init()
percpu_counter: make percpu_counters_lock irq-safe
...
Channel switch with multiple channel contexts should now work fine.
Remove check that disallows switches when multiple contexts are in
use.
Signed-off-by: Luciano Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
As a counterpart to the pre_channel_switch operation, add a
post_channel_switch operation. This allows the drivers to go back to
a normal configuration after the channel switch is completed.
Signed-off-by: Luciano Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Some drivers may need to prepare for a channel switch also when it is
initiated from the remote side (eg. station, P2P client). To make
this possible, add a generic callback that can be called for all
interface types.
Signed-off-by: Luciano Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Some devices may need the device timestamp in order to synchronize the
channel switch. To pass this value back to the driver, add it to the
channel switch structure and copy the device_timestamp value received
in the rx info structure into it.
Signed-off-by: Luciano Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Add two new cfg80211 operations for querying a table with proxied mesh
paths.
Signed-off-by: Henning Rogge <henning.rogge@fkie.fraunhofer.de>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Pull networking updates from David Miller:
"Most notable changes in here:
1) By far the biggest accomplishment, thanks to a large range of
contributors, is the addition of multi-send for transmit. This is
the result of discussions back in Chicago, and the hard work of
several individuals.
Now, when the ->ndo_start_xmit() method of a driver sees
skb->xmit_more as true, it can choose to defer the doorbell
telling the driver to start processing the new TX queue entires.
skb->xmit_more means that the generic networking is guaranteed to
call the driver immediately with another SKB to send.
There is logic added to the qdisc layer to dequeue multiple
packets at a time, and the handling mis-predicted offloads in
software is now done with no locks held.
Finally, pktgen is extended to have a "burst" parameter that can
be used to test a multi-send implementation.
Several drivers have xmit_more support: i40e, igb, ixgbe, mlx4,
virtio_net
Adding support is almost trivial, so export more drivers to
support this optimization soon.
I want to thank, in no particular or implied order, Jesper
Dangaard Brouer, Eric Dumazet, Alexander Duyck, Tom Herbert, Jamal
Hadi Salim, John Fastabend, Florian Westphal, Daniel Borkmann,
David Tat, Hannes Frederic Sowa, and Rusty Russell.
2) PTP and timestamping support in bnx2x, from Michal Kalderon.
3) Allow adjusting the rx_copybreak threshold for a driver via
ethtool, and add rx_copybreak support to enic driver. From
Govindarajulu Varadarajan.
4) Significant enhancements to the generic PHY layer and the bcm7xxx
driver in particular (EEE support, auto power down, etc.) from
Florian Fainelli.
5) Allow raw buffers to be used for flow dissection, allowing drivers
to determine the optimal "linear pull" size for devices that DMA
into pools of pages. The objective is to get exactly the
necessary amount of headers into the linear SKB area pre-pulled,
but no more. The new interface drivers use is eth_get_headlen().
From WANG Cong, with driver conversions (several had their own
by-hand duplicated implementations) by Alexander Duyck and Eric
Dumazet.
6) Support checksumming more smoothly and efficiently for
encapsulations, and add "foo over UDP" facility. From Tom
Herbert.
7) Add Broadcom SF2 switch driver to DSA layer, from Florian
Fainelli.
8) eBPF now can load programs via a system call and has an extensive
testsuite. Alexei Starovoitov and Daniel Borkmann.
9) Major overhaul of the packet scheduler to use RCU in several major
areas such as the classifiers and rate estimators. From John
Fastabend.
10) Add driver for Intel FM10000 Ethernet Switch, from Alexander
Duyck.
11) Rearrange TCP_SKB_CB() to reduce cache line misses, from Eric
Dumazet.
12) Add Datacenter TCP congestion control algorithm support, From
Florian Westphal.
13) Reorganize sk_buff so that __copy_skb_header() is significantly
faster. From Eric Dumazet"
* git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/davem/net-next: (1558 commits)
netlabel: directly return netlbl_unlabel_genl_init()
net: add netdev_txq_bql_{enqueue, complete}_prefetchw() helpers
net: description of dma_cookie cause make xmldocs warning
cxgb4: clean up a type issue
cxgb4: potential shift wrapping bug
i40e: skb->xmit_more support
net: fs_enet: Add NAPI TX
net: fs_enet: Remove non NAPI RX
r8169:add support for RTL8168EP
net_sched: copy exts->type in tcf_exts_change()
wimax: convert printk to pr_foo()
af_unix: remove 0 assignment on static
ipv6: Do not warn for informational ICMP messages, regardless of type.
Update Intel Ethernet Driver maintainers list
bridge: Save frag_max_size between PRE_ROUTING and POST_ROUTING
tipc: fix bug in multicast congestion handling
net: better IFF_XMIT_DST_RELEASE support
net/mlx4_en: remove NETDEV_TX_BUSY
3c59x: fix bad split of cpu_to_le32(pci_map_single())
net: bcmgenet: fix Tx ring priority programming
...
1/ Step down as dmaengine maintainer see commit 08223d80df "dmaengine
maintainer update"
2/ Removal of net_dma, as it has been marked 'broken' since 3.13 (commit
7787380336 "net_dma: mark broken"), without reports of performance
regression.
3/ Miscellaneous fixes
-----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----
Version: GnuPG v1
iQIcBAABAgAGBQJUKDLKAAoJEB7SkWpmfYgC7wwP/iNHqRjf1suMUTBIF3P6Hgbe
VCUwh0IkuujMPDG46WRn6cYzarRxVPLoGaLHLPszgjI6pmGPVv19wqeDOlUxtcmr
0iQWEWv/zqseaAIW+4gj/WYCyMgKil49EUBJKCZCfNmIaad+e0pr8f0uE5yOkHPM
tqWoZERu9A4dlXGr1TjeOZVzdnPrCt92MrLDN6ZZ6tMuJaEc5PauaLxKTeGy5fYj
UB+k1xJQzECbsYfpB+uCVYl5/qPO1rNyuBYS8THCsW+JYmrbbfH2kkF2lo2FaUpO
8Yd50FtzXHKWwAt7BzfIwU2M7x0wRmryrC/xsQi6M+WmVeHYvvHUIpzaA66xRZ5x
fCy3Fu8sEnmnmboAbh2v2c5uTycqRl2xPzbpLAuxglloXIxzi3ckp6ESF/Z4SldH
oxIoEievN7lah3vKgvlHZYcWDzrYr8EKf/EzFe9RqDBQDKtzDzre1H9Uivr387Vm
uFUcGHYG/GXuX47C7EUsMtaSW2UEoR2ytw/HR6CKFPTVXwAzEO6kA9vg0EqL0iIq
2wVLgavlZuwegmaUBgnr+bgVZMvVN7OU7fAIRVe5xNO6itrPKvheSlQthmRiiq9C
uzOu4PS6PexqzHUNPCcJpCsj+lawmCSrE0bxtPzTA/CQInVgWs219V9+W5Gn/0YA
EARN9k6ueX9PZPQrPQLm
=BBBv
-----END PGP SIGNATURE-----
Merge tag 'dmaengine-3.17' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/djbw/dmaengine
Pull dmaengine updates from Dan Williams:
"Even though this has fixes marked for -stable, given the size and the
needed conflict resolutions this is 3.18-rc1/merge-window material.
These patches have been languishing in my tree for a long while. The
fact that I do not have the time to do proper/prompt maintenance of
this tree is a primary factor in the decision to step down as
dmaengine maintainer. That and the fact that the bulk of drivers/dma/
activity is going through Vinod these days.
The net_dma removal has not been in -next. It has developed simple
conflicts against mainline and net-next (for-3.18).
Continuing thanks to Vinod for staying on top of drivers/dma/.
Summary:
1/ Step down as dmaengine maintainer see commit 08223d80df
"dmaengine maintainer update"
2/ Removal of net_dma, as it has been marked 'broken' since 3.13
(commit 7787380336 "net_dma: mark broken"), without reports of
performance regression.
3/ Miscellaneous fixes"
* tag 'dmaengine-3.17' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/djbw/dmaengine:
net: make tcp_cleanup_rbuf private
net_dma: revert 'copied_early'
net_dma: simple removal
dmaengine maintainer update
dmatest: prevent memory leakage on error path in thread
ioat: Use time_before_jiffies()
dmaengine: fix xor sources continuation
dma: mv_xor: Rename __mv_xor_slot_cleanup() to mv_xor_slot_cleanup()
dma: mv_xor: Remove all callers of mv_xor_slot_cleanup()
dma: mv_xor: Remove unneeded mv_xor_clean_completed_slots() call
ioat: Use pci_enable_msix_exact() instead of pci_enable_msix()
drivers: dma: Include appropriate header file in dca.c
drivers: dma: Mark functions as static in dma_v3.c
dma: mv_xor: Add DMA API error checks
ioat/dca: Use dev_is_pci() to check whether it is pci device
nf_send_reset6() now resides in net/ipv6/netfilter/nf_reject_ipv6.c
Fixes: c8d7b98 ("netfilter: move nf_send_resetX() code to nf_reject_ipvX modules")
Reported-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
Acked-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Fix a openvswitch compilation error when CONFIG_INET is not set:
=====================================================
In file included from include/net/geneve.h:4:0,
from net/openvswitch/flow_netlink.c:45:
include/net/udp_tunnel.h: In function 'udp_tunnel_handle_offloads':
>> include/net/udp_tunnel.h💯2: error: implicit declaration of function 'iptunnel_handle_offloads' [-Werror=implicit-function-declaration]
>> return iptunnel_handle_offloads(skb, udp_csum, type);
>> ^
>> >> include/net/udp_tunnel.h💯2: warning: return makes pointer from integer without a cast
>> >> cc1: some warnings being treated as errors
=====================================================
Reported-by: kbuild test robot <fengguang.wu@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Andy Zhou <azhou@nicira.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Try to reduce number of possible fn_sernum mutation by constraining them
to their namespace.
Also remove rt_genid which I forgot to remove in 705f1c869d ("ipv6:
remove rt6i_genid").
Cc: YOSHIFUJI Hideaki <hideaki@yoshifuji.org>
Cc: Martin Lau <kafai@fb.com>
Signed-off-by: Hannes Frederic Sowa <hannes@stressinduktion.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Cc: YOSHIFUJI Hideaki <hideaki@yoshifuji.org>
Cc: Martin Lau <kafai@fb.com>
Signed-off-by: Hannes Frederic Sowa <hannes@stressinduktion.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Also renamed struct fib6_walker_t to fib6_walker and enum fib_walk_state_t
to fib6_walk_state as recommended by Cong Wang.
Cc: Cong Wang <cwang@twopensource.com>
Cc: YOSHIFUJI Hideaki <hideaki@yoshifuji.org>
Cc: Martin Lau <kafai@fb.com>
Signed-off-by: Hannes Frederic Sowa <hannes@stressinduktion.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This removes the tcf_proto argument from the ematch code paths that
only need it to reference the net namespace. This allows simplifying
qdisc code paths especially when we need to tear down the ematch
from an RCU callback. In this case we can not guarentee that the
tcf_proto structure is still valid.
Signed-off-by: John Fastabend <john.r.fastabend@intel.com>
Acked-by: Cong Wang <cwang@twopensource.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Standard qdisc API to setup a timer implies an atomic operation on every
packet dequeue : qdisc_unthrottled()
It turns out this is not really needed for FQ, as FQ has no concept of
global qdisc throttling, being a qdisc handling many different flows,
some of them can be throttled, while others are not.
Fix is straightforward : add a 'bool throttle' to
qdisc_watchdog_schedule_ns(), and remove calls to qdisc_unthrottled()
in sch_fq.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The Openvswitch implementation is completely agnostic to the options
that are in use and can handle newly defined options without
further work. It does this by simply matching on a byte array
of options and allowing userspace to setup flows on this array.
Signed-off-by: Jesse Gross <jesse@nicira.com>
Singed-off-by: Ansis Atteka <aatteka@nicira.com>
Signed-off-by: Andy Zhou <azhou@nicira.com>
Acked-by: Thomas Graf <tgraf@noironetworks.com>
Acked-by: Pravin B Shelar <pshelar@nicira.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This adds a device level support for Geneve -- Generic Network
Virtualization Encapsulation. The protocol is documented at
http://tools.ietf.org/html/draft-gross-geneve-01
Only protocol layer Geneve support is provided by this driver.
Openvswitch can be used for configuring, set up and tear down
functional Geneve tunnels.
Signed-off-by: Jesse Gross <jesse@nicira.com>
Signed-off-by: Andy Zhou <azhou@nicira.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Currently association restarts do not take into consideration the
state of the socket. When a restart happens, the current assocation
simply transitions into established state. This creates a condition
where a remote system, through a the restart procedure, may create a
local association that is no way reachable by user. The conditions
to trigger this are as follows:
1) Remote does not acknoledge some data causing data to remain
outstanding.
2) Local application calls close() on the socket. Since data
is still outstanding, the association is placed in SHUTDOWN_PENDING
state. However, the socket is closed.
3) The remote tries to create a new association, triggering a restart
on the local system. The association moves from SHUTDOWN_PENDING
to ESTABLISHED. At this point, it is no longer reachable by
any socket on the local system.
This patch addresses the above situation by moving the newly ESTABLISHED
association into SHUTDOWN-SENT state and bundling a SHUTDOWN after
the COOKIE-ACK chunk. This way, the restarted associate immidiately
enters the shutdown procedure and forces the termination of the
unreachable association.
Reported-by: David Laight <David.Laight@aculab.com>
Signed-off-by: Vlad Yasevich <vyasevich@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
John W. Linville says:
====================
pull request: wireless-next 2014-10-03
Please pull tihs batch of updates intended for the 3.18 stream!
For the iwlwifi bits, Emmanuel says:
"I have here a few things that depend on the latest mac80211's changes:
RRM, TPC, Quiet Period etc... Eyal keeps improving our rate control
and we have a new device ID. This last patch should probably have
gone to wireless.git, but at that stage, I preferred to send it to
-next and CC stable."
For (most of) the Atheros bits, Kalle says:
"The only new feature is testmode support from me. Ben added a new method
to crash the firmware with an assert for debug purposes. As usual, we
have lots of smaller fixes from Michal. Matteo fixed a Kconfig
dependency with debugfs. I fixed some warnings recently added to
checkpatch."
For the NFC bits, Samuel says:
"We've had major updates for TI and ST Microelectronics drivers, and a
few NCI related changes.
For TI's trf7970a driver:
- Target mode support for trf7970a
- Suspend/resume support for trf7970a
- DT properties additions to handle different quirks
- A bunch of fixes for smartphone IOP related issues
For ST Microelectronics' ST21NFCA and ST21NFCB drivers:
- ISO15693 support for st21nfcb
- checkpatch and sparse related warning fixes
- Code cleanups and a few minor fixes
Finally, Marvell added ISO15693 support to the NCI stack, together with a
couple of NCI fixes."
For the Bluetooth bits, Johan says:
"This 3.18 pull request replaces the one I did on Monday ("bluetooth-next
2014-09-22", which hasn't been pulled yet). The additions since the last
request are:
- SCO connection fix for devices not supporting eSCO
- Cleanups regarding the SCO establishment logic
- Remove unnecessary return value from logging functions
- Header compression fix for 6lowpan
- Cleanups to the ieee802154/mrf24j40 driver
Here's a copy from previous request that this one replaces:
'
Here are some more patches for 3.18. They include various fixes to the
btusb HCI driver, a fix for LE SMP, as well as adding Jukka to the
MAINTAINERS file for generic 6LoWPAN (as requested by Alexander Aring).
I've held on to this pull request a bit since we were waiting for a SCO
related fix to get sorted out first. However, since the merge window is
getting closer I decided not to wait for it. If we do get the fix sorted
out there'll probably be a second small pull request later this week.
'"
And,
"Unless 3.17 gets delayed this will probably be our last -next pull request for
3.18. We've got:
- New Marvell hardware supportr
- Multicast support for 6lowpan
- Several of 6lowpan fixes & cleanups
- Fix for a (false-positive) lockdep warning in L2CAP
- Minor btusb cleanup"
On top of all that comes the usual sort of updates to ath5k, ath9k,
ath10k, brcmfmac, mwifiex, and wil6210. This time around there are
also a number of rtlwifi updates to enable some new hardware and
to reconcile the in-kernel drivers with some newer releases of the
Realtek vendor drivers. Also of note is some device tree work for
the bcma bus.
Please let me know if there are problems!
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Pablo Neira Ayuso says:
====================
Netfilter/IPVS updates for net-next
The following patchset contains another batch with Netfilter/IPVS updates
for net-next, they are:
1) Add abstracted ICMP codes to the nf_tables reject expression. We
introduce four reasons to reject using ICMP that overlap in IPv4
and IPv6 from the semantic point of view. This should simplify the
maintainance of dual stack rule-sets through the inet table.
2) Move nf_send_reset() functions from header files to per-family
nf_reject modules, suggested by Patrick McHardy.
3) We have to use IS_ENABLED(CONFIG_BRIDGE_NETFILTER) everywhere in the
code now that br_netfilter can be modularized. Convert remaining spots
in the network stack code.
4) Use rcu_barrier() in the nf_tables module removal path to ensure that
we don't leave object that are still pending to be released via
call_rcu (that may likely result in a crash).
5) Remove incomplete arch 32/64 compat from nft_compat. The original (bad)
idea was to probe the word size based on the xtables match/target info
size, but this assumption is wrong when you have to dump the information
back to userspace.
6) Allow to filter from prerouting and postrouting in the nf_tables bridge.
In order to emulate the ebtables NAT chains (which are actually simple
filter chains with no special semantics), we have support filtering from
this hooks too.
7) Add explicit module dependency between xt_physdev and br_netfilter.
This provides a way to detect if the user needs br_netfilter from
the configuration path. This should reduce the breakage of the
br_netfilter modularization.
8) Cleanup coding style in ip_vs.h, from Simon Horman.
9) Fix crash in the recently added nf_tables masq expression. We have
to register/unregister the notifiers to clean up the conntrack table
entries from the module init/exit path, not from the rule addition /
deletion path. From Arturo Borrero.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
the inet6 state INET6_IFADDR_STATE_UP only appeared in its definition.
Cc: Christoph Paasch <christoph.paasch@uclouvain.be>
Cc: Herbert Xu <herbert@gondor.apana.org.au>
Signed-off-by: Sébastien Barré <sebastien.barre@uclouvain.be>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch adds support receiving for GUE packets in the fou module. The
fou module now supports direct foo-over-udp (no encapsulation header)
and GUE. To support this a type parameter is added to the fou netlink
parameters.
For a GUE socket we define gue_udp_recv, gue_gro_receive, and
gue_gro_complete to handle the specifics of the GUE protocol. Most
of the code to manage and configure sockets is common with the fou.
Signed-off-by: Tom Herbert <therbert@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Validation of skb can be pretty expensive :
GSO segmentation and/or checksum computations.
We can do this without holding qdisc lock, so that other cpus
can queue additional packets.
Trick is that requeued packets were already validated, so we carry
a boolean so that sch_direct_xmit() can validate a fresh skb list,
or directly use an old one.
Tested on 40Gb NIC (8 TX queues) and 200 concurrent flows, 48 threads
host.
Turning TSO on or off had no effect on throughput, only few more cpu
cycles. Lock contention on qdisc lock disappeared.
Same if disabling TX checksum offload.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Based on DaveM's recent API work on dev_hard_start_xmit(), that allows
sending/processing an entire skb list.
This patch implements qdisc bulk dequeue, by allowing multiple packets
to be dequeued in dequeue_skb().
The optimization principle for this is two fold, (1) to amortize
locking cost and (2) avoid expensive tailptr update for notifying HW.
(1) Several packets are dequeued while holding the qdisc root_lock,
amortizing locking cost over several packet. The dequeued SKB list is
processed under the TXQ lock in dev_hard_start_xmit(), thus also
amortizing the cost of the TXQ lock.
(2) Further more, dev_hard_start_xmit() will utilize the skb->xmit_more
API to delay HW tailptr update, which also reduces the cost per
packet.
One restriction of the new API is that every SKB must belong to the
same TXQ. This patch takes the easy way out, by restricting bulk
dequeue to qdisc's with the TCQ_F_ONETXQUEUE flag, that specifies the
qdisc only have attached a single TXQ.
Some detail about the flow; dev_hard_start_xmit() will process the skb
list, and transmit packets individually towards the driver (see
xmit_one()). In case the driver stops midway in the list, the
remaining skb list is returned by dev_hard_start_xmit(). In
sch_direct_xmit() this returned list is requeued by dev_requeue_skb().
To avoid overshooting the HW limits, which results in requeuing, the
patch limits the amount of bytes dequeued, based on the drivers BQL
limits. In-effect bulking will only happen for BQL enabled drivers.
Small amounts for extra HoL blocking (2x MTU/0.24ms) were
measured at 100Mbit/s, with bulking 8 packets, but the
oscillating nature of the measurement indicate something, like
sched latency might be causing this effect. More comparisons
show, that this oscillation goes away occationally. Thus, we
disregard this artifact completely and remove any "magic" bulking
limit.
For now, as a conservative approach, stop bulking when seeing TSO and
segmented GSO packets. They already benefit from bulking on their own.
A followup patch add this, to allow easier bisect-ability for finding
regressions.
Jointed work with Hannes, Daniel and Florian.
Signed-off-by: Jesper Dangaard Brouer <brouer@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Hannes Frederic Sowa <hannes@stressinduktion.org>
Signed-off-by: Daniel Borkmann <dborkman@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Florian Westphal <fw@strlen.de>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Conflicts:
drivers/net/usb/r8152.c
net/netfilter/nfnetlink.c
Both r8152 and nfnetlink conflicts were simple overlapping changes.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
* Consistently use the multi-line comment style for networking code:
/* This
* That
* The other thing
*/
* Use single-line comment style for comments with only one line of text.
* In general follow the leading '*' of each line of a comment with a
single space and then text.
* Add missing line break between functions, remove double line break,
align comments to previous lines whenever possible.
Reported-by: Sergei Shtylyov <sergei.shtylyov@cogentembedded.com>
Signed-off-by: Simon Horman <horms@verge.net.au>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
You can use physdev to match the physical interface enslaved to the
bridge device. This information is stored in skb->nf_bridge and it is
set up by br_netfilter. So, this is only available when iptables is
used from the bridge netfilter path.
Since 34666d4 ("netfilter: bridge: move br_netfilter out of the core"),
the br_netfilter code is modular. To reduce the impact of this change,
we can autoload the br_netfilter if the physdev match is used since
we assume that the users need br_netfilter in place.
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
Move nf_send_reset() and nf_send_reset6() to nf_reject_ipv4 and
nf_reject_ipv6 respectively. This code is shared by x_tables and
nf_tables.
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
This patch introduces the NFT_REJECT_ICMPX_UNREACH type which provides
an abstraction to the ICMP and ICMPv6 codes that you can use from the
inet and bridge tables, they are:
* NFT_REJECT_ICMPX_NO_ROUTE: no route to host - network unreachable
* NFT_REJECT_ICMPX_PORT_UNREACH: port unreachable
* NFT_REJECT_ICMPX_HOST_UNREACH: host unreachable
* NFT_REJECT_ICMPX_ADMIN_PROHIBITED: administratevely prohibited
You can still use the specific codes when restricting the rule to match
the corresponding layer 3 protocol.
I decided to not overload the existing NFT_REJECT_ICMP_UNREACH to have
different semantics depending on the table family and to allow the user
to specify ICMP family specific codes if they restrict it to the
corresponding family.
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
This fixes the following crash:
[ 63.976822] general protection fault: 0000 [#1] PREEMPT SMP DEBUG_PAGEALLOC
[ 63.980094] CPU: 1 PID: 15 Comm: ksoftirqd/1 Not tainted 3.17.0-rc6+ #648
[ 63.980094] Hardware name: Bochs Bochs, BIOS Bochs 01/01/2011
[ 63.980094] task: ffff880117dea690 ti: ffff880117dfc000 task.ti: ffff880117dfc000
[ 63.980094] RIP: 0010:[<ffffffff817e6d07>] [<ffffffff817e6d07>] u32_destroy_key+0x27/0x6d
[ 63.980094] RSP: 0018:ffff880117dffcc0 EFLAGS: 00010202
[ 63.980094] RAX: ffff880117dea690 RBX: ffff8800d02e0820 RCX: 0000000000000000
[ 63.980094] RDX: 0000000000000001 RSI: 0000000000000002 RDI: 6b6b6b6b6b6b6b6b
[ 63.980094] RBP: ffff880117dffcd0 R08: 0000000000000000 R09: 0000000000000000
[ 63.980094] R10: 00006c0900006ba8 R11: 00006ba100006b9d R12: 0000000000000001
[ 63.980094] R13: ffff8800d02e0898 R14: ffffffff817e6d4d R15: ffff880117387a30
[ 63.980094] FS: 0000000000000000(0000) GS:ffff88011a800000(0000) knlGS:0000000000000000
[ 63.980094] CS: 0010 DS: 0000 ES: 0000 CR0: 000000008005003b
[ 63.980094] CR2: 00007f07e6732fed CR3: 000000011665b000 CR4: 00000000000006e0
[ 63.980094] Stack:
[ 63.980094] ffff88011a9cd300 ffffffff82051ac0 ffff880117dffce0 ffffffff817e6d68
[ 63.980094] ffff880117dffd70 ffffffff810cb4c7 ffffffff810cb3cd ffff880117dfffd8
[ 63.980094] ffff880117dea690 ffff880117dea690 ffff880117dfffd8 000000000000000a
[ 63.980094] Call Trace:
[ 63.980094] [<ffffffff817e6d68>] u32_delete_key_freepf_rcu+0x1b/0x1d
[ 63.980094] [<ffffffff810cb4c7>] rcu_process_callbacks+0x3bb/0x691
[ 63.980094] [<ffffffff810cb3cd>] ? rcu_process_callbacks+0x2c1/0x691
[ 63.980094] [<ffffffff817e6d4d>] ? u32_destroy_key+0x6d/0x6d
[ 63.980094] [<ffffffff810780a4>] __do_softirq+0x142/0x323
[ 63.980094] [<ffffffff810782a8>] run_ksoftirqd+0x23/0x53
[ 63.980094] [<ffffffff81092126>] smpboot_thread_fn+0x203/0x221
[ 63.980094] [<ffffffff81091f23>] ? smpboot_unpark_thread+0x33/0x33
[ 63.980094] [<ffffffff8108e44d>] kthread+0xc9/0xd1
[ 63.980094] [<ffffffff819e00ea>] ? do_wait_for_common+0xf8/0x125
[ 63.980094] [<ffffffff8108e384>] ? __kthread_parkme+0x61/0x61
[ 63.980094] [<ffffffff819e43ec>] ret_from_fork+0x7c/0xb0
[ 63.980094] [<ffffffff8108e384>] ? __kthread_parkme+0x61/0x61
tp could be freed in call_rcu callback too, the order is not guaranteed.
John Fastabend says:
====================
Its worth noting why this is safe. Any running schedulers will either
read the valid class field or it will be zeroed.
All schedulers today when the class is 0 do a lookup using the
same call used by the tcf_exts_bind(). So even if we have a running
classifier hit the null class pointer it will do a lookup and get
to the same result. This is particularly fragile at the moment because
the only way to verify this is to audit the schedulers call sites.
====================
Cc: John Fastabend <john.r.fastabend@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Cong Wang <xiyou.wangcong@gmail.com>
Acked-by: John Fastabend <john.r.fastabend@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
skb_udp_segment is the function called from udp4_ufo_fragment to
segment a UDP tunnel packet. This function currently assumes
segmentation is transparent Ethernet bridging (i.e. VXLAN
encapsulation). This patch generalizes the function to
operate on either Ethertype or IP protocol.
The inner_protocol field must be set to the protocol of the inner
header. This can now be either an Ethertype or an IP protocol
(in a union). A new flag in the skbuff indicates which type is
effective. skb_set_inner_protocol and skb_set_inner_ipproto
helper functions were added to set the inner_protocol. These
functions are called from the point where the tunnel encapsulation
is occuring.
When skb_udp_tunnel_segment is called, the function to segment the
inner packet is selected based on the inner IP or Ethertype. In the
case of an IP protocol encapsulation, the function is derived from
inet[6]_offloads. In the case of Ethertype, skb->protocol is
set to the inner_protocol and skb_mac_gso_segment is called. (GRE
currently does this, but it might be possible to lookup the protocol
in offload_base and call the appropriate segmenation function
directly).
Signed-off-by: Tom Herbert <therbert@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
No caller uses the return value, so make this function return void.
Signed-off-by: Li RongQing <roy.qing.li@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Eric Dumazet noticed that all no-nonexthop or no-gateway routes which
are already marked DST_HOST (e.g. input routes routes) will always be
invalidated during sk_dst_check. Thus per-socket dst caching absolutely
had no effect and early demuxing had no effect.
Thus this patch removes rt6i_genid: fn_sernum already gets modified during
add operations, so we only must ensure we mutate fn_sernum during ipv6
address remove operations. This is a fairly cost extensive operations,
but address removal should not happen that often. Also our mtu update
functions do the same and we heard no complains so far. xfrm policy
changes also cause a call into fib6_flush_trees. Also plug a hole in
rt6_info (no cacheline changes).
I verified via tracing that this change has effect.
Cc: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Cc: YOSHIFUJI Hideaki <hideaki@yoshifuji.org>
Cc: Vlad Yasevich <vyasevich@gmail.com>
Cc: Nicolas Dichtel <nicolas.dichtel@6wind.com>
Cc: Martin Lau <kafai@fb.com>
Signed-off-by: Hannes Frederic Sowa <hannes@stressinduktion.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
After previous patches to simplify qstats the qstats can be
made per cpu with a packed union in Qdisc struct.
Signed-off-by: John Fastabend <john.r.fastabend@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This removes the use of qstats->qlen variable from the classifiers
and makes it an explicit argument to gnet_stats_copy_queue().
The qlen represents the qdisc queue length and is packed into
the qstats at the last moment before passnig to user space. By
handling it explicitely we avoid, in the percpu stats case, having
to figure out which per_cpu variable to put it in.
It would probably be best to remove it from qstats completely
but qstats is a user space ABI and can't be broken. A future
patch could make an internal only qstats structure that would
avoid having to allocate an additional u32 variable on the
Qdisc struct. This would make the qstats struct 128bits instead
of 128+32.
Signed-off-by: John Fastabend <john.r.fastabend@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This adds helpers to manipulate qstats logic and replaces locations
that touch the counters directly. This simplifies future patches
to push qstats onto per cpu counters.
Signed-off-by: John Fastabend <john.r.fastabend@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In order to run qdisc's without locking statistics and estimators
need to be handled correctly.
To resolve bstats make the statistics per cpu. And because this is
only needed for qdiscs that are running without locks which is not
the case for most qdiscs in the near future only create percpu
stats when qdiscs set the TCQ_F_CPUSTATS flag.
Next because estimators use the bstats to calculate packets per
second and bytes per second the estimator code paths are updated
to use the per cpu statistics.
Signed-off-by: John Fastabend <john.r.fastabend@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Pablo Neira Ayuso says:
====================
pull request: netfilter/ipvs updates for net-next
The following patchset contains Netfilter/IPVS updates for net-next,
most relevantly they are:
1) Four patches to make the new nf_tables masquerading support
independent of the x_tables infrastructure. This also resolves a
compilation breakage if the masquerade target is disabled but the
nf_tables masq expression is enabled.
2) ipset updates via Jozsef Kadlecsik. This includes the addition of the
skbinfo extension that allows you to store packet metainformation in the
elements. This can be used to fetch and restore this to the packets through
the iptables SET target, patches from Anton Danilov.
3) Add the hash:mac set type to ipset, from Jozsef Kadlecsick.
4) Add simple weighted fail-over scheduler via Simon Horman. This provides
a fail-over IPVS scheduler (unlike existing load balancing schedulers).
Connections are directed to the appropriate server based solely on
highest weight value and server availability, patch from Kenny Mathis.
5) Support IPv6 real servers in IPv4 virtual-services and vice versa.
Simon Horman informs that the motivation for this is to allow more
flexibility in the choice of IP version offered by both virtual-servers
and real-servers as they no longer need to match: An IPv4 connection
from an end-user may be forwarded to a real-server using IPv6 and
vice versa. No ip_vs_sync support yet though. Patches from Alex Gartrell
and Julian Anastasov.
6) Add global generation ID to the nf_tables ruleset. When dumping from
several different object lists, we need a way to identify that an update
has ocurred so userspace knows that it needs to refresh its lists. This
also includes a new command to obtain the 32-bits generation ID. The
less significant 16-bits of this ID is also exposed through res_id field
in the nfnetlink header to quickly detect the interference and retry when
there is no risk of ID wraparound.
7) Move br_netfilter out of the bridge core. The br_netfilter code is
built in the bridge core by default. This causes problems of different
kind to people that don't want this: Jesper reported performance drop due
to the inconditional hook registration and I remember to have read complains
on netdev from people regarding the unexpected behaviour of our bridging
stack when br_netfilter is enabled (fragmentation handling, layer 3 and
upper inspection). People that still need this should easily undo the
damage by modprobing the new br_netfilter module.
8) Dump the set policy nf_tables that allows set parameterization. So
userspace can keep user-defined preferences when saving the ruleset.
From Arturo Borrero.
9) Use __seq_open_private() helper function to reduce boiler plate code
in x_tables, From Rob Jones.
10) Safer default behaviour in case that you forget to load the protocol
tracker. Daniel Borkmann and Florian Westphal detected that if your
ruleset is stateful, you allow traffic to at least one single SCTP port
and the SCTP protocol tracker is not loaded, then any SCTP traffic may
be pass through unfiltered. After this patch, the connection tracking
classifies SCTP/DCCP/UDPlite/GRE packets as invalid if your kernel has
been compiled with support for these modules.
====================
Trivially resolved conflict in include/linux/skbuff.h, Eric moved some
netfilter skbuff members around, and the netfilter tree adjusted the
ifdef guards for the bridging info pointer.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
After Octavian Purdilas tcp ipv4/ipv6 unification work this helper only
has a single callsite.
While at it, convert name to lowercase, suggested by Stephen.
Suggested-by: Stephen Hemminger <stephen@networkplumber.org>
Signed-off-by: Daniel Borkmann <dborkman@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Florian Westphal <fw@strlen.de>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
We want to know in which cases the user explicitly sets the policy
options. In that case, we also want to dump back the info.
Signed-off-by: Arturo Borrero Gonzalez <arturo.borrero.glez@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
DataCenter TCP (DCTCP) determines cwnd growth based on ECN information
and ACK properties, e.g. ACK that updates window is treated differently
than DUPACK.
Also DCTCP needs information whether ACK was delayed ACK. Furthermore,
DCTCP also implements a CE state machine that keeps track of CE markings
of incoming packets.
Therefore, extend the congestion control framework to provide these
event types, so that DCTCP can be properly implemented as a normal
congestion algorithm module outside of the core stack.
Joint work with Daniel Borkmann and Glenn Judd.
Signed-off-by: Florian Westphal <fw@strlen.de>
Signed-off-by: Daniel Borkmann <dborkman@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Glenn Judd <glenn.judd@morganstanley.com>
Acked-by: Stephen Hemminger <stephen@networkplumber.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The congestion control ops "cwnd_event" currently supports
CA_EVENT_FAST_ACK and CA_EVENT_SLOW_ACK events (among others).
Both FAST and SLOW_ACK are only used by Westwood congestion
control algorithm.
This removes both flags from cwnd_event and adds a new
in_ack_event callback for this. The goal is to be able to
provide more detailed information about ACKs, such as whether
ECE flag was set, or whether the ACK resulted in a window
update.
It is required for DataCenter TCP (DCTCP) congestion control
algorithm as it makes a different choice depending on ECE being
set or not.
Joint work with Daniel Borkmann and Glenn Judd.
Signed-off-by: Florian Westphal <fw@strlen.de>
Signed-off-by: Daniel Borkmann <dborkman@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Glenn Judd <glenn.judd@morganstanley.com>
Acked-by: Stephen Hemminger <stephen@networkplumber.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch adds a flag to TCP congestion algorithms that allows
for requesting to mark IPv4/IPv6 sockets with transport as ECN
capable, that is, ECT(0), when required by a congestion algorithm.
It is currently used and needed in DataCenter TCP (DCTCP), as it
requires both peers to assert ECT on all IP packets sent - it
uses ECN feedback (i.e. CE, Congestion Encountered information)
from switches inside the data center to derive feedback to the
end hosts.
Therefore, simply add a new flag to icsk_ca_ops. Note that DCTCP's
algorithm/behaviour slightly diverges from RFC3168, therefore this
is only (!) enabled iff the assigned congestion control ops module
has requested this. By that, we can tightly couple this logic really
only to the provided congestion control ops.
Joint work with Florian Westphal and Glenn Judd.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Borkmann <dborkman@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Florian Westphal <fw@strlen.de>
Signed-off-by: Glenn Judd <glenn.judd@morganstanley.com>
Acked-by: Stephen Hemminger <stephen@networkplumber.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Split assignment and initialization from one into two functions.
This is required by followup patches that add Datacenter TCP
(DCTCP) congestion control algorithm - we need to be able to
determine if the connection is moderated by DCTCP before the
3WHS has finished.
As we walk the available congestion control list during the
assignment, we are always guaranteed to have Reno present as
it's fixed compiled-in. Therefore, since we're doing the
early assignment, we don't have a real use for the Reno alias
tcp_init_congestion_ops anymore and can thus remove it.
Actual usage of the congestion control operations are being
made after the 3WHS has finished, in some cases however we
can access get_info() via diag if implemented, therefore we
need to zero out the private area for those modules.
Joint work with Daniel Borkmann and Glenn Judd.
Signed-off-by: Florian Westphal <fw@strlen.de>
Signed-off-by: Daniel Borkmann <dborkman@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Glenn Judd <glenn.judd@morganstanley.com>
Acked-by: Stephen Hemminger <stephen@networkplumber.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
